1. 闻所成智分别巴利
1. Sutamayañāṇaniddeso
1 如何是在专注听闻时,那慧为闻所成智?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ sotāvadhāne paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
“这些法应当证知”——如此专注听闻,了知于此的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“这些法应当遍知”——如此专注听闻,了知于此的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā pariññeyyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“这些法应当断除”——如此专注听闻,了知于此的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是应当修习的”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是应当体证的”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是退堕分”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā hānabhāgiyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是住立分的”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā ṭhitibhāgiyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是殊胜分的”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā visesabhāgiyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“倾听“这些法是通达分的”,对此了知的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Ime dhammā nibbedhabhāgiyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“听闻“诸行无常”,而了知此义的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“听闻“诸行是苦”,而了知此义的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“听闻“诸法无我”,而了知此义的慧,即是闻所成智。”巴利
‘‘Sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“对‘这是苦圣谛’倾耳听闻后,了知它的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“对‘这是苦集圣谛’倾耳听闻后,了知它的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“对‘这是苦灭圣谛’倾耳听闻后,了知它的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
“对于“这是导向苦灭的行道圣谛”一心谛听,由此而生起的了知慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
2 如何才是一心谛听“这些法应当遍知”,由此而生起的了知慧,即是闻所成智呢?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
有一法应证知:一切有情依食而住。有二法应证知:两种界。有三法应证知:三种界。有四法应证知:四圣谛。有五法应证知:五种解脱处。有六法应证知:六种无上。有七法应证知:七种眠息所依处。有八法应证知:八种胜处。有九法应证知:九种次第住。有十法应证知:十种尽法所依处。巴利
Eko dhammo abhiññeyyo – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve dhammā abhiññeyyā – dve dhātuyo. Tayo dhammā abhiññeyyā – tisso dhātuyo. Cattāro dhammā abhiññeyyā – cattāri ariyasaccāni. Pañca dhammā abhiññeyyā – pañca vimuttāyatanāni. Cha dhammā abhiññeyyā – cha anuttariyāni. Satta dhammā abhiññeyyā – satta niddasavatthūni. Aṭṭha dhammā abhiññeyyā – aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni. Nava dhammā abhiññeyyā – nava anupubbavihārā. Dasa dhammā abhiññeyyā – dasa nijjaravatthūni.
3 “诸比丘,一切应当证知。诸比丘,什么是一切应当证知的呢?诸比丘,眼应当证知;色应当证知;眼识应当证知;眼触应当证知;凡以眼触为缘而生起的感受,或是乐、或是苦、或是不苦不乐,那也应当证知。耳应当证知;声应当证知……鼻应当证知;香应当证知……舌应当证知;味应当证知……身应当证知;触应当证知……意应当证知;法应当证知;意识应当证知;意触应当证知;凡以意触为缘而生起的感受,或是乐、或是苦、或是不苦不乐,那也应当证知。巴利 注疏 2
‘‘Sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, abhiññeyyaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ? Cakkhu , bhikkhave, abhiññeyyaṃ; rūpā abhiññeyyā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; cakkhusamphasso abhiññeyyo; yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi abhiññeyyaṃ. Sotaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; saddā abhiññeyyā…pe… ghānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; gandhā abhiññeyyā… jivhā abhiññeyyā; rasā abhiññeyyā… kāyo abhiññeyyo; phoṭṭhabbā abhiññeyyā… mano abhiññeyyo; dhammā abhiññeyyā; manoviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ, manosamphasso abhiññeyyo; yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi abhiññeyyaṃ.’’
色应遍知;受应遍知;想应遍知;行应遍知;识应遍知。巴利
Rūpaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; vedanā abhiññeyyā; saññā abhiññeyyā; saṅkhārā abhiññeyyā; viññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
眼应当被彻知;耳应当被彻知;鼻应当被彻知;舌应当被彻知;身应当被彻知;意应当被彻知。色应当被彻知;声应当被彻知;香应当被彻知;味应当被彻知;触应当被彻知;法应当被彻知。眼识应当被彻知;耳识应当被彻知;鼻识应当被彻知;舌识应当被彻知;身识应当被彻知;意识应当被彻知。眼触应当被彻知;耳触应当被彻知;鼻触应当被彻知;舌触应当被彻知;身触应当被彻知;意触应当被彻知。眼触所生的受应当被彻知;耳触所生的受应当被彻知;鼻触所生的受应当被彻知;舌触所生的受应当被彻知;身触所生的受应当被彻知;意触所生的受应当被彻知。色想应当被彻知;声想应当被彻知;香想应当被彻知;味想应当被彻知;触想应当被彻知;法想应当被彻知。色思应当被彻知;声思应当被彻知;香思应当被彻知;味思应当被彻知;触思应当被彻知;法思应当被彻知。色渴爱应当被彻知;声渴爱应当被彻知;香渴爱应当被彻知;味渴爱应当被彻知;触渴爱应当被彻知;法渴爱应当被彻知。色寻应当被彻知;声寻应当被彻知;香寻应当被彻知;味寻应当被彻知;触寻应当被彻知;法寻应当被彻知。色伺应当被彻知;声伺应当被彻知;香伺应当被彻知;味伺应当被彻知;触伺应当被彻知;法伺应当被彻知。巴利
Cakkhu abhiññeyyaṃ; sotaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ghānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jivhā abhiññeyyā; kāyo abhiññeyyo; mano abhiññeyyo. Rūpā abhiññeyyā; saddā abhiññeyyā; gandhā abhiññeyyā; rasā abhiññeyyā; phoṭṭhabbā abhiññeyyā; dhammā abhiññeyyā. Cakkhuvttññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; sotaviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ghānaviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jivhāviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; kāyaviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; manoviññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Cakkhusamphasso abhiññeyyo ; sotasamphasso abhiññeyyo; ghānasamphasso abhiññeyyo; jivhāsamphasso abhiññeyyo; kāyasamphasso abhiññeyyo; manosamphasso abhiññeyyo; cakkhusamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā; sotasamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā; ghānasamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā ; jivhāsamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā; kāyasamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā; manosamphassajā vedanā abhiññeyyā. Rūpasaññā abhiññeyyā; saddasaññā abhiññeyyā; gandhasaññā abhiññeyyā ; rasasaññā abhiññeyyā; phoṭṭhabbasaññā abhiññeyyā; dhammasaññā abhiññeyyā. Rūpasañcetanā abhiññeyyā; saddasañcetanā abhiññeyyā; gandhasañcetanā abhiññeyyā; rasasañcetanā abhiññeyyā; phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā abhiññeyyā; dhammasañcetanā abhiññeyyā. Rūpataṇhā abhiññeyyā; saddataṇhā abhiññeyyā; gandhataṇhā abhiññeyyā; rasataṇhā abhiññeyyā; phoṭṭhabbataṇhā abhiññeyyā; dhammataṇhā abhiññeyyā. Rūpavitakko abhiññeyyo; saddavitakko abhiññeyyo; gandhavitakko abhiññeyyo; rasavitakko abhiññeyyo; phoṭṭhabbavitakko abhiññeyyo; dhammavitakko abhiññeyyo. Rūpavicāro abhiññeyyo; saddavicāro abhiññeyyo ; gandhavicāro abhiññeyyo; rasavicāro abhiññeyyo; phoṭṭhabbavicāro abhiññeyyo; dhammavicāro abhiññeyyo.
4 地界应彻知;水界应彻知;火界应彻知;风界应彻知;空界应彻知;识界应彻知。巴利 注疏 2
Pathavīdhātu abhiññeyyā; āpodhātu abhiññeyyā; tejodhātu abhiññeyyā; vāyodhātu abhiññeyyā; ākāsadhātu abhiññeyyā; viññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā.
地遍应彻知;水遍应彻知;火遍应彻知;风遍应彻知;青遍应彻知;黄遍应彻知;赤遍应彻知;白遍应彻知;空遍应彻知;识遍应彻知。巴利
Pathavīkasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; āpokasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; tejokasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; vāyokasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; nīlakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pītakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; lohitakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; odātakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ākāsakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; viññāṇakasiṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
头发应被彻知;身毛应被彻知;指甲应被彻知;牙齿应被彻知;皮肤应被彻知;肉应被彻知;腱应被彻知;骨应被彻知;骨髓应被彻知;肾脏应被彻知;心脏应被彻知;肝脏应被彻知;肋膜应被彻知;脾脏应被彻知;肺脏应被彻知;肠应被彻知;肠间膜应被彻知;胃中物应被彻知;粪便应被彻知;胆汁应被彻知;痰应被彻知;脓应被彻知;血应被彻知;汗应被彻知;脂肪应被彻知;泪应被彻知;油脂应被彻知;唾液应被彻知;鼻涕应被彻知;关节滑液应被彻知;尿应被彻知;脑应被彻知。巴利
Kesā abhiññeyyā; lomā abhiññeyyā; nakhā abhiññeyyā; dantā abhiññeyyā; taco abhiññeyyo, maṃsaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; nhārū abhiññeyyā; aṭṭhī abhiññeyyā; aṭṭhimiñjā abhiññeyyā ; vakkaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; hadayaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; yakanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; kilomakaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pihakaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; papphāsaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; antaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ antaguṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; udariyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; karīsaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pittaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; semhaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pubbo abhiññeyyo; lohitaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; sedo abhiññeyyo; medo abhiññeyyo; assu abhiññeyyaṃ; vasā abhiññeyyā; kheḷo abhiññeyyo; siṅghāṇikā abhiññeyyā; lasikā abhiññeyyā; muttaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; matthaluṅgaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
眼处应遍知,色处应遍知。耳处应遍知,声处应遍知。鼻处应遍知,香处应遍知。舌处应遍知,味处应遍知。身处应遍知,触处应遍知。意处应遍知,法处应遍知。巴利
Cakkhāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; rūpāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Sotāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; saddāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ . Ghānāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; gandhāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Jivhāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; rasāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Kāyāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; phoṭṭhabbāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Manāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dhammāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
眼界应彻知;色界应彻知;眼识界应彻知。耳界应彻知;声界应彻知;耳识界应彻知。鼻界应彻知;香界应彻知;鼻识界应彻知。舌界应彻知;味界应彻知;舌识界应彻知。身界应彻知;触界应彻知;身识界应彻知。意界应彻知;法界应彻知;意识界应彻知。巴利
Cakkhudhātu abhiññeyyā; rūpadhātu abhiññeyyā; cakkhuviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā. Sotadhātu abhiññeyyā; saddadhātu abhiññeyyā; sotaviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā. Ghānadhātu abhiññeyyā; gandhadhātu abhiññeyyā; ghānaviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā. Jivhādhātu abhiññeyyā ; rasadhātu abhiññeyyā; jivhāviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā. Kāyadhātu abhiññeyyā; phoṭṭhabbadhātu abhiññeyyā; kāyaviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā. Manodhātu abhiññeyyā; dhammadhātu abhiññeyyā; manoviññāṇadhātu abhiññeyyā.
眼根应证知;耳根应证知;鼻根应证知;舌根应证知;身根应证知;意根应证知;命根应证知;女根应证知;男根应证知;乐根应证知;苦根应证知;悦根应证知;忧根应证知;舍根应证知;信根应证知;精进根应证知;念根应证知;定根应证知;慧根应证知;未知当知根应证知;已知根应证知;具知根应证知。巴利
Cakkhundriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; sotindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ghānindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jivhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; kāyindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; manindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jīvitindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; itthindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; purisindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; sukhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dukkhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; somanassindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; domanassindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; upekkhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; saddhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; vīriyindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; satindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; samādhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; paññindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; aññindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; aññātāvindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
5 欲界应当证知,色界应当证知,无色界应当证知。欲有应当证知,色有应当证知,无色有应当证知。想有应当证知,无想有应当证知,非想非非想有应当证知。一蕴有应当证知,四蕴有应当证知,五蕴有应当证知。巴利 注疏 2
Kāmadhātu abhiññeyyā; rūpadhātu abhiññeyyā; arūpadhātu abhiññeyyā. Kāmabhavo abhiññeyyo; rūpabhavo abhiññeyyo ; arūpabhavo abhiññeyyo. Saññābhavo abhiññeyyo; asaññābhavo abhiññeyyo; nevasaññānāsaññābhavo abhiññeyyo. Ekavokārabhavo abhiññeyyo; catuvokārabhavo abhiññeyyo; pañcavokārabhavo abhiññeyyo.
6 初禅那应当遍知,第二禅那应当遍知,第三禅那应当遍知,第四禅那应当遍知。慈心解脱应当遍知,悲心解脱应当遍知,喜心解脱应当遍知,舍心解脱应当遍知。空无边处定应当遍知,识无边处定应当遍知,无所有处定应当遍知,非想非非想处定应当遍知。巴利 注疏 2
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Mettācetovimutti abhiññeyyā; karuṇācetovimutti abhiññeyyā; muditācetovimutti abhiññeyyā; upekkhācetovimutti abhiññeyyā. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā.
无明应当证知,行应当证知,识应当证知,名色应当证知,六处应当证知,触应当证知,受应当证知,渴爱应当证知,取应当证知,有应当证知,生应当证知,老死应当证知。巴利
Avijjā abhiññeyyā; saṅkhārā abhiññeyyā; viññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; nāmarūpaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; saḷāyatanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; phasso abhiññeyyo; vedanā abhiññeyyā; taṇhā abhiññeyyā; upādānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; bhavo abhiññeyyo; jāti abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
7 苦应证知;苦集应证知;苦灭应证知;导向苦灭之道应证知。色应证知;色集应证知;色灭应证知;导向色灭之道应证知。受应证知……想应证知……行应证知……识应证知。眼应证知……乃至老死应证知;老死集应证知;老死灭应证知;导向老死灭之道应证知。巴利 注疏 2
Dukkhaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dukkhasamudayo abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā. Rūpaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; rūpasamudayo abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā. Vedanā abhiññeyyā…pe… saññā abhiññeyyā…pe… saṅkhārā abhiññeyyā…pe… viññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Cakkhu abhiññeyyaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jarāmaraṇasamudayo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā.
苦之遍知义应证知;苦集之断除义应证知;苦灭之作证义应证知;导向苦灭之道之修习义应证知。色之遍知义应证知;色集之断除义应证知;色灭之作证义应证知;导向色灭之道之修习义应证知。受之遍知义……想之……行之……识之……眼之……乃至老死之遍知义应证知;老死集之断除义应证知;老死灭之作证义应证知;导向老死灭之道之修习义应证知。巴利
Dukkhassa pariññaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhasamudayassa pahānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhassa sacchikiriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Rūpassa pariññaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpasamudayassa pahānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhassa sacchikiriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Vedanāya…pe… saññāya… saṅkhārānaṃ… viññāṇassa… cakkhussa…pe… jarāmaraṇassa pariññaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇasamudayassa pahānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhassa sacchikiriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
苦的遍知通达之义应当证知;苦集的断除通达之义应当证知;苦灭的证悟通达之义应当证知;导向苦灭之道的修习通达之义应当证知。色的遍知通达之义应当证知;色集的断除通达之义应当证知;色灭的证悟通达之义应当证知;导向色灭之道的修习通达之义应当证知。受的……(中略)……想的……诸行的……识的……眼的……(中略)……老死的遍知通达之义应当证知;老死集的断除通达之义应当证知;老死灭的证悟通达之义应当证知;导向老死灭之道的修习通达之义应当证知。巴利
Dukkhassa pariññāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhasamudayassa pahānapaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Rūpassa pariññāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpasamudayassa pahānapaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Vedanāya…pe… saññāya… saṅkhārānaṃ… viññāṇassa… cakkhussa…pe… jarāmaraṇassa pariññāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇasamudayassa pahānapaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhassa sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
8 苦是应被证知的;苦集是应被证知的;苦灭是应被证知的;苦的集因之灭是应被证知的;苦的欲贪灭是应被证知的;苦的味是应被证知的;苦的过患是应被证知的;苦的出离是应被证知的。色是应被证知的;色集是应被证知的;色灭是应被证知的;色的集因之灭是应被证知的;色的欲贪灭是应被证知的;色的味是应被证知的;色的过患是应被证知的;色的出离是应被证知的。受是应被证知的……(中略)……想是应被证知的……诸行是应被证知的……识是应被证知的……眼是应被证知的……(中略)……老死是应被证知的;老死集是应被证知的;老死灭是应被证知的;老死的集因之灭是应被证知的;老死的欲贪灭是应被证知的;老死的味是应被证知的;老死的过患是应被证知的;老死的出离是应被证知的。巴利 注疏 2
Dukkhaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dukkhasamudayo abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa samudayanirodho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa chandarāganirodho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa assādo abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Rūpaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; rūpasamudayo abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodho abhiññeyyo; rūpassa samudayanirodho abhiññeyyo; rūpassa chandarāganirodho abhiññeyyo; rūpassa assādo abhiññeyyo; rūpassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Vedanā abhiññeyyā…pe… saññā abhiññeyyā… saṅkhārā abhiññeyyā… viññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ… cakkhu abhiññeyyaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jarāmaraṇasamudayo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa samudayanirodho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa chandarāganirodho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa assādo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
苦应当被证知;苦集应当被证知;苦灭应当被证知;导向苦灭的道路应当被证知;苦的味应当被证知;苦的过患应当被证知;苦的出离应当被证知。色应当被证知;色集应当被证知;色灭应当被证知;导向色灭的道路应当被证知;色的味应当被证知;色的过患应当被证知;色的出离应当被证知。受应当被证知……(中略)……想应当被证知……诸行应当被证知……识应当被证知……眼应当被证知……(中略)……老死应当被证知;老死集应当被证知;老死灭应当被证知;导向老死灭的道路应当被证知;老死的味应当被证知;老死的过患应当被证知;老死的出离应当被证知。巴利
Dukkhaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dukkhasamudayo abhiññeyyo ; dukkhanirodho abhiññeyyo; dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā; dukkhassa assādo abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Rūpaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; rūpasamudayo abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodho abhiññeyyo; rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā; rūpassa assādo abhiññeyyo; rūpassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Vedanā abhiññeyyā…pe… saññā abhiññeyyā… saṅkhārā abhiññeyyā… viññāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ… cakkhu abhiññeyyaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; jarāmaraṇasamudayo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodho abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇassa assādo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa ādīnavo abhiññeyyo; jarāmaraṇassa nissaraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
9 无常随观应当证知;苦随观应当证知;无我随观应当证知;厌离随观应当证知;离欲随观应当证知;灭随观应当证知;弃舍随观应当证知。于色,无常随观应当证知;于色,苦随观应当证知;于色,无我随观应当证知;于色,厌离随观应当证知;于色,离欲随观应当证知;于色,灭随观应当证知;于色,弃舍随观应当证知。于受……(中略)……于想……于诸行……于识……于眼……(中略)……于老死,无常随观应当证知;于老死,苦随观应当证知;于老死,无我随观应当证知;于老死,厌离随观应当证知;于老死,离欲随观应当证知;于老死,灭随观应当证知;于老死,弃舍随观应当证知。巴利 注疏 2
Aniccānupassanā abhiññeyyā; dukkhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; anattānupassanā abhiññeyyā; nibbidānupassanā abhiññeyyā; virāgānupassanā abhiññeyyā; nirodhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; paṭinissaggānupassanā abhiññeyyā. Rūpe aniccānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe dukkhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe anattānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe nibbidānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe virāgānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe nirodhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; rūpe paṭinissaggānupassanā abhiññeyyā. Vedanāya…pe… saññāya… saṅkhāresu… viññāṇe… cakkhusmiṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇe aniccānupassanā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇe dukkhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇe anattānupassanā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇe nibbidānupassanā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇe virāgānupassanā abhiññeyyā ; jarāmaraṇe nirodhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; jarāmaraṇe paṭinissaggānupassanā abhiññeyyā.
10 生起应当了知;转起应当了知;相应当了知;积聚应当了知;结生应当了知;趣应当了知;出生应当了知;再生应当了知;生应当了知;老应当了知;病应当了知;死应当了知;愁应当了知;悲应当了知;恼应当了知。巴利 注疏 2
Uppādo abhiññeyyo; pavattaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; nimittaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; āyūhanā abhiññeyyā; paṭisandhi abhiññeyyā; gati abhiññeyyā; nibbatti abhiññeyyā; upapatti abhiññeyyā; jāti abhiññeyyā; jarā abhiññeyyā; byādhi abhiññeyyo , maraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; soko abhiññeyyo; paridevo abhiññeyyo; upāyāso abhiññeyyo.
无生起应当了知;无转起应当了知;无相应当了知;无积聚应当了知;无结生应当了知;无趣应当了知;无出生应当了知;无再生应当了知;无生应当了知;无老应当了知;无病应当了知;不死应当了知;无愁应当了知;无悲应当了知;无恼应当了知。巴利
Anuppādo abhiññeyyo; appavattaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; animittaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; anāyūhanā abhiññeyyā; appaṭisandhi abhiññeyyā; agati abhiññeyyā; anibbatti abhiññeyyā; anupapatti abhiññeyyā; ajāti abhiññeyyā; ajarā abhiññeyyā; abyādhi abhiññeyyo; amataṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; asoko abhiññeyyo; aparidevo abhiññeyyo; anupāyāso abhiññeyyo.
生起应被完全了知;不生起应被完全了知。流转应被完全了知;不流转应被完全了知。相应被完全了知;无相应被完全了知。积聚应被完全了知;无积聚应被完全了知。结生应被完全了知;无结生应被完全了知。趣向应被完全了知;无趣向应被完全了知。出生应被完全了知;无出生应被完全了知。再生应被完全了知;无再生应被完全了知。诞生应被完全了知;无诞生应被完全了知。衰老应被完全了知;无衰老应被完全了知。疾病应被完全了知;无疾病应被完全了知。死亡应被完全了知;不死应被完全了知。忧愁应被完全了知;无忧愁应被完全了知。悲泣应被完全了知;无悲泣应被完全了知。绝望应被完全了知;无绝望应被完全了知。巴利
Uppādo abhiññeyyo; anuppādo abhiññeyyo; pavattaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; appavattaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; animittaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā abhiññeyyā; anāyūhanā abhiññeyyā. Paṭisandhi abhiññeyyā; appaṭisandhi abhiññeyyā. Gati abhiññeyyā; agati abhiññeyyā. Nibbatti abhiññeyyā; anibbatti abhiññeyyā. Upapatti abhiññeyyā; anupapatti abhiññeyyā . Jāti abhiññeyyā; ajāti abhiññeyyā. Jarā abhiññeyyā; ajarā abhiññeyyā. Byādhi abhiññeyyo; abyādhi abhiññeyyo. Maraṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; amataṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko abhiññeyyo; asoko abhiññeyyo. Paridevo abhiññeyyo; aparidevo abhiññeyyo. Upāyāso abhiññeyyo; anupāyāso abhiññeyyo.
生起是苦,应当完全了知。流转是苦,应当完全了知。相是苦,应当完全了知。积聚是苦,应当完全了知。结生是苦,应当完全了知。趣向是苦,应当完全了知。出生是苦,应当完全了知。再生是苦,应当完全了知。诞生是苦,应当完全了知。衰老是苦,应当完全了知。疾病是苦,应当完全了知。死亡是苦,应当完全了知。忧愁是苦,应当完全了知。悲泣是苦,应当完全了知。绝望是苦,应当完全了知。巴利
Uppādo dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso dukkhanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
不生起是为乐,应当证知。不流转是为乐,应当证知。无相是为乐,应当证知。无积聚是为乐,应当证知。无结生是为乐,应当证知。无趣向是为乐,应当证知。无出生是为乐,应当证知。无再生是为乐,应当证知。无诞生是为乐,应当证知。无衰老是为乐,应当证知。无疾病是为乐,应当证知。不死是为乐,应当证知。无忧愁是为乐,应当证知。无悲泣是为乐,应当证知。无绝望是为乐,应当证知。巴利
Anuppādo sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appavattaṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Animittaṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anāyūhanā sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appaṭisandhi sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Agati sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anibbatti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupapatti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajāti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajarā sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Abyādhi sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Amataṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Asoko sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Aparidevo sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupāyāso sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
生起是苦,不生起是乐——这应当证知。流转是苦,不流转是乐——这应当证知。相是苦,无相是乐——这应当证知。积聚是苦,无积聚是乐——这应当证知。结生是苦,无结生是乐——这应当证知。趣向是苦,无趣向是乐——这应当证知。出生是苦,无出生是乐——这应当证知。再生是苦,无再生是乐——这应当证知。诞生是苦,无诞生是乐——这应当证知。衰老是苦,无衰老是乐——这应当证知。疾病是苦,无疾病是乐——这应当证知。死亡是苦,不死是乐——这应当证知。忧愁是苦,无忧愁是乐——这应当证知。悲泣是苦,无悲泣是乐——这应当证知。绝望是苦,无绝望是乐——这应当证知。巴利
Uppādo dukkhaṃ, anuppādo sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ dukkhaṃ, appavattaṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ dukkhaṃ, animittaṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā dukkhaṃ, anāyūhanā sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi dukkhaṃ, appaṭisandhi sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati dukkhaṃ, agati sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti dukkhaṃ, anibbatti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti dukkhaṃ, anupapatti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti dukkhaṃ, ajāti sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā dukkhaṃ, ajarā sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi dukkhaṃ, abyādhi sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ dukkhaṃ, amataṃ sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko dukkhaṃ, asoko sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo dukkhaṃ, aparidevo sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso dukkhaṃ, anupāyāso sukhanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
生起是怖畏,应当完全了知。流转是怖畏,应当完全了知。相是怖畏,应当完全了知。积聚是怖畏,应当完全了知。结生是怖畏,应当完全了知。趣向是怖畏,应当完全了知。出生是怖畏,应当完全了知。再生是怖畏,应当完全了知。诞生是怖畏,应当完全了知。衰老是怖畏,应当完全了知。疾病是怖畏,应当完全了知。死亡是怖畏,应当完全了知。忧愁是怖畏,应当完全了知。悲泣是怖畏,应当完全了知。绝望是怖畏,应当完全了知。巴利
Uppādo bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso bhayanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
不生起即是安稳,应当证知。不流转即是安稳,应当证知。无相即是安稳,应当证知。无积聚即是安稳,应当证知。无结生即是安稳,应当证知。无趣向即是安稳,应当证知。无出生即是安稳,应当证知。无再生即是安稳,应当证知。无诞生即是安稳,应当证知。无衰老即是安稳,应当证知。无疾病即是安稳,应当证知。不死即是安稳,应当证知。无忧愁即是安稳,应当证知。无悲泣即是安稳,应当证知。无绝望即是安稳,应当证知。巴利
Anuppādo khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appavattaṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Animittaṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anāyūhanā khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appaṭisandhi khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Agati khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anibbatti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupapatti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajāti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ . Ajarā khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Abyādhi khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Amataṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Asoko khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Aparidevo khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupāyāso khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
生起即是怖畏,不生起即是安稳,当证知;流转即是怖畏,不流转即是安稳,当证知;相即是怖畏,无相即是安稳,当证知;积聚即是怖畏,无积聚即是安稳,当证知;结生即是怖畏,无结生即是安稳,当证知;趣向即是怖畏,无趣向即是安稳,当证知;出生即是怖畏,无出生即是安稳,当证知;再生即是怖畏,无再生即是安稳,当证知;诞生即是怖畏,无诞生即是安稳,当证知;衰老即是怖畏,无衰老即是安稳,当证知;疾病即是怖畏,无疾病即是安稳,当证知;死亡即是怖畏,不死即是安稳,当证知;忧愁即是怖畏,无忧愁即是安稳,当证知;悲泣即是怖畏,无悲泣即是安稳,当证知;绝望即是怖畏,无绝望即是安稳,当证知。巴利
Uppādo bhayaṃ, anuppādo khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ bhayaṃ, appavattaṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ bhayaṃ, animittaṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā bhayaṃ, anāyūhanā khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi bhayaṃ, appaṭisandhi khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati bhayaṃ, agati khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti bhayaṃ, anibbatti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti bhayaṃ, anupapatti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti bhayaṃ, ajāti khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā bhayaṃ, ajarā khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi bhayaṃ, abyādhi khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ bhayaṃ, amataṃ khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko bhayaṃ, asoko khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo bhayaṃ, aparidevo khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso bhayaṃ, anupāyāso khemanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
产生是有染的,应被完全了知。延续是有染的,应被完全了知。相是有染的,应被完全了知。积聚是有染的,应被完全了知。结生是有染的,应被完全了知。趣是有染的,应被完全了知。出生是有染的,应被完全了知。再生是有染的,应被完全了知。生是有染的,应被完全了知。老是有染的,应被完全了知。病是有染的,应被完全了知。死是有染的,应被完全了知。愁是有染的,应被完全了知。悲是有染的,应被完全了知。恼是有染的,应被完全了知。巴利
Uppādo sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ . Nimittaṃ sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso sāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
不产生属离染,当被完全了知。不延续属离染,当被完全了知。无相属离染,当被完全了知。不积聚属离染,当被完全了知。不结生属离染,当被完全了知。无趣属离染,当被完全了知。不出生属离染,当被完全了知。不再生属离染,当被完全了知。不生属离染,当被完全了知。不老属离染,当被完全了知。不病属离染,当被完全了知。不死属离染,当被完全了知。不愁属离染,当被完全了知。不悲属离染,当被完全了知。不恼属离染,当被完全了知。巴利
Anuppādo nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appavattaṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Animittaṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anāyūhanā nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appaṭisandhi nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Agati nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anibbatti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupapatti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajāti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajarā nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Abyādhi nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Amataṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Asoko nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Aparidevo nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupāyāso nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
产生是有染的,不产生是离染的,应如实了知。延续是有染的,不延续是离染的,应如实了知。相是有染的,无相是离染的,应如实了知。积聚是有染的,不积聚是离染的,应如实了知。结生是有染的,不结生是离染的,应如实了知。趣是有染的,无趣是离染的,应如实了知。出生是有染的,不出生是离染的,应如实了知。再生是有染的,不再生是离染的,应如实了知。生是有染的,不生是离染的,应如实了知。老是有染的,不老是离染的,应如实了知。病是有染的,不病是离染的,应如实了知。死是有染的,不死是离染的,应如实了知。愁是有染的,不愁是离染的,应如实了知。悲是有染的,不悲是离染的,应如实了知。恼是有染的,不恼是离染的,应如实了知。巴利
Uppādo sāmisaṃ, anuppādo nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ sāmisaṃ, appavattaṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ sāmisaṃ, animittaṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā sāmisaṃ, anāyūhanā nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi sāmisaṃ, appaṭisandhi nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ . Gati sāmisaṃ, agati nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti sāmisaṃ, anibbatti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti sāmisaṃ, anupapatti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti sāmisaṃ, ajāti nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā sāmisaṃ, ajarā nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi sāmisaṃ, abyādhi nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ sāmisaṃ, amataṃ nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko sāmisaṃ, asoko nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo sāmisaṃ, aparidevo nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso sāmisaṃ, anupāyāso nirāmisanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
生起是诸行——应当了知。延续是诸行——应当了知。相是诸行——应当了知。积聚是诸行——应当了知。结生是诸行——应当了知。趣是诸行——应当了知。出生是诸行——应当了知。再生是诸行——应当了知。生是诸行——应当了知。老是诸行——应当了知。病是诸行——应当了知。死是诸行——应当了知。愁是诸行——应当了知。悲是诸行——应当了知。恼是诸行——应当了知。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso saṅkhārāti abhiññeyyaṃ.
不生起是涅槃——应当了知。不延续是涅槃——应当了知。无相是涅槃——应当了知。不积聚是涅槃——应当了知。不结生是涅槃——应当了知。无趣是涅槃——应当了知。不出生是涅槃——应当了知。不再生是涅槃——应当了知。不生是涅槃——应当了知。不老是涅槃——应当了知。不病是涅槃——应当了知。不死是涅槃——应当了知。不愁是涅槃——应当了知。不悲是涅槃——应当了知。不恼是涅槃——应当了知。巴利
Anuppādo nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appavattaṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Animittaṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anāyūhanā nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Appaṭisandhi nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Agati nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anibbatti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupapatti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajāti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Ajaraṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Abyādhi nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Amataṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ . Asoko nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Aparidevo nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Anupāyāso nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
生起是诸行,不生起是涅槃——应当了知。延续是诸行,不延续是涅槃——应当了知。相是诸行,无相是涅槃——应当了知。积聚是诸行,不积聚是涅槃——应当了知。结生是诸行,不结生是涅槃——应当了知。趣是诸行,无趣是涅槃——应当了知。出生是诸行,不出生是涅槃——应当了知。再生是诸行,不再生是涅槃——应当了知。生是诸行,不生是涅槃——应当了知。老是诸行,不老是涅槃——应当了知。病是诸行,不病是涅槃——应当了知。死是诸行,不死是涅槃——应当了知。愁是诸行,不愁是涅槃——应当了知。悲是诸行,不悲是涅槃——应当了知。恼是诸行,不恼是涅槃——应当了知。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārā, anuppādo nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārā, appavattaṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nimittaṃ saṅkhārā, animittaṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Āyūhanā saṅkhārā, anāyūhanā nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paṭisandhi saṅkhārā, appaṭisandhi nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Gati saṅkhārā, agati nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Nibbatti saṅkhārā, anibbatti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upapatti saṅkhārā, anupapatti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jāti saṅkhārā, ajāti nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Jarā saṅkhārā, ajarā nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Byādhi saṅkhārā, abyādhi nibbāna’’nti abhiññeyyaṃ. Maraṇaṃ saṅkhārā, amataṃ nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Soko saṅkhārā, asoko nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Paridevo saṅkhārā, aparidevo nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ. Upāyāso saṅkhārā, anupāyāso nibbānanti abhiññeyyaṃ.
11 执取的状态,应当证知;围绕的状态,应当证知;遍满的状态,应当证知;专一的状态,应当证知;不散乱的状态,应当证知;策励的状态,应当证知;不流散的状态,应当证知;不浑浊的状态,应当证知;不动摇的状态,应当证知;依于单一性现前而心住立的状态,应当证知;所缘的状态,应当证知;行境的状态,应当证知;舍断的状态,应当证知;遍舍的状态,应当证知;出起的状态,应当证知;回转的状态,应当证知;寂静的状态,应当证知;殊妙的状态,应当证知;解脱的状态,应当证知;无漏的状态,应当证知;度越的状态,应当证知;无相的状态,应当证知;无愿的状态,应当证知;空的状态,应当证知;一味的状态,应当证知;不逾越的状态,应当证知;双连的状态,应当证知;出离的状态,应当证知;因的状态,应当证知;见的状态,应当证知;增上的状态,应当证知。巴利 注疏 2
Pariggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; parivāraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; paripūraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekaggaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; avisāraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; anāvilaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; aniñjanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekattupaṭṭhānavasena cittassa ṭhitaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ārammaṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; gocaraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pahānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pariccāgaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vuṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vivaṭṭanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; santaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; paṇītaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vimuttaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; anāsavaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; taraṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; animittaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; appaṇihitaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; suññataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekarasaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; anativattanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; yuganaddhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; niyyānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; hetuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ādhipateyyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
12 应证知止息的不散乱状态;应证知观的随观状态;应证知止与观的一味状态;应证知双连的不逾越状态;应证知于学的受持状态;应证知所缘的行境状态;应证知对沉滞之心的策励状态;应证知对掉举之心的抑制状态;应证知对两者都清净的舍置状态;应证知殊胜证得的状态;应证知更上通达的状态;应证知现观真理的状态;应证知于灭中安立的状态。巴利 注疏 2
Samathassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vipassanāya anupassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samathavipassanānaṃ ekarasaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; yuganaddhassa anativattanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sikkhāya samādānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ārammaṇassa gocaraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; līnassa cittassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; uddhatassa cittassa niggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ubhovisuddhānaṃ ajjhupekkhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; visesādhigamaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; uttari paṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; saccābhisamayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhe patiṭṭhāpakaṭṭho abhiññeyyo .
信根的胜解义趣应当了知;精进根的策励义趣应当了知;念根的现前安住义趣应当了知;定根的不散乱义趣应当了知;慧根的见之义趣应当了知。巴利
Saddhindriyassa adhimokkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyindriyassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; satindriyassa upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samādhindriyassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; paññindriyassa dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
信力于不信上不为所动的义趣应当了知;精进力于懈怠上不为所动的义趣应当了知;念力于放逸上不为所动的义趣应当了知;定力于掉举上不为所动的义趣应当了知;慧力于无明上不为所动的义趣应当了知。巴利
Saddhābalassa assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyabalassa kosajje akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; satibalassa pamāde akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samādhibalassa uddhacce akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; paññābalassa avijjāya akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
念觉支的现前义趣应当了知;择法觉支的简择义趣应当了知;精进觉支的策励义趣应当了知;喜觉支的遍满义趣应当了知;轻安觉支的寂止义趣应当了知;定觉支的不散乱义趣应当了知;舍觉支的省察义趣应当了知。巴利
Satisambojjhaṅgassa upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa pavicayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pītisambojjhaṅgassa pharaṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa upasamaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samādhisambojjhaṅgassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
正见的见义应当了知;正思惟的引导义应当了知;正语的摄持义应当了知;正业的策起义应当了知;正命的清净义应当了知;正精进的策励义应当了知;正念的现起义应当了知;正定的不散乱义应当了知。巴利
Sammādiṭṭhiyā dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammāsaṅkappassa abhiniropanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammāvācāya pariggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammākammantassa samuṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammāājīvassa vodānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; sammāvāyāmassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammāsatiyā upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammāsamādhissa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
13 根的增上义应当了知;力的不动摇义应当了知;觉支的导向出离义应当了知;道的因义应当了知;念处的现起义应当了知;正勤的精勤义应当了知;神足的成就义应当了知;谛的如实不虚义应当了知;修习的寂止义应当了知;果的作证义应当了知。巴利 注疏 2
Indriyānaṃ ādhipateyyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; balānaṃ akampiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; bojjhaṅgānaṃ niyyānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; maggassa hetuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; satipaṭṭhānānaṃ upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sammappadhānānaṃ padahanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; iddhipādānaṃ ijjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; saccānaṃ tathaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; payogānaṃ paṭippassaddhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; phalānaṃ sacchikiriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
寻的引导义,应被了知;伺的持续伺察义,应被了知;喜的遍满义,应被了知;乐的流注义,应被了知;心的一境性义,应被了知。转向义,应被了知;识知义,应被了知;了知义,应被了知;认知义,应被了知;专一义,应被了知。以证知而了知之义,应被了知;以遍知而审察之义,应被了知;断除的舍离义,应被了知;以修习而一味之义,应被了知;以作证而触达之义,应被了知。蕴的聚义,应被了知;界的特性义,应被了知;处的范围义,应被了知;有为的无常等义,应被了知;无为的无生灭等义,应被了知。巴利
Vitakkassa abhiniropanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vicārassa upavicāraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pītiyā pharaṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sukhassa abhisandanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Cittassa ekaggaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Āvajjanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vijānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pajānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sañjānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekodaṭṭho abhiññeyyo . Abhiññāya ñātaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pariññāya tīraṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; pahānassa pariccāgaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; bhāvanāya ekarasaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sacchikiriyāya phassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; khandhānaṃ khandhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dhātūnaṃ dhātuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; saṅkhatānaṃ saṅkhataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; asaṅkhatassa asaṅkhataṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
14 心之本质义,应当了知;心之无间义,应当了知;心之出起义,应当了知;心之回转向义,应当了知;心之因义,应当了知;心之缘义,应当了知;心之所依义,应当了知;心之境地义,应当了知;心之所缘义,应当了知;心之行境义,应当了知;心之游履义,应当了知;心之趣向义,应当了知;心之导引义,应当了知;心之导向出离义,应当了知;心之出离义,应当了知。巴利 注疏 2
Cittaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittānantariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa vuṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa vivaṭṭanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa hetuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa paccayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa vatthuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa bhūmaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa ārammaṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa gocaraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa cariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa gataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa abhinīhāraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa niyyānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa nissaraṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
15 于专一中,转向之义是应被了知的;于专一中,识知之义是应被了知的;于专一中,了知之义是应被了知的;于专一中,认知之义是应被了知的;于专一中,成为一境之义是应被了知的;于专一中,紧密系属之义是应被了知的;于专一中,跃入之义是应被了知的;于专一中,净信之义是应被了知的;于专一中,安住之义是应被了知的;于专一中,解脱之义是应被了知的;于专一中,见此为寂静之义是应被了知的;于专一中,作为乘之义是应被了知的;于专一中,作为依处之义是应被了知的;于专一中,奋起之义是应被了知的;于专一中,习行之义是应被了知的;于专一中,善策励之义是应被了知的;于专一中,摄持之义是应被了知的;于专一中,随护之义是应被了知的;于专一中,圆满之义是应被了知的;于专一中,合集之义是应被了知的;于专一中,决意之义是应被了知的;于专一中,练习之义是应被了知的;于专一中,修习之义是应被了知的;于专一中,多作之义是应被了知的;于专一中,善生起之义是应被了知的;于专一中,善解脱之义是应被了知的;于专一中,觉悟之义是应被了知的;于专一中,随觉悟之义是应被了知的;于专一中,对觉悟之义是应被了知的;于专一中,正觉悟之义是应被了知的;于专一中,令觉了之义是应被了知的;于专一中,随令觉了之义是应被了知的;于专一中,对令觉了之义是应被了知的;于专一中,正令觉了之义是应被了知的;于专一中,属于菩提分(觉支)之义是应被了知的;于专一中,属于随菩提分之义是应被了知的;于专一中,属于对菩提分之义是应被了知的;于专一中,属于正菩提分之义是应被了知的;于专一中,光照之义是应被了知的;于专一中,普照之义是应被了知的;于专一中,随照之义是应被了知的;于专一中,对照之义是应被了知的;于专一中,遍照之义是应被了知的。巴利 注疏 2
Ekatte āvajjanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte vijānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; ekatte pajānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte sañjānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte ekadaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte upanibandhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte pakkhandanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte pasīdanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; ekatte santiṭṭhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte vimuccanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte ‘‘etaṃ santa’’nti passanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte yānīkataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte vatthukataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte anuṭṭhitaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paricitaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte susamāraddhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; ekatte pariggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte parivāraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paripūraṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte samodhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte adhiṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte āsevanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte bhāvanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte bahulīkammaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte susamuggataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte suvimuttaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; ekatte bujjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte anubujjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paṭibujjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte sambujjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte bodhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte anubodhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paṭibodhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte sambodhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte bodhipakkhiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte anubodhipakkhiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paṭibodhipakkhiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte sambodhipakkhiyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte jotanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte ujjotanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte anujotanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte paṭijotanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ekatte sañjotanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
16 威耀之义是应被了知的;闪耀之义是应被了知的;令烦恼热恼之义是应被了知的;无垢之义是应被了知的;离垢之义是应被了知的;无秽之义是应被了知的;寂止之义是应被了知的;等至之义是应被了知的;远离之义是应被了知的;远离修行之义是应被了知的;离欲之义是应被了知的;离欲修行之义是应被了知的;灭之义是应被了知的;灭修行之义是应被了知的;舍遣之义是应被了知的;舍遣修行之义是应被了知的;解脱之义是应被了知的;解脱修行之义是应被了知的。巴利 注疏 2
Patāpanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; virocanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; kilesānaṃ santāpanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; amalaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vimalaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nimmalaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vivekaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vivekacariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; virāgaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; virāgacariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhacariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vosaggaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vosaggacariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vimuttaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vimutticariyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
当遍知欲之义;当遍知欲之根本义;当遍知欲之基义;当遍知欲之精勤义;当遍知欲之成就义;当遍知欲之胜解义;当遍知欲之策励义;当遍知欲之近住义;当遍知欲之不散乱义;当遍知欲之见义。巴利
Chandaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa mūlaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa pādaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa padhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa ijjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa adhimokkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; chandassa dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
当遍知精进之义;当遍知精进之根本义;当遍知精进之基义;当遍知精进之精勤义;当遍知精进之成就义;当遍知精进之胜解义;当遍知精进之策励义;当遍知精进之近住义;当遍知精进之不散乱义;当遍知精进之见义。巴利
Vīriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa mūlaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa pādaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa padhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa ijjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa adhimokkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīriyassa dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
当遍知心之义;当遍知心之根本义;当遍知心之基义;当遍知心之精勤义;当遍知心之成就义;当遍知心之胜解义;当遍知心之策励义;当遍知心之近住义;当遍知心之不散乱义;当遍知心之见义。巴利
Cittaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa mūlaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa pādaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa padhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa ijjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa adhimokkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; cittassa dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
考察之义当透彻了知;考察根本之义当透彻了知;考察基础之义当透彻了知;考察精勤之义当透彻了知;考察成就之义当透彻了知;考察胜解之义当透彻了知;考察策励之义当透彻了知;考察近住之义当透彻了知;考察不散乱之义当透彻了知;考察见之义当透彻了知。巴利
Vīmaṃsaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya mūlaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya pādaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya padhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya ijjhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya adhimokkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya paggahaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya upaṭṭhānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya avikkhepaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; vīmaṃsāya dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
17 苦之义当透彻了知;苦的逼迫之义当透彻了知;苦的有为之义当透彻了知;苦的苦恼之义当透彻了知;苦的变易之义当透彻了知。集之义当透彻了知;集的累积之义当透彻了知;集的因源之义当透彻了知;集的结缚之义当透彻了知;集的障碍之义当透彻了知。灭之义当透彻了知;灭的出离之义当透彻了知;灭的远离之义当透彻了知;灭的无为之义当透彻了知;灭的不死之义当透彻了知。道之义当透彻了知;道的导出之义当透彻了知;道的因之义当透彻了知;道的见之义当透彻了知;道的增上之义当透彻了知。巴利 注疏 2
Dukkhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa saṅkhataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa santāpaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dukkhassa vipariṇāmaṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Samudayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samudayassa nidānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samudayassa saññogaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; samudayassa palibodhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo ; nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhassa vivekaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhassa asaṅkhataṭṭho abhiññeyyo; nirodhassa amataṭṭho abhiññeyyo. Maggaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; maggassa niyyānaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; maggassa hetuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; maggassa dassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; maggassa ādhipateyyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
如实之义当透彻了知;无我之义当透彻了知;真理之义当透彻了知;通达之义当透彻了知;证知之义当透彻了知;遍知之义当透彻了知;法之义当透彻了知;界之义当透彻了知;已知之义当透彻了知;证悟之义当透彻了知;触达之义当透彻了知;现观之义当透彻了知。巴利
Tathaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; anattaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; saccaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; paṭivedhaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; abhijānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; parijānanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dhammaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; dhātuṭṭho abhiññeyyo; ñātaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; sacchikiriyaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; phassanaṭṭho abhiññeyyo; abhisamayaṭṭho abhiññeyyo.
18 出离应当证知;无嗔应当证知;光明想应当证知;不散乱应当证知;法的确定应当证知;智应当证知;喜悦应当证知。巴利 注疏 2
Nekkhammaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; abyāpādo abhiññeyyo; ālokasaññā abhiññeyyā; avikkhepo abhiññeyyo; dhammavavatthānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ñāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pāmojjaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
初禅那应当证知;第二禅那应当证知;第三禅那应当证知;第四禅那应当证知。空无边处定应当证知;识无边处定应当证知;无所有处定应当证知;非想非非想处定应当证知。巴利
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; catutthaṃ jhānaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti abhiññeyyā.
无常随观应被了知;苦随观应被了知;无我随观应被了知;厌离随观应被了知;离贪随观应被了知;灭随观应被了知;弃舍随观应被了知;坏随观应被了知;消逝随观应被了知;变易随观应被了知;无相随观应被了知;无愿随观应被了知;空随观应被了知;增上慧法观应被了知;如实智见应被了知;过患随观应被了知;省察随观应被了知;转向随观应被了知。巴利
Aniccānupassanā abhiññeyyā; dukkhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; anattānupassanā abhiññeyyā; nibbidānupassanā abhiññeyyā; virāgānupassanā abhiññeyyā; nirodhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; paṭinissaggānupassanā abhiññeyyā; khayānupassanā abhiññeyyā; vayānupassanā abhiññeyyā; vipariṇāmānupassanā abhiññeyyā; animittānupassanā abhiññeyyā; appaṇihitānupassanā abhiññeyyā; suññatānupassanā abhiññeyyā; adhipaññādhammavipassanā abhiññeyyā; yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; ādīnavānupassanā abhiññeyyā; paṭisaṅkhānupassanā abhiññeyyā; vivaṭṭanānupassanā abhiññeyyā.
19 入流道当证知;入流果定当证知;一来道当证知;一来果定当证知;不来道当证知;不来果定当证知;阿拉汉道当证知;阿拉汉果定当证知。巴利 注疏 2
Sotāpattimaggo abhiññeyyo; sotāpattiphalasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; sakadāgāmimaggo abhiññeyyo; sakadāgāmiphalasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; anāgāmimaggo abhiññeyyo ; anāgāmiphalasamāpatti abhiññeyyā; arahattamaggo abhiññeyyo; arahattaphalasamāpatti abhiññeyyā.
以胜解之义,信根应当证知;以策励之义,精进根应当证知;以现前之义,念根应当证知;以不散乱之义,定根应当证知;以见之义,慧根应当证知;以不为无信所动摇之义,信力应当证知;以不为懈怠所动摇之义,精进力应当证知;以不为放逸所动摇之义,念力应当证知;以不为掉举所动摇之义,定力应当证知;以不为无明所动摇之义,慧力应当证知;以现前之义,念觉支应当证知;以简择之义,择法觉支应当证知;以策励之义,精进觉支应当证知;以遍满之义,喜觉支应当证知;以平静之义,轻安觉支应当证知;以不散乱之义,定觉支应当证知;以观察之义,舍觉支应当证知。巴利
Adhimokkhaṭṭhena saddhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; paggahaṭṭhena vīriyindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; dassanaṭṭhena paññindriyaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭhena saddhābalaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; kosajje akampiyaṭṭhena vīriyabalaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; pamāde akampiyaṭṭhena satibalaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; uddhacce akampiyaṭṭhena samādhibalaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; avijjāya akampiyaṭṭhena paññābalaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satisambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo; pavicayaṭṭhena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo; paggahaṭṭhena vīriyasambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo; pharaṇaṭṭhena pītisambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo ; upasamaṭṭhena passaddhisambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo; avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhisambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo; paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭhena upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo abhiññeyyo.
当以见义证知正见;当以导向义证知正思惟;当以摄持义证知正语;当以发起义证知正业;当以清净义证知正命;当以策励义证知正精进;当以安住义证知正念;当以不散乱义证知正定。巴利
Dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi abhiññeyyā; abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo abhiññeyyo; pariggahaṭṭhena sammāvācā abhiññeyyā; samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammākammanto abhiññeyyo; vodānaṭṭhena sammāājīvo abhiññeyyo; paggahaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo abhiññeyyo; upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati abhiññeyyā; avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi abhiññeyyo.
于增上义,诸根应被证知;于不可动摇义,诸力应被证知;于出离义,诸觉支应被证知;于因义,道应被证知;于现起义,诸念处应被证知;于精勤义,诸正勤应被证知;于成就义,诸神足应被证知;于如实义,诸谛应被证知;于不散乱义,止应被证知;于随观义,观应被证知;于一味义,止观应被证知;于不超越义,双运应被证知。巴利
Ādhipateyyaṭṭhena indriyā abhiññeyyā; akampiyaṭṭhena balā abhiññeyyā; niyyānaṭṭhena bojjhaṅgā abhiññeyyā; hetuṭṭhena maggo abhiññeyyo; upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satipaṭṭhānā abhiññeyyā; padahanaṭṭhena sammappadhānā abhiññeyyā; ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhipādā abhiññeyyā; tathaṭṭhena saccā abhiññeyyā; avikkhepaṭṭhena samatho abhiññeyyo; anupassanaṭṭhena vipassanā abhiññeyyā; ekarasaṭṭhena samathavipassanā abhiññeyyā; anativattanaṭṭhena yuganaddhaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
从防护义,戒清净应被证知;从不散乱义,心清净应被证知;从见义,见清净应被证知;从解脱义,解脱应被证知;从通达义,明应被证知;从彻底舍离义,解脱应被证知;从断除义,尽智应被证知;从完全寂止义,无生智应被证知。巴利
Saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlavisuddhi abhiññeyyā; avikkhepaṭṭhena cittavisuddhi abhiññeyyā; dassanaṭṭhena diṭṭhivisuddhi abhiññeyyā; muttaṭṭhena vimokkho abhiññeyyo; paṭivedhaṭṭhena vijjā abhiññeyyā ; pariccāgaṭṭhena vimutti abhiññeyyā; samucchedaṭṭhena khaye ñāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ; paṭippassaddhaṭṭhena anuppāde ñāṇaṃ abhiññeyyaṃ.
20 从根本义,欲应被证知;从生起义,作意应被证知;从聚集义,触应被证知;从会合义,受应被证知;从导首义,定应被证知;从增上义,念应被证知;从其更胜义,慧应被证知;从精髓义,解脱应被证知;从最究竟义,入于不死的涅槃应被证知。巴利 注疏 2
Chando mūlaṭṭhena abhiññeyyo; manasikāro samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena abhiññeyyo; phasso samodhānaṭṭhena abhiññeyyo; vedanā samosaraṇaṭṭhena abhiññeyyā; samādhi pamukhaṭṭhena abhiññeyyo; sati ādhipateyyaṭṭhena abhiññeyyā; paññā tatuttaraṭṭhena abhiññeyyā; vimutti sāraṭṭhena abhiññeyyā; amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena abhiññeyyaṃ.
凡是已被证知的法,即是已被了知的法。从了知之义而言为智,从遍知之义而言为慧。因此这样说:对于“这些法应被证知”的听闻与专注,由此遍知的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
Ye ye dhammā abhiññātā honti te te dhammā ñātā honti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā abhiññeyyāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇa’’nti.
21 如何是:对“这些法应被遍知”的听闻与专注,由此遍知的慧即为闻所成智呢?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā pariññeyyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
有一法应当遍知——有漏、可执取的触。有二法应当遍知——名与色。有三法应当遍知——三种受。有四法应当遍知——四种食。有五法应当遍知——五取蕴。有六法应当遍知——六内处。有七法应当遍知——七识住。有八法应当遍知——八世间法。有九法应当遍知——九众生居。有十法应当遍知——十处。巴利
Eko dhammo pariññeyyo – phasso sāsavo upādāniyo. Dve dhammā pariññeyyā – nāmañca rūpañca. Tayo dhammā pariññeyyā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro dhammā pariññeyyā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca dhammā pariññeyyā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha dhammā pariññeyyā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta dhammā pariññeyyā – satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Aṭṭha dhammā pariññeyyā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava dhammā pariññeyyā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa dhammā pariññeyyā – dasāyatanāni.
“诸比丘,一切应当遍知。诸比丘,什么是一切应当遍知?诸比丘,眼应当遍知;色应当遍知;眼识应当遍知;眼触应当遍知;凡以眼触为缘而生起的感受——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐,那也应当遍知。耳应当遍知;声应当遍知……鼻应当遍知,香应当遍知……舌应当遍知;味应当遍知……身应当遍知;触应当遍知……意应当遍知;法应当遍知……意识应当遍知;意触应当遍知;凡以意触为缘而生起的感受——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐,那也应当遍知。色应当遍知……受应当遍知……想应当遍知……行应当遍知……识应当遍知……眼应当遍知……老死应当遍知……进入不死之境的涅槃,以最终义也应当遍知。凡为获得何等法而精勤者,彼彼之法即已获得,如是,此法便被遍知、被审察。巴利
‘‘Sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, pariññeyyaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ pariññeyyaṃ? Cakkhu, bhikkhave, pariññeyyaṃ; rūpā pariññeyyā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ; cakkhusamphasso pariññeyyo; yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi pariññeyyaṃ. Sotaṃ pariññeyyaṃ; saddā pariññeyyā…pe… ghānaṃ pariññeyyaṃ, gandhā pariññeyyā… jivhā pariññeyyā; rasā pariññeyyā… kāyo pariññeyyo; phoṭṭhabbā pariññeyyā…pe… mano pariññeyyo; dhammā pariññeyyā… manoviññāṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ; manosamphasso pariññeyyo; yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi pariññeyyaṃ.’’ Rūpaṃ pariññeyyaṃ…pe… vedanā pariññeyyā… saññā pariññeyyā… saṅkhārā pariññeyyā… viññāṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ… cakkhu pariññeyyaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena pariññeyyaṃ. Yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa te te dhammā paṭiladdhā honti, evaṃ te dhammā pariññātā ceva honti tīritā ca.
22 为获得出离而精勤者,便获得出离。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得无嗔而精勤者,便获得无嗔。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得光明想而精勤者,便获得光明想。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得无散乱而精勤者,便获得无散乱。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得法抉择而精勤者,便获得法抉择。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得智而精勤者,便获得智。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。为获得喜悦而精勤者,便获得喜悦。如是,该法得以遍知与审察。巴利 注疏 2
Nekkhammaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa nekkhammaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Abyāpādaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa abyāpādo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Ālokasaññaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa ālokasaññā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Avikkhepaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa avikkhepo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Dhammavavatthānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa dhammavavatthānaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Ñāṇaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa ñāṇaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Pāmojjaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa pāmojjaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca.
若有人为证得初禅而精勤努力,便证得初禅。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。为证得第二禅……为证得第三禅……为证得第四禅而精勤努力,便证得第四禅。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。为证得空无边处定而精勤努力,便证得空无边处定。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。为证得识无边处定而精勤努力,便证得识无边处定。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。为证得无所有处定而精勤努力,便证得无所有处定。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。为证得非想非非想处定而精勤努力,便证得非想非非想处定。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。巴利
Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca.
若有人为证得无常随观而精勤努力,便证得无常随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得苦随观而精勤努力,便证得苦随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得无我随观而精勤努力,便证得无我随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得厌离随观而精勤努力,便证得厌离随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得离欲随观而精勤努力,便证得离欲随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得灭随观而精勤努力,便证得灭随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得弃舍随观而精勤努力,便证得弃舍随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得灭尽随观而精勤努力,便证得灭尽随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得衰灭随观而精勤努力,便证得衰灭随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得变易随观而精勤努力,便证得变易随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得无相随观而精勤努力,便证得无相随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得无愿随观而精勤努力,便证得无愿随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。若有人为证得空随观而精勤努力,便证得空随观。如此,那法即被遍知、被审察。巴利
Aniccānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa aniccānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Dukkhānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa dukkhānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Anattānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa anattānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Nibbidānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa nibbidānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Virāgānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa virāgānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Nirodhānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa nirodhānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Paṭinissaggānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa paṭinissaggānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Khayānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa khayānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Vayānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa vayānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Vipariṇāmānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa vipariṇāmānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Animittānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa animittānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Appaṇihitānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa appaṇihitānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti . Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Suññatānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa suññatānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca.
为证得增上慧法观而精勤者,即证得增上慧法观。如是,此法既得遍知,亦得审察。为证得如实智见而精勤者,即证得如实智见。如是,此法既得遍知,亦得审察。为证得过患随观而精勤者,即证得过患随观。如是,此法既得遍知,亦得审察。为证得审察随观而精勤者,即证得审察随观。如是,此法既得遍知,亦得审察。为证得转离随观而精勤者,即证得转离随观。如是,此法既得遍知,亦得审察。巴利
Adhipaññādhammavipassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa adhipaññādhammavipassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ paṭiladdhaṃ hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Ādīnavānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa ādīnavānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Paṭisaṅkhānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa paṭisaṅkhānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Vivaṭṭanānupassanaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa vivaṭṭanānupassanā paṭiladdhā hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca.
为证入流道而精勤者,即证入流道。如是,此法已被遍知、被审察。为证一来道而精勤者,即证一来道。如是,此法已被遍知、被审察。为证不来道而精勤者,即证不来道。如是,此法已被遍知、被审察。为证阿拉汉道而精勤者,即证阿拉汉道。如是,此法已被遍知、被审察。巴利
Sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa sotāpattimaggo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Sakadāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa sakadāgāmimaggo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Anāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa anāgāmimaggo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca. Arahattamaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa arahattamaggo paṭiladdho hoti. Evaṃ so dhammo pariññāto ceva hoti tīrito ca.
为证得诸法而精勤者,即证得那些诸法。如是,那些诸法已被遍知、被审察。以所知义为智,以了别义为慧。故说:‘以耳倾听“这些法应遍知”,那辨识之慧即是闻所成智。’巴利
Yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vāyamantassa te te dhammā paṭiladdhā honti. Evaṃ te dhammā pariññātā ceva honti tīritā ca. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā pariññeyyāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇa’’nti.
23 如何是以耳倾听“这些法应断除”,那辨识之慧即是闻所成智?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
应断除一法:我慢。应断除二法:无明与有渴爱。应断除三法:三种渴爱。应断除四法:四种瀑流。应断除五法:五盖。应断除六法:六种渴爱之身。应断除七法:七随眠。应断除八法:八邪性。应断除九法:九种以渴爱为根本的法。应断除十法:十邪性。巴利
Eko dhammo pahātabbo – asmimāno. Dve dhammā pahātabbā – avijjā ca bhavataṇhā ca. Tayo dhammā pahātabbā – tisso taṇhā. Cattāro dhammā pahātabbā – cattāro oghā. Pañca dhammā pahātabbā – pañca nīvaraṇāni. Cha dhammā pahātabbā – cha taṇhākāyā. Satta dhammā pahātabbā – sattānusayā. Aṭṭha dhammā pahātabbā – aṭṭha micchattā. Nava dhammā pahātabbā – nava taṇhāmūlakā. Dasa dhammā pahātabbā – dasa micchattā.
24 有两种断除:断断与止息断。修习出世间、趣向灭尽之道者,获得断断;在果位的刹那,获得止息断。有三种断除:出离欲乐,即出离,这是欲乐的出离;出离色,即无色界,这是色的出离;而凡是存在的、有为的、缘起的,它的灭即是出离。已获得出离者,便断除并彻底舍弃了那些欲乐;已获得无色界者,便断除并彻底舍弃了那些色;已证得灭者,便断除并彻底舍弃了诸行。有四种断除:由遍知通达证悟苦圣谛,他断除;由断除通达证悟集圣谛,他断除;由作证通达证悟灭圣谛,他断除;由修习通达证悟道圣谛,他断除。有五种断除:镇伏断、彼分断、断断、止息断、出离断。修习初禅那者,获得对诸盖的镇伏断;修习与通达相应的定者,获得对一切邪见的彼分断;修习出世间、趣向灭尽之道者,获得断断;在果位的刹那,获得止息断;灭、涅槃,是出离断。巴利 注疏 2
Dve pahānāni – samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ. Samucchedappahānañca lokuttaraṃ khayagāmimaggaṃ bhāvayato; paṭippassaddhippahānañca phalakkhaṇe. Tīṇi pahānāni – kāmānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ nekkhammaṃ; rūpānametaṃ nissaraṇaṃ yadidaṃ āruppaṃ; yaṃ kho pana kiñci bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ, nirodho tassa nissaraṇaṃ. Nekkhammaṃ paṭiladdhassa kāmā pahīnā ceva honti pariccattā ca. Āruppaṃ paṭiladdhassa rūpā pahīnā ceva honti pariccattā ca. Nirodhaṃ paṭiladdhassa saṅkhārā pahīnā ceva honti pariccattā ca. Cattāri pahānāni dukkhasaccaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto pajahati; samudayasaccaṃ pahānapaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto pajahati; nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto pajahati; maggasaccaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto pajahati. Pañca pahānāni – vikkhambhanappahānaṃ, tadaṅgappahānaṃ, samucchedappahānaṃ, paṭippassaddhippahānaṃ, nissaraṇappahānaṃ. Vikkhambhanappahānañca nīvaraṇānaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvayato; tadaṅgappahānañca diṭṭhigatānaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyaṃ samādhiṃ bhāvayato; samucchedappahānañca lokuttaraṃ khayagāmimaggaṃ bhāvayato; paṭippassaddhippahānañca phalakkhaṇe; nissaraṇappahānañca nirodho nibbānaṃ.
“诸比丘,一切应断除。诸比丘,什么是一切应断除呢?诸比丘,眼应断除;诸色应断除;眼识应断除;眼触应断除;凡是依眼触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受,那也应断除。耳应断除;诸声应断除……鼻应断除;诸香应断除……舌应断除;诸味应断除……身应断除;诸触应断除……意应断除;诸法应断除……意识应断除……意触应断除;凡是依意触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受,那也应断除。见色时,他即断除之;见受时,他即断除之;见想时,他即断除之;见诸行时,他即断除之;见识时,他即断除之。见眼时……(中略)……见老死时……(中略)……见以不死为归趣、以究竟为义的涅槃时,他即断除之。凡已被断除的法,那些法便彻底舍弃。从已了知的意义说,是‘智’;从辨识的意义说,是‘慧’。因此称为:‘以耳倾听“这些法应断除”时,那辨识之慧即是闻所成智。’”巴利
‘‘Sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, pahātabbaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ pahātabbaṃ? Cakkhu, bhikkhave, pahātabbaṃ; rūpā pahātabbā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ pahātabbaṃ; cakkhusamphasso pahātabbo; yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi pahātabbaṃ. Sotaṃ pahātabbaṃ; saddā pahātabbā…pe… ghānaṃ pahātabbaṃ; gandhā pahātabbā… jivhā pahātabbā; rasā pahātabbā… kāyo pahātabbo; phoṭṭhabbā pahātabbā… mano pahātabbo; dhammā pahātabbā… manoviññāṇaṃ pahātabbaṃ;… manosamphasso pahātabbo; yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi pahātabbaṃ.’’ Rūpaṃ passanto pajahati, vedanaṃ passanto pajahati, saññaṃ passanto pajahati, saṅkhāre passanto pajahati, viññāṇaṃ passanto pajahati. Cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ…pe… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena passanto pajahati. Ye ye dhammā pahīnā honti te te dhammā pariccattā honti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā pahātabbāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃ pajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇa’’nti.
25 如何是以耳倾听“这些法应修习”?那辨识此的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
应修习一种法:与悦俱的身至念。应修习两种法:止与观。应修习三种法:三种定。应修习四种法:四种念处。应修习五种法:五支定。应修习六种法:六随念处。应修习七种法:七觉支。应修习八种法:圣八支道。应修习九种法:九清净勤支。应修习十种法:十遍处。巴利
Eko dhammo bhāvetabbo – kāyagatāsati sātasahagatā. Dve dhammā bhāvetabbā – samatho ca vipassanā ca. Tayo dhammā bhāvetabbā – tayo samādhī. Cattāro dhammā bhāvetabbā – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Pañca dhammā bhāvetabbā – pañcaṅgiko samādhi . Cha dhammā bhāvetabbā – cha anussatiṭṭhānāni. Satta dhammā bhāvetabbā – satta bojjhaṅgā. Aṭṭha dhammā bhāvetabbā – ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Nava dhammā bhāvetabbā – nava pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅgāni. Dasa dhammā bhāvetabbā – dasa kasiṇāyatanāni.
26 修习有二种:世间修习与出世间修习。又有三种修习:色界善法之修习、无色界善法之修习、不系属善法之修习。色界善法之修习,有低、中、殊胜;无色界善法之修习,有低、中、殊胜;不系属善法之修习,唯是殊胜。巴利 注疏 2
Dve bhāvanā – lokiyā ca bhāvanā, lokuttarā ca bhāvanā. Tisso bhāvanā – rūpāvacarakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā, arūpāvacarakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā, apariyāpannakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā. Rūpāvacarakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā atthi hīnā, atthi majjhimā, atthi paṇītā. Arūpāvacarakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā atthi hīnā , atthi majjhimā, atthi paṇītā. Apariyāpannakusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanā paṇītā.
27 修习有四种:为彻证苦圣谛,以遍知之通达而修习;为彻证集圣谛,以断除之通达而修习;为彻证灭圣谛,以作证之通达而修习;为彻证道圣谛,以修习之通达而修习。这便是四种修习。巴利 注疏 2
Catasso bhāvanā – dukkhasaccaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto bhāveti, samudayasaccaṃ pahānappaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto bhāveti, nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto bhāveti, maggasaccaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhanto bhāveti. Imā catasso bhāvanā.
又有四种修习:寻求修习、获得修习、一味修习、惯行修习。什么是寻求修习?对于所有正进入禅定者,于彼处生起的诸法皆成同一味——这便是寻求修习。什么是获得修习?对于所有已入禅定者,于彼处生起的诸法彼此不相逾越——这便是获得修习。什么是一味修习?依胜解之义修习信根者,凭藉信根之力,其余四根成同一味——此即于诸根一味义之修习。依策励之义修习精进根者,凭藉精进根之力,其余四根成同一味——此即于诸根一味义之修习。依现起助持之义修习念根者,凭藉念根之力,其余四根成同一味——此即于诸根一味义之修习。依不散乱之义修习定根者,凭藉定根之力,其余四根成同一味——此即于诸根一味义之修习。依正见之义修习慧根者,凭藉慧根之力,其余四根成同一味——此即于诸根一味义之修习。巴利
Aparāpi catasso bhāvanā – esanābhāvanā, paṭilābhābhāvanā, ekarasābhāvanā, āsevanābhāvanā. Katamā esanābhāvanā? Sabbesaṃ samādhiṃ samāpajjantānaṃ tattha jātā dhammā ekarasā hontīti – ayaṃ esanābhāvanā. Katamā paṭilābhābhāvanā? Sabbesaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannānaṃ tattha jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – ayaṃ paṭilābhābhāvanā. Katamā ekarasābhāvanā? Adhimokkhaṭṭhena saddhindriyaṃ bhāvayato saddhindriyassa vasena cattāri indriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Paggahaṭṭhena vīriyindriyaṃ bhāvayato vīriyindriyassa vasena cattāri indriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā . Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satindriyaṃ bhāvayato satindriyassa vasena cattāri indriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhindriyaṃ bhāvayato samādhindriyassa vasena cattāri indriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Dassanaṭṭhena paññindriyaṃ bhāvayato paññindriyassa vasena cattāri indriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
以不被不信所動搖的意义修习信力时,依信力之力,其余四力便会融合为同一味——这就是诸力同一味的修习。以不被懈怠所動搖的意义修习精进力时,依精进力之力,其余四力便会融合为同一味——这就是诸力同一味的修习。以不被放逸所動搖的意义修习念力时,依念力之力,其余四力便会融合为同一味——这就是诸力同一味的修习。以不被掉举所動搖的意义修习定力时,依定力之力,其余四力便会融合为同一味——这就是诸力同一味的修习。以不被无明所動搖的意义修习慧力时,依慧力之力,其余四力便会融合为同一味——这就是诸力同一味的修习。巴利
Assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭhena saddhābalaṃ bhāvayato saddhābalassa vasena cattāri balāni ekarasā hontīti – balānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Kosajje akampiyaṭṭhena vīriyabalaṃ bhāvayato vīriyabalassa vasena cattāri balāni ekarasā hontīti – balānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Pamāde akampiyaṭṭhena satibalaṃ bhāvayato satibalassa vasena cattāri balāni ekarasā hontīti – balānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Uddhacce akampiyaṭṭhena samādhibalaṃ bhāvayato samādhibalassa vasena cattāri balāni ekarasā hontīti – balānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Avijjāya akampiyaṭṭhena paññābalaṃ bhāvayato paññābalassa vasena cattāri balāni ekarasā hontīti – balānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
以现起助持的意义修习念觉支时,依念觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以简擇的意义修习擇法觉支时,依擇法觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以策勵的意义修习精进觉支时,依精进觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以遍满的意义修习喜觉支时,依喜觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以寂静的意义修习轻安觉支时,依轻安觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以不散亂的意义修习定觉支时,依定觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。以省察权衡的意义修习舍觉支时,依舍觉支之力,六觉支便会融合为同一味——这就是觉支同一味的修习。巴利
Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato satisambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Pavicayaṭṭhena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Paggahaṭṭhena vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Pharaṇaṭṭhena pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato pītisambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Upasamaṭṭhena passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato samādhisambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭhena upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvayato upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa vasena cha bojjhaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – bojjhaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
从“见”的含义上,当一个人修习正见时,以正见的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“导向”的含义上,当一个人修习正思惟时,以正思惟的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“执持”的含义上,当一个人修习正语时,以正语的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“发起”的含义上,当一个人修习正业时,以正业的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“清净”的含义上,当一个人修习正命时,以正命的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“策励”的含义上,当一个人修习正精进时,以正精进的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“安住”的含义上,当一个人修习正念时,以正念的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。从“不散乱”的含义上,当一个人修习正定时,以正定的力量,七道支合为一味——这便是从道支一味之义而修习。这就是一味修。巴利
Dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhiṃ bhāvayato sammādiṭṭhiyā vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappaṃ bhāvayato sammāsaṅkappassa vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Pariggahaṭṭhena sammāvācaṃ bhāvayato sammāvācāya vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammākammantaṃ bhāvayato sammākammantassa vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Vodānaṭṭhena sammāājīvaṃ bhāvayato sammāājīvassa vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā . Paggahaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmaṃ bhāvayato sammāvāyāmassa vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsatiṃ bhāvayato sammāsatiyā vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhiṃ bhāvayato sammāsamādhissa vasena satta maggaṅgā ekarasā hontīti – maggaṅgānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Ayaṃ ekarasābhāvanā.
什么是修习修呢?在此,一位比丘于上午修习,于中午修习,于下午修习,于饭前修习,于饭后修习,于初夜修习,于中夜修习,于后夜修习,于夜晚修习,于白昼修习,日夜皆修习,于黑月修习,于白月修习,于雨季修习,于冬季修习,于热季修习,于生命的早期阶段修习,于生命的中期阶段修习,于生命的后期阶段修习——这便称为修习修。以上是四种修习。巴利
Katamā āsevanābhāvanā? Idha bhikkhu pubbaṇhasamayaṃ āsevati, majjhanhikasamayampi āsevati, sāyanhasamayampi āsevati, purebhattampi āsevati, pacchābhattampi āsevati, purimepi yāme āsevati, majjhimepi yāme āsevati, pacchimepi yāme āsevati, rattimpi āsevati, divāpi āsevati, rattindivāpi āsevati, kāḷepi āsevati, juṇhepi āsevati, vassepi āsevati, hemantepi āsevati, gimhepi āsevati, purimepi vayokhandhe āsevati, majjhimepi vayokhandhe āsevati, pacchimepi vayokhandhe āsevati – ayaṃ āsevanābhāvanā. Imā catasso bhāvanā.
28 还有另外四种修习:就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习,就诸根的同一味之义而说修习,就精进能运载至彼目标之义而说修习,就反复实践之义而说修习。何谓就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习?当舍弃欲贪时,以出离为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃嗔恚时,以无嗔为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃昏沉睡眠时,以光明想为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃掉举时,以不散乱为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃疑时,以确定法为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃无明时,以智为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃不喜时,以喜悦为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃五盖时,以初禅为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃寻与伺时,以二禅为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃喜时,以三禅为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。当舍弃乐与苦时,以四禅为因而生起的诸法不会彼此退失——这就是就已生起的法不退失之义而说修习。巴利 注疏 2
Aparāpi catasso bhāvanā – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā, indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā, tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā, āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Kathaṃ tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā? Kāmacchandaṃ pajahato nekkhammavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Byāpādaṃ pajahato abyāpādavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Thinamiddhaṃ pajahato ālokasaññāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Uddhaccaṃ pajahato avikkhepavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Vicikicchaṃ pajahato dhammavavatthānavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Avijjaṃ pajahato ñāṇavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā . Aratiṃ pajahato pāmojjavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Nīvaraṇe pajahato paṭhamajjhānavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Vitakkavicāre pajahato dutiyajjhānavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Pītiṃ pajahato tatiyajjhānavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Sukhadukkhe pajahato catutthajjhānavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
舍离色想、有对想、种种想时,依空无边处定成就为缘所生诸法,互不相退失——此即于已生之法不相退失的意义上,名为修习。舍离空无边处想时,依识无边处定成就为缘所生诸法,互不相退失——此即于已生之法不相退失的意义上,名为修习。舍离识无边处想时,依无所有处定成就为缘所生诸法,互不相退失——此即于已生之法不相退失的意义上,名为修习。舍离无所有处想时,依非想非非想处定成就为缘所生诸法,互不相退失——此即于已生之法不相退失的意义上,名为修习。巴利
Rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ pajahato ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattivasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā . Ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ pajahato viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattivasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ pajahato ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattivasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ pajahato nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattivasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
舍常想者,依无常随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍乐想者,依苦随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍我想者,依无我随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍欢喜者,依厌离随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍贪者,依离贪随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍集起者,依灭随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍执取者,依遣除随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍密集想者,依坏灭随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍造作者,依衰败随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍恒常想者,依变易随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍相者,依无相随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍愿求者,依无愿随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍邪执者,依空随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍核心实有之邪执者,依增上慧法观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍愚痴之邪执者,依如实知见而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍所依之邪执者,依过患随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍不反省者,依反省随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。舍系缚之邪执者,依回转随观而生起之诸法不相退失——从已生诸法不相退失之义而言,即是修习。巴利
Niccasaññaṃ pajahato aniccānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Sukhasaññaṃ pajahato dukkhānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Attasaññaṃ pajahato anattānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Nandiṃ pajahato nibbidānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Rāgaṃ pajahato virāgānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Samudayaṃ pajahato nirodhānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā . Ādānaṃ pajahato paṭinissaggānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Ghanasaññaṃ pajahato khayānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Āyūhanaṃ pajahato vayānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Dhuvasaññaṃ pajahato vipariṇāmānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Nimittaṃ pajahato animittānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Paṇidhiṃ pajahato appaṇihitānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Abhinivesaṃ pajahato suññatānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Sārādānābhinivesaṃ pajahato adhipaññā dhammavipassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Sammohābhinivesaṃ pajahato yathābhūtañāṇadassanavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Ālayābhinivesaṃ pajahato ādīnavānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Appaṭisaṅkhaṃ pajahato paṭisaṅkhānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Saññogābhinivesaṃ pajahato vivaṭṭanānupassanāvasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
当一个人舍断见一处烦恼时,依入流道而生起的诸法互不相退——这即是于已生起之法不相退失之义上的修习。当一个人舍断粗重的烦恼时,依一来道而生起的诸法互不相退——这即是于已生起之法不相退失之义上的修习。当一个人舍断微细随逐的烦恼时,依不来道而生起的诸法互不相退——这即是于已生起之法不相退失之义上的修习。当一个人舍断一切烦恼时,依阿拉汉道而生起的诸法互不相退——这即是于已生起之法不相退失之义上的修习。这就是于已生起之法不相退失之义上的修习。巴利
Diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese pajahato sotāpattimaggavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Oḷārike kilese pajahato sakadāgāmimaggavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Anusahagate kilese pajahato anāgāmimaggavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Sabbakilese pajahato arahattamaggavasena jātā dhammā aññamaññaṃ nātivattantīti – tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Evaṃ tattha jātānaṃ dhammānaṃ anativattanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
如何是根之一味义而修习?断除欲贪者,依出离之力,五根成为一味——这便是根之一味义而修习。断除嗔恚者,依无嗔之力,五根成为一味——这便是根之一味义而修习……断除所有烦恼者,依阿拉汉道之力,五根成为一味——这便是根之一味义而修习。如是,是为根之一味义而修习。巴利
Kathaṃ indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā? Kāmacchandaṃ pajahato nekkhammavasena pañcindriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Byāpādaṃ pajahato abyāpādavasena pañcindriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā…pe… sabbakilese pajahato arahattamaggavasena pañcindriyāni ekarasā hontīti – indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Evaṃ indriyānaṃ ekarasaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
什么是“随顺精进运用”的修习?断除欲贪者,依出离而发起精进——这便是“随顺精进运用”的修习。断除嗔恚者,依无嗔而发起精进——这便是“随顺精进运用”的修习……断除一切烦恼者,依阿拉汉道而发起精进——这便是“随顺精进运用”的修习。这便是“随顺精进运用”的修习。巴利
Kathaṃ tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā? Kāmacchandaṃ pajahato nekkhammavasena vīriyaṃ vāhetīti – tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Byāpādaṃ pajahato abyāpādavasena vīriyaṃ vāhetīti – tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā…pe… sabbakilese pajahato arahattamaggavasena vīriyaṃ vāhetīti – tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Evaṃ tadupagavīriyavāhanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
什么是“习行”的修习?断除欲贪者,修习出离——这便是“习行”的修习。断除嗔恚者,修习无嗔——这便是“习行”的修习……断除一切烦恼者,修习阿拉汉道——这便是“习行”的修习。这便是“习行”的修习。巴利
Kathaṃ āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā? Kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto nekkhammaṃ āsevatīti – āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Byāpādaṃ pajahanto abyāpādaṃ āsevatīti – āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā…pe… sabbakilese pajahanto arahattamaggaṃ āsevatīti – āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā. Evaṃ āsevanaṭṭhena bhāvanā.
有此四种修习:观察色蕴时,即以此修习;观察受蕴时,即以此修习;观察想蕴时,即以此修习;观察诸行时,即以此修习;观察识蕴时,即以此修习;观察眼……乃至老死……以究竟义,观察那趋入不死的涅槃时,即以此修习。凡是已修习的法,那些法皆成一味。以所知之义,这是智;以了知之义,这是慧。因此,这便称为:“对于‘这些法应当修习’的专注听闻,其了知即是慧,是闻所成智。”巴利
Imā catasso bhāvanā rūpaṃ passanto bhāveti, vedanaṃ passanto bhāveti, saññaṃ passanto bhāveti, saṅkhāre passanto bhāveti, viññāṇaṃ passanto bhāveti, cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ…pe… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena passanto bhāveti. Ye ye dhammā bhāvitā honti te te dhammā ekarasā honti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā bhāvetabbāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇa’’nti.
29 如何是“这些法应当作证”的谛听,其了知即是慧,即闻所成智?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
应作证的一法:不动的心解脱。应作证的二法:明与解脱。应作证的三法:三明。应作证的四法:四种沙门果。应作证的五法:五法蕴。应作证的六法:六神通。应作证的七法:七漏尽者力。应作证的八法:八解脱。应作证的九法:九次第灭。应作证的十法:十无学法。巴利
Eko dhammo sacchikātabbo – akuppā cetovimutti. Dve dhammā sacchikātabbā – vijjā ca vimutti ca. Tayo dhammā sacchikātabbā – tisso vijjā. Cattāro dhammā sacchikātabbā – cattāri sāmaññaphalāni. Pañca dhammā sacchikātabbā – pañca dhammakkhandhā. Cha dhammā sacchikātabbā – cha abhiññā. Satta dhammā sacchikātabbā – satta khīṇāsavabalāni. Aṭṭha dhammā sacchikātabbā – aṭṭha vimokkhā. Nava dhammā sacchikātabbā – nava anupubbanirodhā. Dasa dhammā sacchikātabbā – dasa asekkhā dhammā.
“诸比丘,一切皆应作证。那么,诸比丘,何谓一切应作证?诸比丘,眼应作证,色应作证,眼识应作证,眼触应作证,以眼触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受,也都应作证。耳应作证……乃至意应作证,法应作证,意识应作证,意触应作证,以意触为缘而生起的乐受、苦受、不苦不乐受,也都应作证。他观察色时作证,观察受时作证,观察想时作证,观察行时作证,观察识时作证。他观察眼……乃至老死……乃至以最胜义观察不死的涅槃时,亦作证。凡是那些被作证的法,便都触达了。在已知义上,这是智;在彻知义上,这是慧。因此,‘这些法应作证’——如此的谛听,那了知它的慧,即是闻所成智。巴利
‘‘Sabbaṃ, bhikkhave, sacchikātabbaṃ. Kiñca, bhikkhave, sabbaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ? Cakkhu, bhikkhave, sacchikātabbaṃ; rūpā sacchikātabbā; cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ; cakkhusamphasso sacchikātabbo ; yampidaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi sacchikātabbaṃ. Sotaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ; saddā sacchikātabbā…pe… ghānaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ; gandhā sacchikātabbā… jivhā sacchikātabbā; rasā sacchikātabbā… kāyo sacchikātabbo; phoṭṭhabbā sacchikātabbā… mano sacchikātabbo; dhammā sacchikātabbā; manoviññāṇaṃ sacchikātabbaṃ; manosamphasso sacchikātabbo ; yampidaṃ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, tampi sacchikātabbaṃ’’. Rūpaṃ passanto sacchikaroti, vedanaṃ passanto sacchikaroti, saññaṃ passanto sacchikaroti, saṅkhāre passanto sacchikaroti, viññāṇaṃ passanto sacchikaroti. Cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ…pe… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena passanto sacchikaroti. Ye ye dhammā sacchikatā honti te te dhammā phassitā honti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā sacchikātabbāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇa’’nti.
30 “这些法是退分法,这些法是住分法,这些法是胜分法,这些法是抉择分法”——如此谛听而能了知它的慧,如何是闻所成智呢?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘ime dhammā hānabhāgiyā, ime dhammā ṭhitibhāgiyā, ime dhammā visesabhāgiyā, ime dhammā nibbedhabhāgiyā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
初禅的获得者,当与欲俱行的想与作意现起时,这是退分法。当随顺彼法的念稳固住立时,这是住分法。当与无寻俱行的想与作意现起时,这是胜分法。当与厌离俱行的想与作意现起,导向离欲时,这是抉择分法。巴利
Paṭhamassa jhānassa lābhiṃ kāmasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Avitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
对于第二禅的获得者,与寻俱行的想与作意现起时,此是退分法。随顺彼法的念稳固安住时,此是住分法。与舍、乐俱行的想与作意现起时,此是胜分法。与厌离俱行的想与作意现起,导向离欲,此是抉择分法。巴利
Dutiyassa jhānassa lābhiṃ vitakkasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Upekkhāsukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
对于第三禅的获得者,与喜、乐俱行的想与作意现起时,此是退分法。随顺彼法的念稳固安住时,此是住分法。与不苦不乐俱行的想与作意现起时,此是胜分法。与厌离俱行的想与作意现起,导向离欲,此是抉择分法。巴利
Tatiyassa jhānassa lābhiṃ pītisukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Adukkhamasukhasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
对于第四禅的获得者,与舍俱行的想与作意现起时,此是退分法。随顺彼法的念稳固安住时,此是住分法。与空无边处俱行的想与作意现起时,此是胜分法。与厌离俱行的想与作意现起,导向离欲,此是抉择分法。巴利
Catutthassa jhānassa lābhiṃ upekkhāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
已证得空无边处者,与色俱行的想与作意现前——此为退分法。随法而安住念——此为住分法。与识无边处俱行的想与作意现前——此为胜进分法。与厌离俱起、导向离欲的想与作意现前——此为抉择分法。巴利
Ākāsānañcāyatanassa lābhiṃ rūpasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
已证得识无边处者,与空无边处俱行的想与作意现前——此为退分法。随法而安住念——此为住分法。与无所有处俱行的想与作意现前——此为胜进分法。与厌离俱起、导向离欲的想与作意现前——此为抉择分法。巴利
Viññāṇañcāyatanassa lābhiṃ ākāsānañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Ākiñcaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo.
已证得无所有处者,与识无边处俱行的想与作意现前——此为退分法。随法而安住念——此为住分法。与非想非非想处俱行的想与作意现前——此为胜进分法。与厌离俱起、导向离欲的想与作意现前——此为抉择分法。以了知之义的智、以了知作用的慧,故说:“这些是退分法,这些是住分法,这些是胜进分法,这些是抉择分法。”如此专注听闻而了知,此慧即是闻所成智。巴利
Ākiñcaññāyatanassa lābhiṃ viññāṇañcāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – hānabhāgiyo dhammo. Tadanudhammatā sati santiṭṭhati – ṭhitibhāgiyo dhammo. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti – visesabhāgiyo dhammo. Nibbidāsahagatā saññāmanasikārā samudācaranti virāgūpasaṃhitā – nibbedhabhāgiyo dhammo. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ime dhammā hānabhāgiyā, ime dhammā ṭhitibhāgiyā, ime dhammā visesabhāgiyā, ime dhammā nibbedhabhāgiyāti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ’’.
31 如何专注听闻“一切行无常,一切行是苦,一切法无我”,并以慧了知其义,彼慧即闻所成智?专注听闻“色以坏灭义为无常,以怖畏义为苦,以无坚实义为无我”,并以慧了知其义,彼慧即闻所成智。专注听闻“受……想……行……识……眼……乃至老死,以坏灭义为无常,以怖畏义为苦,以无坚实义为无我”,并以慧了知其义,彼慧即闻所成智。如此,以了知义之智、以了知作用之慧,故说:专注听闻“一切行无常,一切行是苦,一切法无我”,并以慧了知其义,彼慧即闻所成智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā, sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ? ‘‘Rūpaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena, anattā asārakaṭṭhenā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena, anattā asārakaṭṭhenā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā, sabbe dhammā anattā’’ti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
32 如何专注听闻“此是苦圣谛,此是苦集圣谛,此是苦灭圣谛,此是导向苦灭之道圣谛”,并以慧了知其义,彼慧即闻所成智?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ?
33 其中,何为苦圣谛?生是苦,老是苦,死是苦,愁、悲、苦、忧、恼是苦,怨憎会是苦,爱别离是苦,求不得是苦;简而言之,五取蕴即是苦。巴利 注疏 2
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Jātipi dukkhā, jarāpi dukkhā, maraṇampi dukkhaṃ, sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsāpi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho, piyehi vippayogo dukkho, yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ; saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.
此中,什么是生?即诸有情于各各有情群类中,出生、诞生、入胎、再生、诸蕴的显现、诸处的获得——这称为生。巴利
Tattha katamā jāti? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho – ayaṃ vuccati jāti.
此中,什么是老?即诸有情于各各有情群类中,老、衰朽,牙齿脱落、头发灰白、皮肤松皱、寿命减损、诸根衰退——这称为老。巴利
Tattha katamā jarā yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko – ayaṃ vuccati jarā.
此中,什么是死?即诸有情从各各有情群类中,逝去、殒没、坏灭、消失、死、殁、命终、诸蕴的坏灭、遗骸的弃舍、命根的断绝——这称为死。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ maraṇaṃ? Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo – idaṃ vuccati maraṇaṃ.
其中,什么是愁?凡是被亲族不幸所触者,或被财富不幸所触者,或被疾病不幸所触者,或被戒不幸所触者,或被见不幸所触者,或具足某种不幸者,或被某种苦法所触者的愁、愁恼、愁恼性、内愁、内遍愁、心的忧恼、忧、愁箭——这称为“愁”。巴利
Tattha katamo soko? Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa, aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa soko socanā socitattaṃ antosoko antoparisoko cetaso parijjhāyanā domanassaṃ sokasallaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati soko.
其中,什么是悲?凡是被亲族不幸所触者,或被财富不幸所触者,或被疾病不幸所触者,或被戒不幸所触者,或被见不幸所触者,或具足某种不幸者,或被某种苦法所触者的悲叹、悲泣、悲叹行、悲泣行、悲叹性、悲泣性、语、言说、杂言说、饶舌、饶舌行、饶舌性——这称为“悲”。巴利
Tattha katamo paridevo? Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa, aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa ādevo paridevo ādevanā, paridevanā ādevitattaṃ paridevitattaṃ vācā palāpo vippalāpo lālappo lālappanā lālappitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati paridevo.
其中,什么是苦?凡是身体上不适的、身体上痛苦的,即由身触所生的不适而痛苦的感受,由身触所生的不适而痛苦的受——这便称为苦。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhaṃ? Yaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyasamphassajaṃ asātaṃ dukkhaṃ vedayitaṃ, kāyasamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā – idaṃ vuccati dukkhaṃ.
其中,什么是忧?即内心所感的不适意、内心所感的痛苦,由心触所生的不适意感受,由心触所生的不适意、苦受——这称为忧。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ domanassaṃ? Yaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ, cetosamphassajaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, cetosamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā – idaṃ vuccati domanassaṃ.
其中,什么是愁?当遭遇亲友的灾祸、财富的灾祸、疾病的灾祸、戒行的灾祸、见的灾祸,或遭遇某一种灾祸,或被某种苦法所触时,所生起的愁虑、忧愁、极愁虑、极忧愁、陷入愁虑的状态——这称为愁。巴利
Tattha katamo upāyāso? Ñātibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, bhogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, rogabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, sīlabyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, diṭṭhibyasanena vā phuṭṭhassa, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa, aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsanā upāyāsanā āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati upāyāso.
其中,什么是怨憎会苦?在此,凡是那些不可喜、不可爱、不合意的色、声、香、味、触;或是那些对他心怀无义、心怀不利、心怀不安乐、心怀不得安稳解脱的人,与这些对象聚会、相遇、会合、共处——这称为怨憎会苦。巴利
Tattha katamo appiyehi sampayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā, ye vā panassa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukāmā ayogakkhemakāmā, yā tehi saddhiṃ saṅgati samāgamo samodhānaṃ missībhāvo – ayaṃ vuccati appiyehi sampayogo dukkho.
其中,什么是爱别离苦?于此,凡是那些可喜、可爱、合意的色、声、香、味、触,以及那些愿他得利、愿他得益、愿他安稳、愿他离轭安稳的人——如母亲、父亲、兄弟、姐妹、朋友、同僚、亲戚、血亲——若不能与之相聚、相逢、会合、和合,这便称为爱别离苦。巴利
Tattha katamo piyehi vippayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti iṭṭhā kantā manāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā, ye vā panassa te honti atthakāmā hitakāmā phāsukāmā yogakkhemakāmā mātā vā pitā vā bhātā vā bhaginī vā mittā vā amaccā vā ñātī vā sālohitā vā, yā tehi saddhiṃ asaṅgati asamāgamo asamodhānaṃ amissībhāvo – ayaṃ vuccati piyehi vippayogo dukkho.
其中,什么是求不得苦?那些有出生法的众生,会生起这样的欲求:“啊,但愿我们不具有出生法,但愿出生不降临我们。”然而,此事并不因欲求而可得——这即是求不得苦。那些有老法的众生……(中略)……那些有病法的众生……那些有死法的众生……那些有忧、悲、苦、忧恼、恼法的众生,会生起这样的欲求:“啊,但愿我们不具有这些忧、悲、苦、忧恼、恼法,但愿它们不降临我们。”然而,此事并不因欲求而可得——这即是求不得苦。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ? Jātidhammānaṃ sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati – ‘‘aho vata mayaṃ na jātidhammā assāma, na ca vata no jāti āgaccheyyā’’ti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ – idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ. Jarādhammānaṃ sattānaṃ…pe… byādhidhammānaṃ sattānaṃ… maraṇadhammānaṃ sattānaṃ… sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammānaṃ sattānaṃ evaṃ icchā uppajjati – ‘‘aho vata mayaṃ na sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsadhammā assāma, na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā āgaccheyyu’’nti. Na kho panetaṃ icchāya pattabbaṃ – idampi yampicchaṃ na labhati tampi dukkhaṃ.
其中,什么是略说的五取蕴苦?即是:色取蕴、受取蕴、想取蕴、行取蕴、识取蕴。这些略称为五取蕴苦。这便名为苦圣谛。巴利
Tattha katame saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā? Seyyathidaṃ – rūpupādānakkhandho, , vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho, saṅkhārupādānakkhandho, viññāṇupādānakkhandho – ime vuccanti saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā. Idaṃ vuccati dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
34 其中,什么是苦集圣谛?就是那能令再生、与喜贪俱行、处处遍求欢喜的渴爱,也就是:欲渴爱、有渴爱、无有渴爱。而这渴爱,当它生起时,究竟在何处生起?当它安住时,究竟在何处安住?凡是世间中可爱、可悦的事物,渴爱就在那里生起,在那里安住。什么是世间中可爱、可悦的事物呢?眼根于世间是可爱、可悦的,渴爱就在那里生起,在那里安住。耳根……鼻根……舌根……身根……意根于世间是可爱、可悦的,渴爱就在那里生起,在那里安住。色……声……香……味……触……法……眼识……意识……眼触……意触……眼触所生受……意触所生受……色想……法想……色思……法思……色渴爱……法渴爱……色寻……法寻……色伺……法伺于世间是可爱、可悦的,渴爱就在那里生起,在那里安住。这便名为苦集圣谛。巴利 注疏 2
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Yāyaṃ taṇhā ponobhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatratatrābhinandinī, seyyathidaṃ – kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā , sā kho panesā taṇhā kattha uppajjamānā uppajjati, kattha nivisamānā nivisati? Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Sotaṃ loke…pe… ghānaṃ loke… jivhā loke… kāyo loke… mano loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Rūpā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Saddā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ…pe… dhammā loke… cakkhuviññāṇaṃ loke…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ loke… cakkhusamphasso loke…pe… manosamphasso loke… cakkhusamphassajā vedanā loke…pe… manosamphassajā vedanā loke… rūpasaññā loke…pe… dhammasaññā loke… rūpasañcetanā loke…pe… dhammasañcetanā loke… rūpataṇhā loke…pe… dhammataṇhā loke… rūpavitakko loke…pe… dhammavitakko loke… rūpavicāro loke…pe… dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati. Idaṃ vuccati dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
35 那,什么是苦灭圣谛?就是对那渴爱的无余离灭、舍离、弃舍、解脱、无有执着。而这种渴爱,于何处断除时即被断除?于何处息灭时即息灭?凡是世间中可爱、可悦的事物,渴爱就在那里被断除,在那里息灭。什么是世间中可爱、可悦的事物呢?眼于世间……(中略)……法伺于世间是可爱、可悦的,渴爱就在那里被断除,在那里息灭。这便名为苦灭圣谛。巴利 注疏 2
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo, sā kho panesā taṇhā kattha pahīyamānā pahīyati, kattha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati? Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Kiñca loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ? Cakkhuloke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati…pe… dhammavicāro loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati. Idaṃ vuccati dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ.
36 那,什么是导向苦灭的道圣谛?就是这八支圣道,即:正见、正思维、正语、正业、正命、正精进、正念、正定。在此,什么是正见?了知苦的智、了知苦集的智、了知苦灭的智、了知导向苦灭之道的智——这称为正见。巴利 注疏 2
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ? Ayameva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, seyyathidaṃ – sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi. Tattha katamā sammādiṭṭhi? Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati sammādiṭṭhi.
其中,什么是正思惟?出离思惟、无嗔思惟、无害思惟——这称为“正思惟”。巴利
Tattha katamo sammāsaṅkappo? Nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṃsāsaṅkappo – ayaṃ vuccati sammāsaṅkappo.
其中,什么是正语?离妄语、离两舌、离粗恶语、离杂秽语——这称为“正语”。巴利
Tattha katamā sammāvācā? Musāvādā veramaṇī , pisuṇāya vācāya veramaṇī, pharusāya vācāya veramaṇī, samphappalāpā veramaṇī – ayaṃ vuccati sammāvācā.
其中,什么是正业?离杀生、离不与取、离欲邪行——这称为“正业”。巴利
Tattha katamo sammākammanto? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, adinnādānā veramaṇī, kāmesumicchācārā veramaṇī – ayaṃ vuccati sammākammanto.
其中,什么是正命?于此,圣弟子舍断邪命,以正命维持生活——这称为“正命”。巴利
Tattha katamo sammāājīvo? Idha ariyasāvako micchāājīvaṃ pahāya sammāājīvena jīvikaṃ kappeti – ayaṃ vuccati sammāājīvo.
那么,什么是正精进呢?于此,比丘为使未生起的恶、不善法不令生起,而生起意欲、精勤努力、策励其心、奋力而行;为使已生起的恶、不善法断除……为使未生起的善法生起……为使已生起的善法安住、不忘失、增长、广大、修习圆满,而生起意欲、精勤努力、策励其心、奋力而行——这称为“正精进”。巴利
Tattha katamo sammāvāyāmo? Idha bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati, uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya…pe… anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya …pe… uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā chandaṃ janeti vāyamati vīriyaṃ ārabhati cittaṃ paggaṇhāti padahati – ayaṃ vuccati sammāvāyāmo.
那么,什么是正念呢?于此,比丘于身随观身而住,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪欲与忧恼。于受……于心……于法随观法而住,精勤、正知、具念,调伏世间的贪欲与忧恼——这便称为正念。巴利
Tattha katamā sammāsati? Idha bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ – ayaṃ vuccati sammāsati.
那么,什么是正定呢?在此,比丘远离感官欲乐、远离不善法,有寻有伺,由远离而生起喜与乐,进入并安住于初禅。随着寻与伺的止息,他内心澄净、心念专一,无寻无伺,由定而生起喜与乐,进入并安住于第二禅。随着对喜的褪去,他安住于舍,正念正知,以身受乐,进入并安住于圣者们所称叹的“具舍、具念、住于乐”的第三禅。他舍断乐、舍断苦,并且先前的喜与忧已然灭去,进入并安住于不苦不乐、具足舍念清净的第四禅。这就称为正定。这即是导向苦灭之道的圣谛。对已了知之义的认知层面是智,对彻底了知之义的认知层面是慧。因此,对于倾耳专心听闻“这是苦圣谛、这是苦集圣谛、这是苦灭圣谛、这是导向苦灭之道圣谛”这回事,那藉由了知此而生的慧,即是闻所成智。如此,在倾耳专心听闻上的慧,便是闻所成智。巴利
Tattha katamo sammāsamādhi? Idha bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati sammāsamādhi. Idaṃ vuccati dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ, idaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasacca’’nti sotāvadhānaṃ, taṃpajānanā paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ. Evaṃ sotāvadhāne paññā sutamaye ñāṇaṃ.
2. 戒所成智分别巴利
2. Sīlamayañāṇaniddeso
37 【一、五种戒清净总标】什么是通过闻法,在律仪防护中所生起的慧——戒所成智呢?戒有五种:具限的清净戒、无量的清净戒、圆满的清净戒、无执取的清净戒、寂静的清净戒。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ sutvāna saṃvare paññā sīlamaye ñāṇaṃ? Pañca sīlāni – pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ, apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ, paripuṇṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ, aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ, paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlanti.
那么,什么是具限的戒清净呢?未受具足戒者所持的有限学处——这称为具限的戒清净。什么是无量的戒清净呢?已受具足戒者所持的无量学处——这称为无量的戒清净。什么是圆满的戒清净呢?趣向善法的善凡夫,为修行圆满而精勤,于身体与生命无所贪恋、已舍弃生命者——这称为圆满的戒清净。什么是无执取的戒清净呢?七类有学圣者——这称为无执取的戒清净。什么是寂静的戒清净呢?如来的弟子,即诸漏尽者、独觉佛、如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者——这称为寂静的戒清净。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Anupasampannānaṃ pariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ – idaṃ pariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Upasampannānaṃ apariyantasikkhāpadānaṃ – idaṃ apariyantapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ paripuṇṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Puthujjanakalyāṇakānaṃ kusaladhamme yuttānaṃ sekkhapariyante paripūrakārīnaṃ kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhānaṃ pariccattajīvitānaṃ – idaṃ paripuṇṇapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ? Sattannaṃ sekkhānaṃ – idaṃ aparāmaṭṭhapārisuddhisīlaṃ. Katamaṃ paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlaṃ? Tathāgatasāvakānaṃ khīṇāsavānaṃ paccekabuddhānaṃ tathāgatānaṃ arahantānaṃ sammāsambuddhānaṃ – idaṃ paṭippassaddhipārisuddhisīlaṃ.
38 【二、有界限戒与无界限戒】戒有两种:有界限的戒与无界限的戒。那么,什么是有界限的戒呢?有以利得为界限的戒,有以声誉为界限的戒,有以亲族为界限的戒,有以肢体为界限的戒,有以生命为界限的戒。巴利 注疏 2
Atthi sīlaṃ pariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ apariyantaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ pariyantaṃ? Atthi sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ yasapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ ñātipariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ aṅgapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ jīvitapariyantaṃ.
什么是以利得为界限的戒?在此,有一类人出于利得、为利得所驱使、以利得为动机,而违犯所受持的学处——这便称为以利得为界限的戒。什么是以声誉为界限的戒?在此,有一类人出于声誉、为声誉所驱使、以声誉为动机,而违犯所受持的学处——这便称为以声誉为界限的戒。什么是以亲族为界限的戒?在此,有一类人出于亲族、为亲族所驱使、以亲族为动机,而违犯所受持的学处——这便称为以亲族为界限的戒。什么是以肢体为界限的戒?在此,有一类人出于肢体、为肢体所驱使、以肢体为动机,而违犯所受持的学处——这便称为以肢体为界限的戒。什么是以生命为界限的戒?在此,有一类人出于生命、为生命所驱使、以生命为动机,而违犯所受持的学处——这便称为以生命为界限的戒。这样的戒,是破裂的、有漏的、有瑕的、有杂染的,不得自在,不为智者所称叹,是受执取的,不导向定,不能成为无追悔的依处,不能成为欣喜的依处,不能成为喜悦的依处,不能成为轻安的依处,不能成为乐的依处,不能成为定的依处,不能成为如实智见的依处,不导向彻底的厌离、不导向离欲、不导向灭、不导向寂静、不导向证智、不导向正觉、不导向涅槃——这便称为有界限的戒。巴利
Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamati – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ lābhapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ yasapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco yasahetu yasapaccayā yasakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamati – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ yasapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ ñātipariyantaṃ? Idhekacco ñātihetu ñātipaccayā ñātikāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamati – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ ñātipariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ aṅgapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco aṅgahetu aṅgapaccayā aṅgakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamati – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ aṅgapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ jīvitapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco jīvitahetu jīvitapaccayā jīvitakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamati – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ jīvitapariyantaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni khaṇḍāni chiddāni sabalāni kammāsāni na bhujissāni na viññuppasatthāni parāmaṭṭhāni asamādhisaṃvattanikāni na avippaṭisāravatthukāni na pāmojjavatthukāni na pītivatthukāni na passaddhivatthukāni na sukhavatthukāni na samādhivatthukāni na yathābhūtañāṇadassanavatthukāni na ekantanibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattanti – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ pariyantaṃ.
什么是无界限的戒?这即是:有的戒不以利得为限,有的戒不以声誉为限,有的戒不以亲族为限,有的戒不以肢体为限,有的戒不以生命为限。巴利
Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ apariyantaṃ? Atthi sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ , atthi sīlaṃ na yasapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ na ñātipariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ na aṅgapariyantaṃ, atthi sīlaṃ na jīvitapariyantaṃ.
何谓不以利得为界限的戒?在此,有一种人因利得、缘于利得、以利得为原因,连想要违犯所受持学处的念头都不会生起,他又怎会违犯呢?这便是那不以利得为界限的戒。何谓不以声誉为界限的戒?在此,有一种人因声誉、缘于声誉、以声誉为原因,连想要违犯所受持学处的念头都不会生起,他又怎会违犯呢?这便是那不以声誉为界限的戒。何谓不以亲族为界限的戒?在此,有一种人因亲族、缘于亲族、以亲族为原因,连想要违犯所受持学处的念头都不会生起,他又怎会违犯呢?这便是那不以亲族为界限的戒。何谓不以肢体为界限的戒?在此,有一种人因肢体、缘于肢体、以肢体为原因,连想要违犯所受持学处的念头都不会生起,他又怎会违犯呢?这便是那不以肢体为界限的戒。何谓不以生命为界限的戒?在此,有一种人因生命、缘于生命、以生命为原因,连想要违犯所受持学处的念头都不会生起,他又怎会违犯呢?这便是那不以生命为界限的戒。像这样的戒是不破裂的、无漏洞的、无污点的、无杂染的,是自由无系的,为智者所称叹,不执取,导向定;它成为无追悔的依处,成为欣喜的依处,成为喜悦的依处,成为轻安的依处,成为乐的依处,成为定的依处,成为如实智见的依处;导向彻底的厌离、导向离欲、导向灭、导向寂静、导向证智、导向正觉、导向涅槃——这就是无界限的戒。巴利
Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco lābhahetu lābhapaccayā lābhakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati! Idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na lābhapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na yasapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco yasahetu yasapaccayā yasakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti , kiṃ so vītikkamissati! Idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na yasapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na ñātipariyantaṃ? Idhekacco ñātihetu ñātipaccayā ñātikāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati! Idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na ñātipariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na aṅgapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco aṅgahetu aṅgapaccayā aṅgakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati! Idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na aṅgapariyantaṃ. Katamaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na jīvitapariyantaṃ? Idhekacco jīvitahetu jīvitapaccayā jīvitakāraṇā yathāsamādinnaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ vītikkamāya cittampi na uppādeti, kiṃ so vītikkamissati! Idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ na jīvitapariyantaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññuppasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni avippaṭisāravatthukāni pāmojjavatthukāni pītivatthukāni passaddhivatthukāni sukhavatthukāni samādhivatthukāni yathābhūtañāṇadassanavatthukāni ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti – idaṃ taṃ sīlaṃ apariyantaṃ.
39 【三、戒之自体与等起四问】什么是戒?戒有多少种?戒的等起是什么?戒有多少种法的合聚?巴利 注疏 2
Kiṃ sīlaṃ? Kati sīlāni? Kiṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ sīlaṃ? Kati dhammasamodhānaṃ sīlaṃ?
戒,即思是戒、心所是戒、律仪是戒、不违犯是戒。戒有三种:善戒、不善戒、无记戒。由善心等起的是善戒,由不善心等起的是不善戒,由无记心等起的是无记戒。戒的合聚:由律仪合聚之戒,由不违犯合聚之戒,以及于彼所生的思合聚之戒。巴利
Kiṃ sīla nti cetanā sīlaṃ, cetasikaṃ sīlaṃ, saṃvaro sīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīlaṃ. Kati sīlānī ti tīṇi sīlāni – kusalasīlaṃ, akusalasīlaṃ, abyākatasīlaṃ. Kiṃ samuṭṭhānaṃ sīla nti kusalacittasamuṭṭhānaṃ kusalasīlaṃ , akusalacittasamuṭṭhānaṃ akusalasīlaṃ, abyākatacittasamuṭṭhānaṃ abyākatasīlaṃ. Kati dhammasamodhānaṃ sīla nti saṃvarasamodhānaṃ sīlaṃ, avītikkamasamodhānaṃ sīlaṃ, tathābhāve jātacetanāsamodhānaṃ sīlaṃ.
40 【四、依防护与不违犯明诸戒相】于杀生,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于不与取,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于邪淫,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于妄语,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于离间语,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于粗恶语,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于杂秽语,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于贪欲,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于嗔恚,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。于邪见,依防护义为戒,依不违犯义为戒。巴利 注疏 2
Pāṇātipātaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Adinnādānaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Kāmesumicchācāraṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Musāvādaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Pharusaṃ vācaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Samphappalāpaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ . Abhijjhaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Byāpādaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Micchādiṭṭhiṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ.
41 以出离对治欲贪,此为防护之戒、不违犯之戒。以无恚对治嗔恚,此为防护之戒、不违犯之戒。以光明想对治昏沉睡眠……以不散乱对治掉举……以法决定对治疑……以智对治无明……以喜悦对治不乐……巴利 注疏 2
Nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Abyāpādena byāpādaṃ saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ. Ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena uddhaccaṃ… dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ… ñāṇena avijjaṃ… pāmojjena aratiṃ….
以初禅对治诸盖……以第二禅对治寻与伺……以第三禅对治喜……以第四禅对治乐与苦……以空无边处定对治色想、有对想、种种想……以识无边处定对治空无边处想……以无所有处定对治识无边处想……以非想非非想处定对治无所有处想……巴利
Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇe…pe… dutiyena jhānena vitakkavicāre… tatiyena jhānena pītiṃ… catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhaṃ… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ.
以无常随观去除恒常想……以苦随观去除乐想……以无我随观去除我想……以厌离随观去除欢喜……以离欲随观去除贪……以灭随观去除集……以弃舍随观去除执取……以坏灭随观去除坚实想……以衰灭随观去除积累……以变异随观去除坚固想……以无相随观去除相……以无愿随观去除愿求……以空随观去除执著……以增上慧法随观去除执取实核……以如实知见去除愚痴执著……以过患随观去除爱著执著……以审察随观去除不审察……以出离随观去除结缚执著……巴利
Aniccānupassanāya niccasaññaṃ…pe… dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññaṃ… anattā anupassanāya attasaññaṃ… nibbidānupassanāya nandiṃ… virāgānupassanāya rāgaṃ… nirodhā anupassanāya samudayaṃ… paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānaṃ… khayānupassanāya ghanasaññaṃ… vayānupassanāya āyūhanaṃ.. vipariṇāmānupassanāya dhuvasaññaṃ… animittānupassanāya nimittaṃ…. appaṇihitānupassanāya paṇidhiṃ… suññatānupassanāya abhinivesaṃ… adhipaññādhammavipassanāya sārādānābhinivesaṃ… yathābhūtañāṇadassanena sammohābhinivesaṃ… ādīnavānupassanāya ālayābhinivesaṃ… paṭisaṅkhānupassanāya appaṭisaṅkhaṃ… vivaṭṭanānupassanāya saññogābhinivesaṃ….
以入流道断除见所断烦恼……以一来道断除粗重烦恼……以不来道断除微细随伴烦恼……以阿拉汉道断除一切烦恼;以防护义为戒,以不违犯义为戒。巴利
Sotāpattimaggena diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese…pe… sakadāgāmimaggena oḷārike kilese… anāgāmimaggena aṇusahagate kilese… arahattamaggena sabbakilese saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlaṃ, avītikkamaṭṭhena sīlaṃ.
五种戒:对杀生的断除为戒,远离为戒,思为戒,防护为戒,不违犯为戒。如是之戒,能令心无悔,能生喜悦,能生喜,能生轻安,能生悦乐,能生练习,能生修习,能生多作,能成就庄严,能成就资助,能成就守护,能成就圆满,能导向唯一厌离、离欲、灭、寂止、证智、正觉、涅槃。巴利
Pañca sīlāni – pāṇātipātassa pahānaṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇī sīlaṃ, cetanā sīlaṃ, saṃvaro sīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīlaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni cittassa avippaṭisārāya saṃvattanti, pāmojjāya saṃvattanti, pītiyā saṃvattanti, passaddhiyā saṃvattanti, somanassāya saṃvattanti, āsevanāya saṃvattanti, bhāvanāya saṃvattanti, bahulīkammāya saṃvattanti, alaṅkārāya saṃvattanti, parikkhārāya saṃvattanti, parivārāya saṃvattanti, pāripūriyā saṃvattanti, ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti.
对于这类戒,防护清净即是增上戒;安立于防护清净的心便不流于散乱,无散乱清净即是增上心;正确照见防护清净,正确照见无散乱清净,此见清净即是增上慧。其中的防护义,即是增上戒学;其中的无散乱义,即是增上心学;其中的见义,即是增上慧学。巴利
Evarūpānaṃ sīlānaṃ saṃvarapārisuddhi adhisīlaṃ, saṃvarapārisuddhiyā ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ na vikkhepaṃ gacchati, avikkhepapārisuddhi adhicittaṃ saṃvarapārisuddhiṃ sammā passati, avikkhepapārisuddhiṃ sammā passati. Dassanapārisuddhi adhipaññā. Yo tattha saṃvaraṭṭho, ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā . Yo tattha avikkhepaṭṭho, ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yo tattha dassanaṭṭho, ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā.
他转向这三学而学,了知而学,看见而学,省察而学,决意于心而学,以信胜解而学,策励精进而学,安立正念而学,令心入定而学,以慧了知而学;于应证知者,证知而学;于应遍知者,遍知而学;于应断除者,断除而学;于应作证者,作证而学;于应修习者,修习而学。巴利
Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkhati, jānanto sikkhati, passanto sikkhati, paccavekkhanto sikkhati, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkhati, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkhati, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkhati, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkhati, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkhati, paññāya pajānanto sikkhati, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkhati, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkhati, pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkhati, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkhati, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhati.
【五、于增上三学修习而学】他还以不杀生为学,以不偷盗为学,以不邪淫为学,以不妄语为学,以不两舌为学,以不恶口为学,以不杂秽语为学,以不贪为学,以不嗔为学,以正见为学——如此,于应修习者,修习而学。巴利
Pañca sīlāni – adinnādānassa…pe… kāmesumicchācārassa… musāvādassa… pisuṇāya vācāya… pharusāya vācāya… samphappalāpassa… abhijjhāya… byāpādassa… micchādiṭṭhiyā… bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhanti.
以出离对治欲贪,修习应修习者而学;以无嗔对治嗔恚,修习应修习者而学;以光明想对治昏沉与睡眠,修习应修习者而学;以不散乱对治掉举,修习应修习者而学;以法抉择对治疑惑,以智对治无明,以喜悦对治不乐,修习应修习者而学。巴利
Nekkhammena kāmacchandassa…pe… abyāpādena byāpādassa… ālokasaññāya thinamiddhassa… avikkhepena uddhaccassa… … dhammavavatthānena vicikicchāya… ñāṇena avijjāya… pāmojjena aratiyā… bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhati.
以初禅对治五盖……以第二禅对治寻与伺……以第三禅对治喜……以第四禅对治乐与苦……以空无边处定对治色想、有对想、种种想……以识无边处定对治空无边处想……以无所有处定对治识无边处想……以非想非非想处定对治无所有处想……他修习所应修习的,如是而学。巴利
Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇānaṃ…pe… dutiyena jhānena vitakkavicārānaṃ… tatiyena jhānena pītiyā… catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhānaṃ… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya… bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhati.
以无常随观对治常想……以苦随观对治乐想……以无我随观对治我想……以厌离随观对治喜爱……以离欲随观对治贪……以灭随观对治集起……以弃舍随观对治执取……以坏灭随观对治密集想……以衰灭随观对治积聚……以变易随观对治恒常想……以无相随观对治相……以无愿随观对治愿求……以空随观对治执著……以增上慧法随观对治贪染执著……以如实智见对治愚痴执著……以过患随观对治依恋执著……以思惟随观对治不思惟……以回转随观对治结缚执著……他修习所应修习的,如是而学。巴利
Aniccānupassanāya niccasaññāya…pe… dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāya… anattānupassanāya attasaññāya… nibbidānupassanāya nandiyā… virāgānupassanāya rāgassa… nirodhānupassanāya samudayassa… paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādānassa… khayānupassanāya ghanasaññāya… vayānupassanāya āyūhanassa… vipariṇāmānupassanāya dhuvasaññāya… animittānupassanāya nimittassa… appaṇihitānupassanāya paṇidhiyā… suññatānupassanāya abhinivesassa… adhipaññādhammavipassanāya sārāgābhinivesassa… yathābhūtañāṇadassanena sammohābhinivesassa… ādīnavānupassanāya ālayābhinivesassa… paṭisaṅkhānupassanāya appaṭisaṅkhāya… vivaṭṭanānupassanāya saññogābhinivesassa bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhati.
以入流道断除已见的烦恼,以一来道断除粗重的烦恼,以不来道断除随伴的烦恼,以阿拉汉道断除一切烦恼——对这些烦恼的断除是戒,远离是戒,思愿是戒,防护是戒,不违犯是戒。这样的种种戒导向心的无追悔,导向喜悦,导向欢喜,导向轻安,导向愉悦,导向习近,导向修习,导向多作,导向庄严,导向资具,导向眷属,导向圆满,导向彻底厌离、离欲、灭尽、寂静、证智、正觉、涅槃。巴利
Sotāpattimaggena diṭṭhekaṭṭhānaṃ kilesānaṃ…pe… sakadāgāmimaggena oḷārikānaṃ kilesānaṃ… anāgāmimaggena anusahagatānaṃ kilesānaṃ… arahattamaggena sabbakilesānaṃ pahānaṃ sīlaṃ, veramaṇī sīlaṃ, cetanā sīlaṃ, saṃvaro sīlaṃ, avītikkamo sīlaṃ. Evarūpāni sīlāni cittassa avippaṭisārāya saṃvattanti, pāmojjāya saṃvattanti, pītiyā saṃvattanti, passaddhiyā saṃvattanti, somanassāya saṃvattanti, āsevanāya saṃvattanti, bhāvanāya saṃvattanti, bahulīkammāya saṃvattanti, alaṅkārāya saṃvattanti, parikkhārāya saṃvattanti, parivārāya saṃvattanti, pāripūriyā saṃvattanti, ekantanibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṃvattanti.
42 【六、戒所成智总结】如此种种戒中,防护清净即是增上戒学;依防护清净而安住的心进入无散乱,无散乱清净即是增上心学。正见防护清净、正见无散乱清净,见清净即是增上慧学。其中,防护之义为增上戒学,无散乱之义为增上心学,观见之义为增上慧学。于此三学,他或转向而学、或了知而学、或观见而学、或省察而学、或决意于心而学、或以信胜解而学、或策励精进而学、或确立念而学、或令心等持而学、或以慧了知而学;于所应证知者证知而学,于所应遍知者遍知而学,于所应断除者断除而学,于所应作证者作证而学,于所应修习者修习而学。其中,已知之义为智,遍知之义为慧。故说:“依于听闻,于防护所生的慧,即是戒所成智。”巴利 注疏 2
Evarūpānaṃ sīlānaṃ saṃvarapārisuddhi adhisīlaṃ. Saṃvarapārisuddhiyā ṭhitaṃ cittaṃ avikkhepaṃ gacchati, avikkhepapārisuddhi adhicittaṃ. Saṃvarapārisuddhiṃ sammā passati, avikkhepapārisuddhiṃ sammā passati. Dassanapārisuddhi adhipaññā. Yo tattha saṃvaraṭṭho, ayaṃ adhisīlasikkhā. Yo tattha avikkhepaṭṭho, ayaṃ adhicittasikkhā. Yo tattha dassanaṭṭho, ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. Imā tisso sikkhāyo āvajjanto sikkhati, jānanto sikkhati, passanto sikkhati, paccavekkhanto sikkhati, cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahanto sikkhati, saddhāya adhimuccanto sikkhati, vīriyaṃ paggaṇhanto sikkhati, satiṃ upaṭṭhapento sikkhati, cittaṃ samādahanto sikkhati, paññāya pajānanto sikkhati, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto sikkhati, pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto sikkhati pahātabbaṃ pajahanto sikkhati, sacchikātabbaṃ sacchikaronto sikkhati, bhāvetabbaṃ bhāvento sikkhati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘sutvāna saṃvare paññā sīlamaye ñāṇaṃ’’.
3. 定修习所成智分别巴利
3. Samādhibhāvanāmayañāṇaniddeso
43 如何是防护之后,于定中所起的慧,亦即定修习所成智?一种定:心一境性。二种定:世间定、出世间定。三种定:有寻有伺定、无寻唯伺定、无寻无伺定。四种定:退分定、住分定、胜进分定、抉择分定。五种定:喜遍满、乐遍满、心遍满、光明遍满、观察相。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ saṃvaritvā samādahane paññā samādhibhāvanāmaye ñāṇaṃ? Eko samādhi – cittassa ekaggatā. Dve samādhī – lokiyo samādhi, lokuttaro samādhi. Tayo samādhī – savitakkasavicāro samādhi, avitakkavicāramatto samādhi, avitakkaavicāro samādhi. Cattāro samādhī – hānabhāgiyo samādhi, ṭhitibhāgiyo samādhi, visesabhāgiyo samādhi, nibbedhabhāgiyo samādhi. Pañca samādhī – pītipharaṇatā, sukhapharaṇatā, cetopharaṇatā, ālokapharaṇatā, paccavekkhaṇānimittaṃ .
六种定:由佛随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由法随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由僧随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由戒随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由舍随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由天随念所成的心一境性、无散乱定。七种定:定善巧、入定善巧、住定善巧、出定善巧、定的适业善巧、定的行境善巧、定的引发善巧。八种定:由地遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由水遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由火遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由风遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由青遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由黄遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由赤遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由白遍所成的心一境性、无散乱定。九种定:色界定有下等、中等、胜妙;无色界定有下等、中等、胜妙;空定、无相定、无愿定。十种定:由膨胀相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由青瘀相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由脓烂相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由断坏相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由食残相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由散乱相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由断坏相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由血涂相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由虫啖相所成的心一境性、无散乱定,由骸骨相所成的心一境性、无散乱定。这些是五十五种定。巴利
Cha samādhī – buddhānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, dhammānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, saṅghānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, sīlānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, cāgānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, devatānussativasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi. Satta samādhī – samādhikusalatā, samādhissa samāpattikusalatā, samādhissa ṭhitikusalatā, samādhissa vuṭṭhānakusalatā , samādhissa kallatākusalatā , samādhissa gocarakusalatā, samādhissa abhinīhārakusalatā. Aṭṭha samādhī – pathavīkasiṇavasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, āpokasiṇavasena…pe… tejokasiṇavasena… vāyokasiṇavasena… nīlakasiṇavasena… pītakasiṇavasena… lohitakasiṇavasena… odātakasiṇavasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi. Nava samādhī – rūpāvacaro samādhi atthi hīno, atthi majjhomo, atthi paṇīto; arūpāvacaro samādhi atthi hīno, atthi majjhomo, atthi paṇīto; suññato samādhi, animitto samādhi, appaṇihito samādhi. Dasa samādhī – uddhumātakasaññāvasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi, vinīlakasaññāvasena…pe… vipubbakasaññāvasena… vicchiddakasaññāvasena… vikkhāyitakasaññāvasena… vikkhittakasaññāvasena… hatavikkhittakasaññāvasena… lohitakasaññāvasena… puḷavakasaññāvasena … aṭṭhikasaññāvasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi. Ime pañcapaññāsa samādhi.
44 此外,有二十五种定的定处:摄持之义为定,围绕之义为定,圆满之义为定,一境之义为定,无散乱之义为定,不流散之义为定,不浑浊之义为定,不动摇之义为定,解脱之义为定,心住于单一所缘之义为定;以“平等寻求”故为定,以“引导出不平等”故为定,以“已平等寻求”故为定,以“已引导出不平等”故为定,以“平等执取”故为定,以“不执取不平等”故为定,以“已平等执取”故为定,以“未执取不平等”故为定,以“平等行道”故为定,以“不行道不平等”故为定,以“已平等行道”故为定,以“未行道不平等”故为定,以“平等禅思”故为定,以“使不平等燃尽”故为定,以“已平等禅思”故为定,以“已使不平等燃尽”故为定,以“既是平等、又是利益、又是快乐”故为定。这些是二十五种定的定处。此中,以已知义为智,以遍知义为慧。所以说:“防护后于定中的慧,即是定修习所成智。”巴利 注疏 2
Api ca, pañcavīsati samādhissa samādhiṭṭhā – pariggahaṭṭhena samādhi, parivāraṭṭhena samādhi, paripūraṭṭhena samādhi, ekaggaṭṭhena samādhi, avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhi, avisāraṭṭhena samādhi, anāvilaṭṭhena samādhi, aniñjanaṭṭhena samādhi, vimuttaṭṭhena samādhi, ekattupaṭṭhānavasena cittassa ṭhitattā samādhi, samaṃ esatīti samādhi, visamaṃ nesatīti samādhi, samaṃ esitattā samādhi, visamaṃ nesitattā samādhi, samaṃ ādiyatīti samādhi, visamaṃ nādiyatīti samādhi, samaṃ ādinnattā samādhi, visamaṃ anādinnattā samādhi, samaṃ paṭipajjatīti samādhi, visamaṃ nappaṭipajjatīti samādhi, samaṃ paṭipannattā samādhi, visamaṃ nappaṭipannattā samādhi, samaṃ jhāyatīti samādhi, visamaṃ jhāpetīti samādhi, samaṃ jhātattā samādhi, visamaṃ jhāpitattā samādhi, samo ca hito ca sukho cāti samādhi. Ime pañcavīsati samādhissa samādhiṭṭhā. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘saṃvaritvā samādahane paññā samādhibhāvanāmaye ñāṇaṃ’’.
4. 法住智分别巴利
4. Dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaniddeso
45 如何是把握缘时所生起的慧,即法住智?无明对于诸行,有生起的住立、转起的住立、相的住立、累积的住立、结缚的住立、障碍的住立、集起的住立、因的住立、缘的住立。依这九种方式,无明是缘,诸行是缘所生。这二法皆是缘所生——如此,把握缘时所生起的慧,即是法住智。过去时也是如此,未来时也是如此:无明对于诸行,有生起的住立、转起的住立、相的住立、累积的住立、结缚的住立、障碍的住立、集起的住立、因的住立、缘的住立。依这九种方式,无明是缘,诸行是缘所生。这二法皆是缘所生——如此,把握缘时所生起的慧,即是法住智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ? Avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ uppādaṭṭhiti ca pavattaṭṭhiti ca nimittaṭṭhiti ca āyūhanaṭṭhiti ca saññogaṭṭhiti ca palibodhaṭṭhiti ca samudayaṭṭhiti ca hetuṭṭhiti ca paccayaṭṭhiti ca. Imehi navahākārehi avijjā paccayo, saṅkhārā paccayasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjā saṅkhārānaṃ uppādaṭṭhiti ca pavattaṭṭhiti ca nimittaṭṭhiti ca āyūhanaṭṭhiti ca saññogaṭṭhiti ca palibodhaṭṭhiti ca samudayaṭṭhiti ca hetuṭṭhiti ca paccayaṭṭhiti ca. Imehi navahākārehi avijjā paccayo, saṅkhārā paccayasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
行是识的缘……识是名色的缘……名色是六处的缘……六处是触的缘……触是受的缘……受是渴爱的缘……渴爱是取的缘……取是有的缘……有是生的缘……生是老死的缘,具足生起安住、转起安住、相安住、累积安住、结缚安住、障碍安住、集起安住、因安住、缘安住。依此九相,生为缘,老死为缘所生。此二者皆为缘所生法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。过去世亦复如是……未来世亦复如是:生是老死的缘,具足生起安住、转起安住、相安住、累积安住、结缚安住、障碍安住、集起安住、因安住、缘安住。依此九相,生为缘,老死为缘所生。此二者皆为缘所生法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。巴利
Saṅkhārā viññāṇassa…pe… viññāṇaṃ nāmarūpassa… nāmarūpaṃ saḷāyatanassa… saḷāyatanaṃ phassassa… phasso vedanāya… vedanā taṇhāya… taṇhā upādānassa… upādānaṃ bhavassa… bhavo jātiyā… jāti jarāmaraṇassa uppādaṭṭhiti ca pavattaṭṭhiti ca nimittaṭṭhiti ca āyūhanaṭṭhiti ca saññogaṭṭhiti ca palibodhaṭṭhiti ca samudayaṭṭhiti ca hetuṭṭhiti ca paccayaṭṭhiti ca. Imehi navahākārehi jāti paccayo, jarāmaraṇaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ jāti jarāmaraṇassa uppādaṭṭhiti ca pavattaṭṭhiti ca nimittaṭṭhiti ca āyūhanaṭṭhiti ca saññogaṭṭhiti ca palibodhaṭṭhiti ca samudayaṭṭhiti ca hetuṭṭhiti ca paccayaṭṭhiti ca. Imehi navahākārehi jāti paccayo, jarāmaraṇaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
46 无明为因,行是因所生。此二者皆是从因所生之法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。过去世亦复如是……未来世亦复如是:无明为因,行是因所生。此二者皆是从因所生之法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。巴利 注疏 2
Avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā hetusamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjā hetu, saṅkhārā hetusamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā hetusamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
行是因,识是因所生……识为因,名色是因所生……名色为因,六处是因所生……六处为因,触是因所生……触为因,受是因所生……受为因,渴爱是因所生……渴爱为因,取是因所生……取为因,有是因所生……有是因,生是因所生……生为因,老死是因所生。此二者皆是从因所生之法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。过去世亦复如是……未来世亦复如是:生为因,老死是因所生。此二者皆是从因所生之法——能把握此缘的慧,即是法住智。巴利
Saṅkhārā hetu, viññāṇaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ…pe… viññāṇaṃ hetu, nāmarūpaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ hetu, saḷāyatanaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ hetu, phasso hetusamuppanno… phasso hetu, vedanā hetusamuppannā… vedanā hetu, taṇhā hetusamuppannā… taṇhā hetu, upādānaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ… upādānaṃ hetu, bhavo hetusamuppanno… bhavo hetu, jāti hetusamuppannā… jāti hetu, jarāmaraṇaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā hetusamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ jāti hetu, jarāmaraṇaṃ hetusamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā hetusamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
缘于无明,行是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。过去世也是如此……未来世也是如此:缘于无明,行是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。巴利
Avijjā paṭiccā, saṅkhārā paṭiccasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paṭiccasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjā paṭiccā, saṅkhārā paṭiccasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paṭiccasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
缘于行,识是缘所生……缘于识,名色是缘所生……缘于名色,六处是缘所生……缘于六处,触是缘所生……缘于触,受是缘所生……缘于受,渴爱是缘所生……缘于渴爱,取是缘所生……缘于取,有是缘所生……缘于有,生是缘所生……缘于生,老死是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。过去世也是如此……未来世也是如此:缘于生,老死是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。巴利
Saṅkhārā paṭiccā, viññāṇaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ…pe… viññāṇaṃ paṭiccā, nāmarūpaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ paṭiccā, saḷāyatanaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ paṭiccā, phasso paṭiccasamuppanno… phasso paṭiccā, vedanā paṭiccasamuppannā… vedanā paṭiccā, taṇhā paṭiccasamuppannā… taṇhā paṭiccā, upādānaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ… upādānaṃ paṭiccā, bhavo paṭiccasamuppanno… bhavo paṭiccā, jāti paṭiccasamuppannā… jāti paṭiccā, jarāmaraṇaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paṭiccasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ jāti paṭiccā, jarāmaraṇaṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paṭiccasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
无明为缘,行是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。过去世也是如此……未来世也是如此:无明为缘,行是缘所生。这两者皆是缘所生法——于缘起通达之慧,即是法住智。巴利
Avijjā paccayo, saṅkhārā paccayasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ . Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjā paccayo, saṅkhārā paccayasamuppannā. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
行是缘,识是缘所生;识是缘,名色是缘所生;名色是缘,六处是缘所生;六处是缘,触是缘所生;触是缘,受是缘所生;受是缘,渴爱是缘所生;渴爱是缘,取是缘所生;取是缘,有是缘所生;有是缘,生是缘所生;生是缘,老死是缘所生。这二者——缘与缘所生法,如实通达缘起的智慧,即是法住智。过去世也是如此……未来世也是如此:生是缘,老死是缘所生。这二者都是缘所生法;如实通达缘起的智慧,即是法住智。巴利
Saṅkhārā paccayā, viññāṇaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ…pe… viññāṇaṃ paccayo, nāmarūpaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ… nāmarūpaṃ paccayo, saḷāyatanaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ… saḷāyatanaṃ paccayo, phasso paccayasamuppanno… phasso paccayo, vedanā paccayasamuppannā… vedanā paccayo, taṇhā paccayasamuppannā… taṇhā paccayo, upādānaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ… upādānaṃ paccayo, bhavo paccayasamuppanno… bhavo paccayo, jāti paccayasamuppannā… jāti paccayo, jarāmaraṇaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ jāti paccayo, jarāmaraṇaṃ paccayasamuppannaṃ. Ubhopete dhammā paccayasamuppannāti – paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ.
47 在前世的业有中,愚痴即是无明,造作积聚即是行,贪求即是渴爱,趋近执取即是取,思心即是业有。这五种法,在前世的业有中,是今生结生的缘。今生,结生即是识,入胎即是名色,感官的净色即是处,碰触即是触,感受即是受。这五种法,在今生这一生有中,是过去所造业的缘。在今生业有中,当感官成熟时,愚痴即是无明,造作积聚即是行,贪求即是渴爱,趋近执取即是取,思心即是业有。这五种法,在今生业有中,是未来结生的缘。未来,结生即是识,入胎即是名色,感官的净色即是处,碰触即是触,感受即是受。这五种法,在未来生有中,是今生所造业的缘。他通过四个简要的范畴、三个时段、三处连结、二十种行相,如实知见、理解、通达了缘起。依“知”的意义是智,依“遍知”的意义是慧。因此,这如实通达缘起的智慧,即称为法住智。巴利 注疏 2
Purimakammabhavasmiṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā, upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavo. Ime pañca dhammā purimakammabhavasmiṃ idha paṭisandhiyā paccayā. Idha paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā. Ime pañca dhammā idhupapattibhavasmiṃ purekatassa kammassa paccayā. Idha paripakkattā āyatanānaṃ moho avijjā, āyūhanā saṅkhārā, nikanti taṇhā upagamanaṃ upādānaṃ, cetanā bhavo. Ime pañca dhammā idha kammabhavasmiṃ āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayā. Āyatiṃ paṭisandhi viññāṇaṃ, okkanti nāmarūpaṃ, pasādo āyatanaṃ, phuṭṭho phasso, vedayitaṃ vedanā. Ime pañca dhammā āyatiṃ upapattibhavasmiṃ idha katassa kammassa paccayā. Itime catusaṅkhepe tayo addhe tisandhiṃ vīsatiyā ākārehi paṭiccasamuppādaṃ jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paccayapariggahe paññā dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ’’.
5. 思惟智分别巴利
5. Sammasanañāṇaniddeso
48 如何是对于过去、未来、现在的诸法,总摄之后加以确定的慧,名为思惟智?巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ?
对于任何色法——无论是过去、未来、现在,内或外,粗或细,劣或胜,远或近——对这一切色法,确定其为无常,即是一次思惟;确定其为苦,即是一次思惟;确定其为无我,即是一次思惟。巴利
Yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ aniccato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, dukkhato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, anattato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ.
任何受……任何想……任何行……任何识,无论是过去、未来、现在,或内或外,或粗或细,或劣或胜,或远或近——对这一切识,确定“无常”,这是一次思惟;确定“苦”,这是一次思惟;确定“无我”,这是一次思惟。巴利
Yā kāci vedanā…pe… yā kāci saññā… ye keci saṅkhārā… yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ aniccato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, dukkhato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, anattato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ.
对于眼……乃至老死,无论是过去、未来、现在,确定“无常”,这是一次思惟;确定“苦”,这是一次思惟;确定“无我”,这是一次思惟。巴利
Cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, dukkhato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ, anattato vavattheti ekaṃ sammasanaṃ.
对于过去、未来、现在的色,以坏灭之义为无常,以怖畏之义为苦,以无坚实之义为无我——如此总摄而确定,这种慧即是思惟智。对于受……对于想……对于诸行……对于识……对于眼……乃至对于老死,过去、未来、现在的这一切,也以坏灭之义为无常,以怖畏之义为苦,以无坚实之义为无我——如此总摄而确定,这种慧即是思惟智。巴利
Rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena anattā asārakaṭṭhenāti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Vedanā…pe… saññā…pe… saṅkhārā…pe… viññāṇaṃ…pe… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ khayaṭṭhena, dukkhaṃ bhayaṭṭhena, anattā asārakaṭṭhenāti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ.
对于过去、未来、现在的色,归纳为无常、有为、缘生、坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法而加以确定,这种慧是思惟智。对于受……对于想……对于诸行……对于识……对于眼……乃至对于老死,过去、未来、现在的一切,也归纳为无常、有为、缘生、坏灭法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法而加以确定,这种慧是思惟智。巴利
Rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ.
以生为缘而有老死,若无生则无老死——如此归纳而确定,这种慧是思惟智。于过去时,亦是以生为缘而有老死,若无生则无老死;于未来时,亦是以生为缘而有老死,若无生则无老死——如此归纳而确定,这种慧是思惟智。以有为缘而有生,若无有则无生……以取为缘而有有,若无取则无有;以渴爱为缘而有取,若无渴爱则无取;以受为缘而有渴爱,若无受则无渴爱;以触为缘而有受,若无触则无受;以六处为缘而有触,若无六处则无触;以名色为缘而有六处,若无名色则无六处;以识为缘而有名色,若无识则无名色;以行为缘而有识,若无行则无识;以无明为缘而有行,若无无明则无行——如此归纳而确定,这种慧是思惟智。于过去时,亦是以无明为缘而有行,若无无明则无行;于未来时,亦是以无明为缘而有行,若无无明则无行——如此归纳而确定,这种慧是思惟智。此智以已知之义为智,以了知之义为慧。因此称为:“于过去、未来、现在诸法,归纳而确定的慧,是思惟智”。巴利
Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ, asati jātiyā natthi jarāmaraṇanti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Bhavapaccayā jāti, asati…pe… upādānapaccayā bhavo, asati…pe… taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, asati…pe… vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, asati…pe… phassapaccayā vedanā, asati…pe… saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, asati…pe… nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, asati…pe… viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, asati…pe… saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, asati…pe… avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Atītampi addhānaṃ… anāgatampi addhānaṃ avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, asati avijjāya natthi saṅkhārāti saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅkhipitvā vavatthāne paññā sammasane ñāṇaṃ’’.
6. 生灭智分别巴利
6. Udayabbayañāṇaniddeso
49 如何是于现在诸法变异随观的慧,即生灭随观智呢?已生的现在色,其生起相为“生”,其变异相为“灭”,如此随观即是智。已生的受……已生的想……已生的诸行……已生的识……已生的眼……乃至已生的有,皆是现在法,其生起相为“生”,其变异相为“灭”,如此随观即是智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ paccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipariṇāmānupassane paññā udayabbayānupassane ñāṇaṃ? Jātaṃ rūpaṃ paccuppannaṃ, tassa nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ udayo, vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ vayo, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ. Jātā vedanā…pe… jātā saññā… jātā saṅkhārā… jātaṃ viññāṇaṃ… jātaṃ cakkhu…pe… jāto bhavo paccuppanno, tassa nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ udayo, vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ vayo, anupassanā ñāṇaṃ.
50 观察五蕴之生时,能见到多少种相?观察灭时,能见到多少种相?观察生灭时,又能见到多少种相?观察五蕴之生时,能见到二十五种相;观察灭时,能见到二十五种相;观察生灭时,能见到五十种相。巴利 注疏 2
Pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, udayabbayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati? Pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayaṃ passanto pañcavīsati lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto pañcavīsati lakkhaṇāni passati ; udayabbayaṃ passanto paññāsa lakkhaṇāni passati.
观察色蕴的生时,见到多少种相?观察灭时,见到多少种相?观察生灭时,见到多少种相?观察受蕴……观察想蕴……观察行蕴……观察识蕴,于生时见到多少种相?于灭时见到多少种相?于生灭时见到多少种相?观察色蕴的生时,见到五种相;观察灭时,见到五种相;观察生灭时,见到十种相。观察受蕴、想蕴、行蕴、识蕴,于生时各见五种相,于灭时各见五种相,于生灭时各见十种相。巴利
Rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, udayabbayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati? Vedanākkhandhassa…pe… saññākkhandhassa…pe… saṅkhārakkhandhassa…pe… viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati, udayabbayaṃ passanto kati lakkhaṇāni passati? Rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto pañca lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto pañca lakkhaṇāni passati; udayabbayaṃ passanto dasa lakkhaṇāni passati. Vedanākkhandhassa…pe… saññākkhandhassa… saṅkhārakkhandhassa… viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto pañca lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto pañca lakkhaṇāni passati; udayabbayaṃ passanto dasa lakkhaṇāni passati.
当见到色蕴的生起时,会见到哪五种特征?“以无明的生起为缘,而有色蕴的生起”——如此,从缘生起的角度,他见到色蕴的生起。“以渴爱的生起为缘,而有色蕴的生起”——如此,从缘生起的角度,他见到色蕴的生起。“以业的生起为缘,而有色蕴的生起”——如此,从缘生起的角度,他见到色蕴的生起。“以食的生起为缘,而有色蕴的生起”——如此,从缘生起的角度,他见到色蕴的生起。见到产生特征的人,也同样见到色蕴的生起。见到色蕴生起的人,见到这五种特征。巴利
Rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Taṇhāsamudayā rūpasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Kammasamudayā rūpasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Rūpakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati.
当见到色蕴灭去时,会见到哪五种特征?“以无明的灭尽为缘,而有色蕴的灭尽”——如此,从缘的灭尽这一角度,他见到色蕴的灭去。“以渴爱的灭尽为缘,而有色蕴的灭尽”——如此,从缘的灭尽这一角度,他见到色蕴的灭去。“以业的灭尽为缘,而有色蕴的灭尽”——如此,从缘的灭尽这一角度,他见到色蕴的灭去。“以食的灭尽为缘,而有色蕴的灭尽”——如此,从缘的灭尽这一角度,他见到色蕴的灭去。见到变异特征的人,也见到色蕴的灭去。见到色蕴灭去的人,即见到这五种特征。见到生灭的人,则见到这十种特征。巴利
Vayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjānirodhā rūpanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Taṇhānirodhā rūpanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Kammanirodhā rūpanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Āhāranirodhā rūpanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati . Vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ passantopi rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Rūpakkhandhassa vayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati. Udayabbayaṃ passanto imāni dasa lakkhaṇāni passati.
当他观察受蕴的生起时,见到哪五种特征?“以无明生起为缘,而有受蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到受蕴的生起。“以渴爱生起为缘,而有受蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到受蕴的生起。“以业生起为缘,而有受蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到受蕴的生起。“以触生起为缘,而有受蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到受蕴的生起。见到生起之相的人,也见到受蕴的生起。见到受蕴生起的人,便见到这五种特征。巴利
Vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Taṇhāsamudayā vedanāsamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Kammasamudayā vedanāsamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Vedanākkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati.
当他观察受蕴的灭去时,见到哪五种特征?“以无明灭尽为缘,而有受蕴的灭尽”——他即从缘灭尽的意义上,见到受蕴的灭去。“以渴爱灭尽为缘,而有受蕴的灭尽”——他即从缘灭尽的意义上,见到受蕴的灭去。“以业灭尽为缘,而有受蕴的灭尽”——他即从缘灭尽的意义上,见到受蕴的灭去。“以触灭尽为缘,而有受蕴的灭尽”——他即从缘灭尽的意义上,见到受蕴的灭去。见到灭去之相的人,也见到受蕴的灭去。见到受蕴灭去的人,便见到这五种特征。观察生灭的人,则见到这十种特征。巴利
Vayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjānirodhā vedanānirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Taṇhānirodhā vedanānirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Kammanirodhā vedanānirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ passantopi vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Vedanākkhandhassa vayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati. Udayabbayaṃ passanto imāni dasa lakkhaṇāni passati.
于想蕴……于行蕴……当他观察识蕴的生起时,见到哪五种特征?“以无明生起为缘,而有识蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到识蕴的生起。“以渴爱生起为缘,而有识蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到识蕴的生起。“以业生起为缘,而有识蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到识蕴的生起。“以名色生起为缘,而有识蕴的生起”——他即从缘生起的意义上,见到识蕴的生起。见到生起之相的人,也见到识蕴的生起。见到识蕴生起的人,便见到这五种特征。巴利
Saññākkhandhassa…pe… saṅkhārakkhandhassa…pe… viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjāsamudayā viññāṇasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Taṇhāsamudayā viññāṇasamudayotipaccayasamudayaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Kammasamudayā viññāṇasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Nāmarūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayoti – paccayasamudayaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passati. Viññāṇakkhandhassa udayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati.
观察识蕴的灭去时,会见到哪五种特征?“以无明的灭尽为缘,则有识蕴的灭尽”——他由此从缘灭的角度,见到识蕴的灭去。“以渴爱的灭尽为缘,则有识蕴的灭尽”——他由此从缘灭的角度,见到识蕴的灭去。“以业的灭尽为缘,则有识蕴的灭尽”——他由此从缘灭的角度,见到识蕴的灭去。“以名色的灭尽为缘,则有识蕴的灭尽”——他由此从缘灭的角度,见到识蕴的灭去。见到变化特征的人,同样见到识蕴的灭去。见到识蕴灭去的人,即见到这五种特征。见到生灭的人,则见到这十种特征。巴利
Vayaṃ passanto katamāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati? Avijjānirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Taṇhānirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Kammanirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti – paccayanirodhaṭṭhena viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Vipariṇāmalakkhaṇaṃ passantopi viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passati. Viññāṇakkhandhassa vayaṃ passanto imāni pañca lakkhaṇāni passati. Udayabbayaṃ passanto imāni dasa lakkhaṇāni passati.
观照五蕴的生起时,他见到此二十五相;观照灭去时,他见到此二十五相;观照生灭时,他见到此五十相。从已知义而言是智,从彻知义而言是慧。是故说:“于现在诸法变异随观的慧,即是生灭随观智。”色蕴以食为集因,受、想、行三蕴以触为集因,识蕴以名色为集因。巴利
Pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayaṃ passanto imāni pañcavīsati lakkhaṇāni passati, vayaṃ passanto imāni pañcavīsati lakkhaṇāni passati, udayabbayaṃ passanto imāni paññāsa lakkhaṇāni passati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paccuppannānaṃ dhammānaṃ vipariṇāmānupassane paññā udayabbayānupassane ñāṇaṃ’’. Rūpakkhandho āhārasamudayo . Vedanā, saññā, saṅkhārā – tayo khandhā phassasamudayā. Viññāṇakkhandho nāmarūpasamudayo.
7. 坏随观智分别巴利
7. Bhaṅgānupassanāñāṇaniddeso
51 如何通过对所缘的审察,在坏灭随观中,慧成为观智?以色为所缘的心生起后便即坏灭。他审察那所缘后,便随观那心的坏灭。如何随观呢?他随观为无常,而非恒常;随观为苦,而非乐;随观为无我,而非有我。他厌离而不欢喜,离染而不染着,令灭而不令生,舍遣而不执取。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭisaṅkhā bhaṅgānupassane paññā vipassane ñāṇaṃ? Rūpārammaṇatā cittaṃ uppajjitvā bhijjati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭisaṅkhā tassa cittassa bhaṅgaṃ anupassati. Anupassatīti, kathaṃ anupassati? Aniccato anupassati, no niccato. Dukkhato anupassati, no sukhato. Anattato anupassati, no attato. Nibbindati, no nandati, virajjati, no rajjati. Nirodheti, no samudeti. Paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati.
52 随观无常者,断除常想;随观苦者,断除乐想;随观无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离染者,断除贪欲;令灭者,断除集起;舍遣者,断除执取。巴利 注疏 2
Aniccato anupassanto niccasaññaṃ pajahati. Dukkhato anupassanto sukhasaññaṃ pajahati. Anattato anupassanto attasaññaṃ pajahati. Nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati. Virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati. Nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati. Paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati.
以受为所缘……以想为所缘……以行为所缘……以识为所缘……以眼……乃至以老死为所缘,心生起后便即坏灭。他审察那所缘后,便随观那心的坏灭。如何随观呢?他随观为无常,而非恒常;随观为苦,而非乐;随观为无我,而非有我。他厌离而不欢喜,离染而不染着,令灭而不令生,舍遣而不执取。巴利
Vedanārammaṇatā…pe… saññārammaṇatā… saṅkhārārammaṇatā… viññāṇārammaṇatā… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇārammaṇatā cittaṃ uppajjitvā bhijjati. Taṃ ārammaṇaṃ paṭisaṅkhā tassa cittassa bhaṅgaṃ anupassati. Anupassatīti, kathaṃ anupassati? Aniccato anupassati, no niccato. Dukkhato anupassati, no sukhato. Anattato anupassati, no attato. Nibbindati, no nandati. Virajjati, no rajjati. Nirodheti, no samudeti. Paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati.
随观无常者,断除常想;随观苦者,断除乐想;随观无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离染者,断除贪欲;令灭者,断除集起;舍遣者,断除执取。巴利
Aniccato anupassanto niccasaññaṃ pajahati. Dukkhato anupassanto sukhasaññaṃ pajahati. Anattato anupassanto attasaññaṃ pajahati. Nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati. Virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati. Nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati. Paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati.
有依处之转移,亦有慧之转向;巴利
Vatthusaṅkamanā ceva, paññāya ca vivaṭṭanā;
转向之力,与省察及观照;
省察所缘,随观其坏灭。
空之现起,即是增上慧观。
善巧于三种随观,亦善巧于四种观。
善巧于三种现起,于种种见解而不动摇。巴利
Āvajjanā balañceva, paṭisaṅkhā vipassanā. Ārammaṇañca paṭisaṅkhā, bhaṅgañca anupassati; Suññato ca upaṭṭhānaṃ, adhipaññā vipassanā. Kusalo tīsu anupassanāsu, catasso ca vipassanāsu; Tayo upaṭṭhāne kusalatā, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampatīti.
那以了知为义者,名为智;以遍知为义者,名为慧。因此说:“省察所缘已,于坏灭随观中的慧,即是观智。”巴利
Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ārammaṇaṃ paṭisaṅkhā bhaṅgānupassane paññā vipassane ñāṇaṃ’’.
8. 过患智分别巴利
8. Ādīnavañāṇaniddeso
53 怖畏现起时的慧,如何是过患智?“生起是怖畏”——怖畏现起时的慧即是过患智。“流转是怖畏”——怖畏现起时的慧即是过患智。“相是怖畏”……“积集是怖畏”……“结生是怖畏”……“趣是怖畏”……“出生是怖畏”……“再生是怖畏”……“生是怖畏”……“老是怖畏”……“病是怖畏”……“死是怖畏”……“愁是怖畏”……“悲是怖畏”……“恼是怖畏”——怖畏现起时的慧即是过患智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ? Uppādo bhayanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ bhayanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ. Nimittaṃ bhayanti…pe… āyūhanā bhayanti…pe… paṭisandhi bhayanti… gati bhayanti… nibbatti bhayanti… upapatti bhayanti… jāti bhayanti… jarā bhayanti… byādhi bhayanti … maraṇaṃ bhayanti… soko bhayanti… paridevo bhayanti… upāyāso bhayanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ.
“无生是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。“无流转是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。……“无恼是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。巴利
Anuppādo khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Appavattaṃ khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… anupāyāso khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是怖畏,无生是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。“流转是怖畏,无流转是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。……“恼是怖畏,无恼是安稳”,这是寂静处的智。巴利
Uppādo bhayaṃ, anuppādo khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ bhayaṃ, appavattaṃ khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso bhayaṃ, anupāyāso khemanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是苦”——于怖畏现起时,慧为过患智。“流转是苦”——于怖畏现起时,慧为过患智。……“恼是苦”——于怖畏现起时,慧为过患智。巴利
Uppādo dukkhanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ dukkhanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso dukkhanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ.
“无生是乐”——此是寂静处的智。“无流转是乐”——此是寂静处的智。……“无恼是乐”——此是寂静处的智。巴利
Anuppādo sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Appavattaṃ sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… anupāyāso sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是苦,无生是乐”——此是寂静处的智。“流转是苦,无流转是乐”——此是寂静处的智。……“恼是苦,无恼是乐”——此是寂静处的智。巴利
Uppādo dukkhaṃ, anuppādo sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ dukkhaṃ, appavattaṃ sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso dukkhaṃ, anupāyāso sukhanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是有食味的”——这是怖畏现起之慧,是过患智。“流转是有食味的”——这是怖畏现起之慧,是过患智……“恼是有食味的”——这是怖畏现起之慧,是过患智。巴利
Uppādo sāmisanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ sāmisanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso sāmisanti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ.
“无生是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智。“无流转是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智……“无恼是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智。巴利
Anuppādo nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Appavattaṃ nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… anupāyāso nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是有食味的,不生起是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智。“流转是有食味的,不流转是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智……“恼是有食味的,无恼是无食味的”——这是寂静处之智。巴利
Uppādo sāmisaṃ, anuppādo nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ sāmisaṃ, appavattaṃ nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso sāmisaṃ, anupāyāso nirāmisanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是诸行”——这是怖畏现起时的智慧,即过患智。“流转是诸行”——这是怖畏现起时的智慧,即过患智……“恼是诸行”——这是怖畏现起时的智慧,即过患智。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārāti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārāti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso saṅkhārāti – bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ.
“不生起是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧。“不流转是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧……“无恼是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧。巴利
Anuppādo nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Appavattaṃ nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… anupāyāso nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是诸行,不生起是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧。“流转是诸行,不流转是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧……“恼是诸行,无恼是涅槃”——这是寂静处的智慧。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārā, anuppādo nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārā, appavattaṃ nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso saṅkhārā, anupāyāso nibbānanti – santipade ñāṇaṃ.
见生起、流转与行相,悉皆视为苦;
积集与结生,此为过患智。
见不生、不流转、无行相,悉皆视为乐;
不积集、不结生,此是寂静处之智。
此过患智,于五处生起;
于寂静处之五方面,他通达十种智。
于二智善巧,于种种见中不动摇。巴利
Uppādañca pavattañca, nimittaṃ dukkhanti passati; Āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ, ñāṇaṃ ādīnave idaṃ. Anuppādaṃ appavattaṃ, animittaṃ sukhanti ca; Anāyūhanaṃ appaṭisandhiṃ, ñāṇaṃ santipade idaṃ. Idaṃ ādīnave ñāṇaṃ, pañcaṭhānesu jāyati; Pañcaṭhāne santipade, dasa ñāṇe pajānāti; Dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ kusalatā, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampatīti.
以已知义为智,以了知义为慧。因此称为:“于怖畏现起的慧,是过患中的智。”巴利
Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘bhayatupaṭṭhāne paññā ādīnave ñāṇaṃ’’.
9. 行舍智分别说巴利
9. Saṅkhārupekkhāñāṇaniddeso
54 什么是“欲解脱而审察安住”的慧,亦即行舍中的智?对于“生起”,欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智;对于“转起”,欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智;对于“相”,欲解脱……(中略)……对于“积集”,欲解脱……对于“结生”,欲解脱……对于“趣向”,欲解脱……对于“出生”,欲解脱……对于“再生”,欲解脱……对于“生”,欲解脱……对于“老”,欲解脱……对于“病”,欲解脱……对于“死”,欲解脱……对于“愁”,欲解脱……对于“悲”,欲解脱……(中略)……对于“绝望”,欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ? Uppādaṃ muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, pavattaṃ muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ, nimittaṃ muñcitukamyatā…pe… āyūhanaṃ muñcitukamyatā… paṭisandhiṃ muñcitukamyatā… gatiṃ muñcitukamyatā… nibbattiṃ muñcitukamyatā… upapattiṃ muñcitukamyatā… jātiṃ muñcitukamyatā… jaraṃ muñcitukamyatā… byādhiṃ muñcitukamyatā… maraṇaṃ muñcitukamyatā… sokaṃ muñcitukamyatā… paridevaṃ muñcitukamyatā…pe… upāyāsaṃ muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是苦”——欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智。“转起是苦”——欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智……(中略)……“绝望是苦”——欲解脱而审察安住的慧,是行舍中的智。巴利
Uppādo dukkhanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ dukkhanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso dukkhanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是怖畏”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。“转起是怖畏”——……(中略)……“绝望是怖畏”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。巴利
Uppādo bhayanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ bhayanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso bhayanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是有味”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。“转起是有味”——……(中略)……“绝望是有味”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。巴利
Uppādo sāmisanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ sāmisanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso sāmisanti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是诸行”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。“转起是诸行”——……(中略)……“绝望是诸行”——这是欲求解脱、经过审察而安住的慧,即于诸行行舍的智。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārāti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārāti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ…pe… upāyāso saṅkhārāti – muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ.
“生起是诸行”——于彼诸行保持舍离,是名行舍。彼诸行与此舍,二者亦是诸行;于彼诸行保持舍离,亦名行舍。“转起是诸行”……“相是诸行”……“积累是诸行”……“结生是诸行”……“趣向是诸行”……“出生是诸行”……“再生是诸行”……“生是诸行”……“老是诸行”……“病是诸行”……“死是诸行”……“忧是诸行”……“悲是诸行”……“恼是诸行”——于彼诸行保持舍离,是名行舍。彼诸行与此舍,二者亦是诸行;于彼诸行保持舍离,亦名行舍。巴利
Uppādo saṅkhārā, te saṅkhāre ajjhupekkhatīti – saṅkhārupekkhā. Ye ca saṅkhārā yā ca upekkhā ubhopete saṅkhārā, te saṅkhāre ajjhupekkhatīti – saṅkhārupekkhā. Pavattaṃ saṅkhārā…pe… nimittaṃ saṅkhārā… āyūhanā saṅkhārā… paṭisandhi saṅkhārā… gati saṅkhārā… nibbatti saṅkhārā… upapatti saṅkhārā… jāti saṅkhārā… jarā saṅkhārā… byādhi saṅkhārā… maraṇaṃ saṅkhārā… soko saṅkhārā… paridevo saṅkhārā…pe… upāyāso saṅkhārā, te saṅkhāre ajjhupekkhatīti – saṅkhārupekkhā. Ye ca saṅkhārā yā ca upekkhā ubhopete saṅkhārā, te saṅkhāre ajjhupekkhatīti – saṅkhārupekkhā.
55 心以几种方式投入行舍?心以八种方式投入行舍。凡夫的心以几种方式投入行舍?有学的心以几种方式投入行舍?离贪者的心以几种方式投入行舍?凡夫的心以两种方式投入行舍。有学的心以三种方式投入行舍。离贪者的心以三种方式投入行舍。巴利 注疏 2
Katihākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Aṭṭhahākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti. Puthujjanassa katihākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Sekkhassa katihākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Vītarāgassa katihākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Puthujjanassa dvīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti. Sekkhassa tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti. Vītarāgassa tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti.
凡夫以哪两种方式让心投入行舍?凡夫或对行舍生起欢喜,或对之行观。凡夫即以此二方式让心投入行舍。有学以哪三种方式让心投入行舍?有学或对行舍生起欢喜,或作观,或审察后进入果定。有学即以此三方式让心投入行舍。离贪者以哪三种方式让心投入行舍?离贪者或对行舍作观,或审察后进入果定,于彼舍离后,安住于空住、无相住或无愿住。离贪者即以此三方式让心投入行舍。巴利
Puthujjanassa katamehi dvīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Puthujjano saṅkhārupekkhaṃ abhinandati vā vipassati vā. Puthujjanassa imehi dvīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti. Sekkhassa katamehi tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Sekkho saṅkhārupekkhaṃ abhinandati vā vipassati vā paṭisaṅkhāya vā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati. Sekkhassa imehi tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti. Vītarāgassa katamehi tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti? Vītarāgo saṅkhārupekkhaṃ vipassati vā paṭisaṅkhāya vā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, tadajjhupekkhitvā suññatavihārena vā animittavihārena vā appaṇihitavihārena vā viharati. Vītarāgassa imehi tīhākārehi saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro hoti.
56 凡夫与有学将心导向行舍,在何种意义上是一致的?凡夫若对行舍心生欢喜,心即染污,成为修习的障碍,成为通达的障碍,成为未来结生的缘。有学若对行舍心生欢喜,心亦染污,成为修习的障碍,成为上分通达的障碍,成为未来结生的缘。如是,凡夫与有学在“欢喜”这一意义上,将心导向行舍是相同的。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro ekattaṃ hoti? Puthujjanassa saṅkhārupekkhaṃ abhinandato cittaṃ kilissati, bhāvanāya paripantho hoti, paṭivedhassa antarāyo hoti, āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayo hoti. Sekkhassapi saṅkhārupekkhaṃ abhinandato cittaṃ kilissati, bhāvanāya paripantho hoti, uttaripaṭivedhassa antarāyo hoti, āyatiṃ paṭisandhiyā paccayo hoti. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro ekattaṃ hoti abhinandaṭṭhena.
凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智,在心策励上有何共同之处?凡夫将行舍观为无常、苦、无我;有学也将行舍观为无常、苦、无我;离欲者同样将行舍观为无常、苦、无我。如是,凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智在心策励上,是相同的,此依随观义而言。巴利
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro ekattaṃ hoti? Puthujjano saṅkhārupekkhaṃ aniccatopi dukkhatopi anattatopi vipassati. Sekkhopi saṅkhārupekkhaṃ aniccatopi dukkhatopi anattatopi vipassati. Vītarāgopi saṅkhārupekkhaṃ aniccatopi dukkhatopi anattatopi vipassati. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro ekattaṃ hoti anupassanaṭṭhena.
凡夫、有学与离贪者将心导向行舍,有何不同?凡夫的行舍是善,有学的行舍亦是善,离贪者的行舍则是无记。是故,凡夫、有学与离贪者将心导向行舍,因善与无记之义而有所不同。巴利
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti? Puthujjanassa saṅkhārupekkhā kusalā hoti. Sekkhassapi saṅkhārupekkhā kusalā hoti. Vītarāgassa saṅkhārupekkhā abyākatā hoti. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti kusalābyākataṭṭhena.
凡夫、有学与离贪者对行舍的心策励,有何不同?凡夫的行舍,时而善巧了知,时而未能善巧了知。有学的行舍,亦时而善巧了知,时而未能善巧了知。离贪者的行舍,则恒常善巧了知。如是,凡夫、有学与离贪者对行舍的心策励,因善巧了知与未善巧了知的差别而有所不同。巴利
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti? Puthujjanassa saṅkhārupekkhā kiñcikāle suviditā hoti, kiñcikāle na suviditā hoti. Sekkhassapi saṅkhārupekkhā kiñcikāle suviditā hoti, kiñcikāle na suviditā hoti. Vītarāgassa saṅkhārupekkhā accantaṃ suviditā hoti. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti viditaṭṭhena ca aviditaṭṭhena ca.
凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智,在心策励上有什么不同?凡夫因未满足而修观行舍智;有学亦因未满足而修观行舍智;离欲者则因已满足而修观行舍智。如此,凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智在心策励上,即因未满足与已满足的义理而有所不同。巴利
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti? Puthujjano saṅkhārupekkhaṃ atittattā vipassati. Sekkhopi saṅkhārupekkhaṃ atittattā vipassati. Vītarāgo saṅkhārupekkhaṃ tittattā vipassati. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti tittaṭṭhena ca atittaṭṭhena ca.
凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智,在心策励上有什么不同?凡夫为断除三结、证得入流道而修观行舍智;有学已断除三结,为证得更高道果而修观行舍智;离欲者已断除一切烦恼,为住于现法乐住而修观行舍智。如是,凡夫、有学与离欲者的行舍智在心策励上,即因已断除与未断除的义理而有所不同。巴利
Kathaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti? Puthujjano saṅkhārupekkhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vipassati. Sekkho saṅkhārupekkhaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saññojanānaṃ pahīnattā uttaripaṭilābhatthāya vipassati. Vītarāgo saṅkhārupekkhaṃ sabbakilesānaṃ pahīnattā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāratthāya vipassati. Evaṃ puthujjanassa ca sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti pahīnaṭṭhena ca appahīnaṭṭhena ca.
有学与离贪者对于行舍的心投入,有何不同?有学或欢悦行舍,或观察行舍,或经审察而入果等至;离贪者则或观察行舍,或经审察而入果等至,如这些舍之后,住于空住、无相住或无愿住。这样,有学与离贪者对于行舍的心投入便不相同,此依住与等至义而言。巴利
Kathaṃ sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti? Sekkho saṅkhārupekkhaṃ abhinandati vā vipassati vā paṭisaṅkhāya vā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati. Vītarāgo saṅkhārupekkhaṃ vipassati vā paṭisaṅkhāya vā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, tadajjhupekkhitvā suññatavihārena vā animittavihārena vā appaṇihitavihārena vā viharati. Evaṃ sekkhassa ca vītarāgassa ca saṅkhārupekkhāya cittassa abhinīhāro nānattaṃ hoti vihārasamāpattaṭṭhena.
57 依止而生的行舍有多少种?依观而生的行舍有多少种?有八种行舍依止而生,有十种行舍依观而生。巴利 注疏 2
Kati saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti? Kati saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti. Dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti.
哪些是依止而生的八种行舍?为证初禅,省察五盖后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证第二禅,省察寻与伺后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证第三禅,省察喜后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证第四禅,省察乐与苦后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证空无边处定,省察色想、有对想、种种想后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证识无边处定,省察空无边处想后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证无所有处定,省察识无边处想后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智;为证非想非非想处定,省察无所有处想后安住于舍的慧,是于行舍中的智。这八种便是依止而生的行舍。巴利
Katamā aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya nīvaraṇe paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vitakkavicāre paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya pītiṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ . Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya sukhadukkhe paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Imā aṭṭha saṅkhārupekkhā samathavasena uppajjanti.
何等为依观禅而生起的十种行舍?为证入流道,省察生起、转起、相、积集、结生、趣、产生、再生、生、老、病、死、愁、悲、恼之后安稳而住的慧,即是行舍中的智。为证入流果定……(中略)……省察之后安稳而住的慧,是行舍中的智。为证一来道……(中略)……为证一来果定……(中略)……为证不来道……(中略)……为证不来果定……(中略)……为证阿拉汉道,省察生起、转起、相、积集、结生、趣、产生、再生、生、老、病、死、愁、悲、恼之后安稳而住的慧,是行舍中的智。为证阿拉汉果定……(中略)……为证空性住定……(中略)……为证无相住定,省察生起、转起、相、积集、结生……(中略)……省察之后安稳而住的慧,是行舍中的智。这十种即是依观禅为因而生起的行舍。巴利
Katamā dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Sotāpattiphalasamāpattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ…pe… paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Sakadāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya…pe… sakadāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya…pe… anāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya…pe… anāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya …pe… arahattamaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Arahattaphalasamāpattatthāya…pe… suññatavihārasamāpattatthāya…pe… animittavihārasamāpattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ…pe… paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ. Imā dasa saṅkhārupekkhā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti.
58 何等行舍是善?何等是不善?何等是无记?十五种行舍是善,三种行舍是无记;没有行舍是不善的。巴利 注疏 2
Kati saṅkhārupekkhā kusalā, kati akusalā, kati abyākatā? Pannarasa saṅkhārupekkhā kusalā, tisso saṅkhārupekkhā abyākatā. Natthi saṅkhārupekkhā akusalā.
省察已便安住的慧,是心的八种行境;
凡夫有两种,有学的行境有三种;
离欲者亦有三种,依此而心反转。
八种是定的缘,十种是智的领域。
十八种行舍,为三种解脱之缘。
此十八种行相,其智慧已被遍知,
便于诸行舍得善巧,在种种见解中安住不动。巴利
Paṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā, aṭṭha cittassa gocarā; Puthujjanassa dve honti, tayo sekkhassa gocarā; Tayo ca vītarāgassa, yehi cittaṃ vivaṭṭati. Aṭṭha samādhissa paccayā, dasa ñāṇassa gocarā; Aṭṭhārasa saṅkhārupekkhā, tiṇṇaṃ vimokkhāna paccayā. Ime aṭṭhārasākārā, paññā yassa pariccitā; Kusalo saṅkhārupekkhāsu, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampatīti.
以了知的意义为“智”,以通晓的意义为“慧”。因此说:“想要解脱、审察、安立的慧,是对诸行舍的智。”巴利
Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhāsantiṭṭhanā paññā saṅkhārupekkhāsu ñāṇaṃ’’.
10. 种姓智分别巴利
10. Gotrabhuñāṇaniddeso
59 如何是在外的出起与回转中,慧成为种姓智呢?超越生起,是谓种姓;超越转起,是谓种姓;超越相,是谓种姓;超越积聚,是谓种姓;超越结生,是谓种姓;超越趣,是谓种姓;超越产生,是谓种姓;超越出生,是谓种姓;超越生,是谓种姓;超越老,是谓种姓;超越病,是谓种姓;超越死,是谓种姓;超越忧,是谓种姓;超越悲,是谓种姓;超越恼,是谓种姓;超越外在诸行之相,是谓种姓;跃入不生,是谓种姓;跃入不转起……跃入灭、涅槃,是谓种姓。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ bahiddhā vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā gotrabhuñāṇaṃ? Uppādaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Pavattaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Nimittaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Āyūhanaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Paṭisandhiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Gatiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Nibbattiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Upapattiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Jātiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Jaraṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Byādhiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Maraṇaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Sokaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Paridevaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Upāyāsaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu…pe… nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
超越生起,进入无生,是谓种姓智。超越转起,进入无转起,是谓种姓智。超越相,进入无相,是谓种姓智……超越外在诸行之相,进入灭、涅槃,是谓种姓智。巴利
Uppādaṃ abhibhuyyitvā anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Pavattaṃ abhibhuyyitvā appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Nimittaṃ abhibhuyyitvā animittaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu …pe… bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittaṃ abhibhuyyitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
从生起中出离,是谓种姓智。从流转中出离,是谓种姓智。从相中出离,是谓种姓智。从积聚中出离,是谓种姓智。从结生中出离,是谓种姓智。从趣中出离,是谓种姓智。从出生中出离,是谓种姓智。从往生中出离,是谓种姓智。从生中出离,是谓种姓智。从老中出离,是谓种姓智。从病中出离,是谓种姓智。从死中出离,是谓种姓智。从愁中出离,是谓种姓智。从悲中出离,是谓种姓智。从恼中出离,是谓种姓智。从外在诸行之相中出离,是谓种姓智。进入无生,是谓种姓智。进入无流转,是谓种姓智……进入灭、涅槃,是谓种姓智。巴利
Uppādā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Pavattā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Nimittā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Āyūhanā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Paṭisandhiyā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Gatiyā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Nibbattiyā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Upapattiyā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Jātiyā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Jarāya vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Byādhimhā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Maraṇā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Sokā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Paridevā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Upāyāsā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittā vuṭṭhātīti – gotrabhu. Anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu…pe… nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
从生起处出离,进入无生——这称为种姓智。从流转处出离,进入无流转——这称为种姓智。从相出离,进入无相——这称为种姓智。从积聚处出离,进入无积聚——这称为种姓智。从结生出离,进入无结生——这称为种姓智。从趣出离,进入无趣——这称为种姓智。从出生处出离,进入无出生——这称为种姓智。从往生出离,进入无往生——这称为种姓智。从生出离,进入不生——这称为种姓智。从老出离,进入不老——这称为种姓智。从病出离,进入无病——这称为种姓智。从死出离,进入不死——这称为种姓智。从愁出离,进入无愁——这称为种姓智。从悲出离,进入无悲——这称为种姓智。从恼出离,进入无恼——这称为种姓智。从外在的诸行之相出离,进入灭、涅槃——这称为种姓智。巴利
Uppādā vuṭṭhahitvā anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Pavattā vuṭṭhahitvā appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Nimittā vuṭṭhahitvā animittaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Āyūhanā vuṭṭhahitvā anāyūhanaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Paṭisandhiyā vuṭṭhahitvā appaṭisandhiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Gatiyā vuṭṭhahitvā agatiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Nibbattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā anibbattiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Upapattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā anupapattiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Jātiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ajātiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Jarāya vuṭṭhahitvā ajaraṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Byādhimhā vuṭṭhahitvā abyādhiṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Maraṇā vuṭṭhahitvā amataṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Sokā vuṭṭhahitvā asokaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Paridevā vuṭṭhahitvā aparidevaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Upāyāsā vuṭṭhahitvā anupāyāsaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittā vuṭṭhahitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
从生起处反转——这称为种姓智。从流转处反转——这称为种姓智……从外在的诸行之相处反转——这称为种姓智。进入无生——这称为种姓智。进入无流转——这称为种姓智……进入灭、涅槃——这称为种姓智。巴利
Uppādā vivaṭṭatīti – gotrabhu. Pavattā vivaṭṭatīti – gotrabhu…pe… bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittā vivaṭṭatīti – gotrabhu. Anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu…pe… nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
从生起处反转后,进入无生——这称为种姓智。从流转处反转后,进入无流转——这称为种姓智……从外在的诸行之相处反转后,进入灭、涅槃——这称为种姓智。巴利
Uppādā vivaṭṭitvā anuppādaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu. Pavattā vivaṭṭitvā appavattaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu…pe… bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittā vivaṭṭitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti – gotrabhu.
60 有多少种姓法是由止的威力而生起的?有多少种姓法是由观的威力而生起的?有八种姓法是由止的威力而生起的,有十种姓法是由观的威力而生起的。巴利 注疏 2
Kati gotrabhū dhammā samathavasena uppajjanti? Kati gotrabhū dhammā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Aṭṭha gotrabhū dhammā samathavasena uppajjanti. Dasa gotrabhū dhammā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti.
何等八种是由止的威力而生起的种姓法?为证初禅那而超越五盖——即是种姓;为证第二禅那而超越寻、伺——即是种姓;为证第三禅那而超越喜——即是种姓;为证第四禅那而超越乐与苦——即是种姓;为证空无边处定而超越色想、有对想及种种想——即是种姓;为证识无边处定而超越空无边处想——即是种姓;为证无所有处定而超越识无边处想——即是种姓;为证非想非非想处定而超越无所有处想——即是种姓。这八种,即是由止的威力而生起的种姓法。巴利
Katame aṭṭha gotrabhū dhammā samathavasena uppajjanti? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya nīvaraṇe abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vitakkavicāre abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya pītiṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya sukhadukkhe abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu . Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Ime aṭṭha gotrabhū dhammā samathavasena uppajjanti.
何等十种是由观的威力而生起的种姓法?为证入流道而超越生起、转起、相、积聚、结生、趣向、再生、受生、出生、老、病、死、愁、悲、忧恼,以及外在的诸行之相——即是种姓;为证入流果定而超越这些——即是种姓;为证一来道而超越这些——即是种姓;为证一来果定而超越这些——即是种姓;为证不来道而超越这些——即是种姓;为证不来果定而超越这些——即是种姓;为证阿拉汉道而超越生起、转起、相、积聚、结生、趣向、再生、受生、出生、老、病、死、愁、悲、忧恼,以及外在的诸行之相——即是种姓;为证阿拉汉果定而超越这些——即是种姓;为证空住定而超越这些——即是种姓;为证无相住定而超越生起、转起、相、积聚、结生、趣向、再生、受生、出生、老、病、死、愁、悲、忧恼,以及外在的诸行之相——即是种姓。这十种,即是由观的威力而生起的种姓法。巴利
Katame dasa gotrabhū dhammā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti? Sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Sotāpattiphalasamāpattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ…pe… abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Sakadāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya…pe… sakadāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya… anāgāmimaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya… anāgāmiphalasamāpattatthāya… arahattamaggaṃ paṭilābhatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ gatiṃ nibbattiṃ upapattiṃ jātiṃ jaraṃ byādhiṃ maraṇaṃ sokaṃ paridevaṃ upāyāsaṃ bahiddhā saṅkhāranimittaṃ abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Arahattaphalasamāpattatthāya… suññatavihārasamāpattatthāya… animittavihārasamāpattatthāya uppādaṃ pavattaṃ nimittaṃ āyūhanaṃ paṭisandhiṃ…pe… abhibhuyyatīti – gotrabhu. Ime dasa gotrabhū dhammā vipassanāvasena uppajjanti.
种姓法中,有多少是善的?多少是不善的?多少是无记的?十五种姓法是善的,三种是无记的。没有不善的种姓法。巴利
Kati gotrabhū dhammā kusalā, kati akusalā, kati abyākatā? Pannarasa gotrabhū dhammā kusalā, tayo gotrabhū dhammā abyākatā. Natthi gotrabhū dhammā akusalāti.
有染与离染,有愿与无愿;
有结合与无结合,出起与未出起;
八法为定的缘,十法为智的行境。
十八种姓法,是三种解脱的缘。
若有人善巧此十八种行相之慧,
他于舍离与出起善巧,在种种见解中不动摇。巴利
Sāmisañca nirāmisaṃ, paṇihitañca appaṇihitaṃ; Saññuttañca visaññuttaṃ, vuṭṭhitañca avuṭṭhitaṃ. Aṭṭha samādhissa paccayā, dasa ñāṇassa gocarā; Aṭṭhārasa gotrabhū dhammā, tiṇṇaṃ vimokkhāna paccayā. Ime aṭṭhārasākārā, paññā yassa pariccitā; Kusalo vivaṭṭe vuṭṭhāne, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampatīti.
它以了知为义,名为智;以遍知为义,名为慧。因此说:“于外,出起与回转之慧,即是种姓智。”巴利
Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘bahiddhā vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā gotrabhuñāṇaṃ’’.
11. 道智分别巴利
11. Maggañāṇaniddeso
61 如何是“从两方面出起与回转中的慧,即是道智”?在入流道刹那,以见的涵义,正见从邪见中出起,也从那些随转的烦恼和蕴中出起,也从外在的一切相中出起。因此说:“从两方面出起与回转中的慧,即是道智”。以导向的涵义,正思惟从邪思惟中出起,也从那些随转的烦恼和蕴中出起,也从外在的一切相中出起。因此说:“从两方面出起与回转中的慧,即是道智”。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ? Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiyā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo micchāsaṅkappā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
依摄持之义,正语从邪语出离,也从随彼而起的烦恼与蕴出离,亦从外在一 切相出离。因此说:“从两方面出离与回转的慧,即是道上的智。”巴利
Pariggahaṭṭhena sammāvācā micchāvācāya vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
就“发起”这一意义而言,正业从邪业中出起,亦从相随的烦恼与诸蕴中出起,并从外在一切相中出起。因此称为——“从两方面出起与回转中的慧是道智”。巴利
Samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammākammanto micchākammantā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
就“清净”这一意义而言,正命从邪命中出起,亦从相随的烦恼与诸蕴中出起,并从外在一切相中出起。因此称为——“从两方面出起与回转中的慧是道智”。巴利
Vodānaṭṭhena sammāājīvo micchāājīvā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
就“策励”这一意义而言,正精进从邪精进出起,亦从相随的烦恼与诸蕴中出起,并从外在一切相中出起。因此称为——“从两方面出起与回转中的慧是道智”。巴利
Paggahaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo micchāvāyāmā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
以现起之义而言,正念出离于邪念,亦出离于随顺其烦恼与诸蕴,且出离于外在的一切相。因此说:“从两方面出起与回转中的慧是道智”。巴利
Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati micchāsatiyā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
以“不散乱”为义,正定出离邪定,也出离随顺它的烦恼与诸蕴,出离外在的一切相。因此说:“从两方面出离、转离的慧,是道智。”巴利
Avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi micchāsamādhito vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
在一来道的刹那,以“见”为义,正见……以“不散乱”为义,正定,从粗的欲贪结与嗔恚结、粗的欲贪随眠与嗔恚随眠出离,也从随顺它们的烦恼和诸蕴出离,从外在的一切相出离。因此说:“从两方面出离、转离的慧,是道智。”巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi …pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi oḷārikā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
在不来果道的刹那,以“见”为义,正见……乃至以“不散乱”为义,正定,从伴随的欲贪结与嗔恚结出离,从伴随的欲贪随眠与嗔恚随眠出离,从随顺的烦恼和诸蕴出离,也从外在的一切相出离。因此说:“从两方面出离、转离的慧,是道智。”巴利
Anāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
在阿拉汉道的那一刹那,以“见”的意义为正见……乃至以“不散乱”的意义为正定;它们一同从色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明、慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠中出离,从随顺的烦恼和诸蕴中出离,也从外在的一切相中出离。因此说:“从两方面出离、反转的慧,是道上的智。”巴利
Arahattamaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi rūparāgā arūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
62 以已生的烧尽未生的,因此称为“禅那”。
于禅那与解脱善巧,于诸般见中不动摇。
先令心入定而后观照;观照之中,亦复如是令心入定;
那时,观与止成为等运,犹如双马并驾,一同运转。
诸行是苦,灭是乐——此为见。
从两端生起的慧,触及不死之境。
他了知解脱之行,善巧通达种种与一味。
于二智善巧,于种种见中不动摇。巴利 注疏 2
Ajātaṃ jhāpeti jātena, jhānaṃ tena pavuccati; Jhānavimokkhe kusalatā, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampati. Samādahitvā yathā ce vipassati, vipassamāno tathā ce samādahe; Vipassanā ca samatho tadā ahu, samānabhāgā yuganaddhā vattare. Dukkhā saṅkhārā sukho, nirodho iti dassanaṃ ; Dubhato vuṭṭhitā paññā, phasseti amataṃ padaṃ. Vimokkhacariyaṃ jānāti, nānattekattakovido; Dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ kusalatā, nānādiṭṭhīsu na kampatīti.
以“已了知”之义为智,以“遍了知”之义为慧。因此说:“于两边出起与回转的慧,是道上的智。”巴利
Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dubhato vuṭṭhānavivaṭṭane paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
12. 果智分别巴利
12. Phalañāṇaniddeso
63 如何是“加行止息之慧为果智”?在入流道之刹那,正见以“见”的意义,从邪见中出离;从随此而起的烦恼与诸蕴中出离;亦从一切外在的相中出离。由于此加行止息,正见生起,这便是道之果。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ payogappaṭippassaddhipaññā phale ñāṇaṃ? Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi micchādiṭṭhiyā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammādiṭṭhi. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
依专注安立之义,正思维从邪思维出离,也从随彼而起的烦恼与诸蕴出离,亦从外在的一切相出离。由于彼加行的止息,正思维生起。这便是道的果。巴利
Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo micchāsaṅkappā vuṭṭhāti tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsaṅkappo. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
以摄持的涵义,正语从邪语中出起,也从随转的烦恼和蕴中出起,也从外在的一切相中出起。由于那种加行止息,正语生起。这是道果。巴利
Pariggahaṭṭhena sammāvācā micchāvācāya vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāvācā. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
依奋起之义,正业从邪业出离,也从随彼而起的烦恼与蕴出离,亦从外在的一切相出离。由于彼加行的止息,正业生起。这便是道的果。巴利
Samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammākammanto micchākammantā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammākammanto. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
以清净为义,正命从邪命超脱,亦从随顺邪命的烦恼与诸蕴超脱,亦从外在一切相超脱。当彼加行止息时,正命便生起。这便是道果。巴利
Vodānaṭṭhena sammāājīvo micchāājīvā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāājīvo. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
以策励为义,正精进从邪精进超脱,亦从随顺邪精进的烦恼与诸蕴超脱,亦从外在一切相超脱。当彼加行止息时,正精进便生起。这便是道果。巴利
Paggahaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo micchāvāyāmā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāvāyāmo. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
以念住为义,正念从邪念超脱,亦从随顺邪念的烦恼与诸蕴超脱,亦从外在一切相超脱。当彼加行止息时,正念便生起。这便是道果。巴利
Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati micchāsatiyā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsati. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
以不散乱之义而言,正定出离于邪定,亦出离于随顺其烦恼与诸蕴,且出离于外在的一切相。由此勤修的寂止,正定生起。这是道之果。巴利
Avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi micchāsamādhito vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsamādhi. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
于一来道之剎那,以见之义而言,正见……(中略)……以不散乱之义而言,正定出离于粗重的欲贪结、嗔恚结、粗重的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠;亦出离于随顺其烦恼与诸蕴;且出离于外在的一切相。由此勤修的寂止,正定生起。这是道之果。巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi oḷārikā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā oḷārikā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā vuṭṭhāti , tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsamādhi. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
在不来道生起的刹那,以见的意义而言,正见……(中略)……以不散乱的意义而言,正定从微细的欲贪结、嗔恚结,以及微细的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠中出离;也从随顺他们的烦恼和诸蕴中出离;并从外在的一切相中出离。因为那种修习的完全止息,正定生起。这就是道果。巴利
Anāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi anusahagatā kāmarāgasaññojanā paṭighasaññojanā anusahagatā kāmarāgānusayā paṭighānusayā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsamādhi. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ.
在阿拉汉道生起的刹那,以见的意义而言,正见……(中略)……以不散乱的意义而言,正定从色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明、慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠中出离;也从随顺他们的烦恼和诸蕴中出离;并从外在的一切相中出离。因为那种修习的完全止息,正定生起。这就是道果。从已了知的意义来说,这是“智”;从彻底了知的意义来说,这是“慧”。因此称为:“于果上,修行止息的慧是智。”巴利
Arahattamaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi…pe… avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi rūparāgā arūparāgā mānā uddhaccā avijjāya mānānusayā bhavarāgānusayā avijjānusayā vuṭṭhāti, tadanuvattakakilesehi ca khandhehi ca vuṭṭhāti, bahiddhā ca sabbanimittehi vuṭṭhāti. Taṃpayogappaṭippassaddhattā uppajjati sammāsamādhi. Maggassetaṃ phalaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘payogappaṭippassaddhipaññā phale ñāṇaṃ’’.
13. 解脱智分别巴利
13. Vimuttiñāṇaniddeso
64 何谓“于观察已断轮回流转时,慧为解脱智”?以入流道,有身见、疑、戒禁取、见随眠、疑随眠——这些自心的杂染已彻底正确地断除。从这五种伴随现行的杂染中,心得解脱,善得解脱。从已了知彼解脱的意义而言,是为“智”;从彻底了知的意义而言,是为“慧”。因此说:“于观察已断轮回流转时,慧为解脱智。”巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ? Sotāpattimaggena sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo attano cittassa upakkilesā sammā samucchinnā honti. Imehi pañcahi upakkilesehi sapariyuṭṭhānehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti suvimuttaṃ. Taṃvimutti ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ’’.
以一来道,粗重的欲贪结、嗔恚结,以及粗重的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠——这些自心的杂染已彻底正确地断除。从这四种伴随现行的杂染中,心得解脱,善得解脱。从已了知彼解脱的意义而言,是为“智”;从彻底了知的意义而言,是为“慧”。因此说:“于观察已断轮回流转时,慧为解脱智。”巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggena oḷārikaṃ kāmarāgasaññojanaṃ, paṭighasaññojanaṃ, oḷāriko kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo – attano cittassa upakkilesā sammā samucchinnā honti. Imehi catūhi upakkilesehi sapariyuṭṭhānehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti suvimuttaṃ. Taṃvimutti ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ’’.
以不来道,微细的欲贪结、嗔恚结,以及微细的欲贪随眠、嗔恚随眠——这些自心的杂染已完全断除。从这四种伴随现行的杂染中,心得解脱,善得解脱。从已了知彼解脱的意义而言,是为“智”;从彻底了知的意义而言,是为“慧”。因此说:“于观察已断轮回流转时,慧为解脱智。”巴利
Anāgāmimaggena anusahagataṃ kāmarāgasaññojanaṃ, paṭighasaññojanaṃ, anusahagato kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo – attano cittassa upakkilesā sammā samucchinnā honti. Imehi catūhi upakkilesehi sapariyuṭṭhānehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti suvimuttaṃ. Taṃvimutti ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ’’.
凭借阿拉汉道,色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明,以及慢随眠、有贪随眠、无明随眠——这些自心的杂染皆被彻底断除。从此八种伴随现行的杂染中,心得解脱,获善解脱。那解脱,以知解为义即是智,以了别为义即是慧。因此说:“于观察轮回已断的随观中,此慧即是解脱智。”彼以知解为义即是智,以了别为义即是慧。因此说:“于观察轮回已断的随观中,此慧即是解脱智。”巴利
Arahattamaggena rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṃ, avijjā, mānānusayo, bhavarāgānusayo, avijjānusayo – attano cittassa upakkilesā sammā samucchinnā honti. Imehi aṭṭhahi upakkilesehi sapariyuṭṭhānehi cittaṃ vimuttaṃ hoti suvimuttaṃ. Taṃvimutti ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ’’. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘chinnavaṭumānupassane paññā vimuttiñāṇaṃ’’.
14. 省察智分别巴利
14. Paccavekkhaṇañāṇaniddeso
65 如何是“于彼时对已生起之法观察的慧,即是省察智”?于入流道刹那,以见之义,正见即于彼时生起;以导向之义,正思维即于彼时生起;以摄持之义,正语即于彼时生起;以策动之义,正业即于彼时生起;以净化之义,正命即于彼时生起;以策励之义,正精进即于彼时生起;以现前之义,正念即于彼时生起;以不散乱之义,正定即于彼时生起。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ tadā samudāgate dhamme passane paññā paccavekkhaṇe ñāṇaṃ? Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi tadā samudāgatā. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo tadā samudāgato. Pariggahaṭṭhena sammāvācā tadā samudāgatā. Samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammākammanto tadā samudāgato. Vodānaṭṭhena sammāājīvo tadā samudāgato. Paggahaṭṭhena sammāvāyāmo tadā samudāgato. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena sammāsati tadā samudāgatā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena sammāsamādhi tadā samudāgato.
以现前义,念觉支生起;以简择义,择法觉支生起;以策励义,精进觉支生起;以遍满义,喜觉支生起;以安宁义,轻安觉支生起;以不散乱义,定觉支生起;以观照义,舍觉支生起。巴利
Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satisambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Pavicayaṭṭhena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Paggahaṭṭhena vīriyasambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Pharaṇaṭṭhena pītisambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Upasamaṭṭhena passaddhisambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhisambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato. Paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭhena upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo tadā samudāgato.
以不为无信所动之义,信力生起;以不为懈怠所动之义,精进力生起;以不为放逸所动之义,念力生起;以不为掉举所动之义,定力生起;以不为无明所动之义,慧力生起。巴利
Assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭhena saddhābalaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Kosajje akampiyaṭṭhena vīriyabalaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Pamāde akampiyaṭṭhena satibalaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Uddhacce akampiyaṭṭhena samādhibalaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Avijjāya akampiyaṭṭhena paññābalaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ.
以决定义,信根于此时生起;以策励义,精进根于此时生起;以现前义,念根于此时生起;以不散乱义,定根于此时生起;以见义,慧根于此时生起。巴利
Adhimokkhaṭṭhena saddhindriyaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Paggahaṭṭhena vīriyindriyaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satindriyaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Avikkhepaṭṭhena samādhindriyaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Dassanaṭṭhena paññindriyaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ.
依增上之义,那时,诸根生起;依不动摇之义,那时,诸力生起;依出离之义,那时,诸觉支生起;依因之义,那时,道生起;依现起之义,那时,诸念处生起;依精勤之义,那时,诸正勤生起;依成就之义,那时,诸神足生起;依真实之义,那时,诸谛生起;依不散乱之义,那时,止生起;依随观之义,那时,观生起;依一味之义,那时,止观生起;依不超越之义,那时,双运生起;依防护之义,那时,戒清净生起;依不散乱之义,那时,心清净生起;依见之义,那时,见清净生起;依解脱之义,那时,解脱生起;依通达之义,那时,明生起;依舍离之义,那时,解脱生起;依断除之义,那时,尽智生起。巴利
Ādhipateyyaṭṭhena indriyā tadā samudāgatā. Akampiyaṭṭhena balā tadā samudāgatā. Niyyānaṭṭhena sambojjhaṅgā tadā samudāgatā. Hetuṭṭhena maggo tadā samudāgato. Upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena satipaṭṭhānā tadā samudāgatā. Padahanaṭṭhena sammappadhānā tadā samudāgatā. Ijjhanaṭṭhena iddhipādā tadā samudāgatā. Tathaṭṭhena saccā tadā samudāgatā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena samatho tadā samudāgato. Anupassanaṭṭhena vipassanā tadā samudāgatā. Ekarasaṭṭhena samathavipassanā tadā samudāgatā. Anativattanaṭṭhena yuganaddhaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Saṃvaraṭṭhena sīlavisuddhi tadā samudāgatā. Avikkhepaṭṭhena cittavisuddhi tadā samudāgatā. Dassanaṭṭhena diṭṭhivisuddhi tadā samudāgatā. Vimuttaṭṭhena vimokkho tadā samudāgato. Paṭivedhaṭṭhena vijjā tadā samudāgatā. Pariccāgaṭṭhena vimutti tadā samudāgatā. Samucchedaṭṭhena khaye ñāṇaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ.
以根本之义,在那时,欲生起。以策励之义,在那时,作意生起。以合集之义,在那时,触生起。以等流之义,在那时,受生起。以为首之义,在那时,定生起。以增上之义,在那时,念生起。以最上之义,在那时,慧生起。以核心之义,在那时,解脱生起。以究竟之义,在那时,汇入不死的涅槃生起。他出定后观察:这些法在那时生起。巴利
Chando mūlaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Manasikāro samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Phasso samodhānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Vedanā samosaraṇaṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Samādhi pamukhaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Sati ādhipateyyaṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Paññā taduttaraṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā . Vimutti sāraṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgataṃ. Vuṭṭhahitvā paccavekkhati, ime dhammā tadā samudāgatā.
在入流果的刹那,以见之义,那时正见生起。以投注之义,那时正思惟生起……(中略)……以寂静之义,那时不生智生起。以根柢之义,那时欲生起。以策发之义,那时作意生起。以触集之义,那时触生起。以等流之义,那时受生起。以为首之义,那时定生起。以增上之义,那时念生起。以最上之义,那时慧生起。以核心之义,那时解脱生起。以究竟之义,那时汇入不死之涅槃生起。他出起后观察:这些法在那时生起。巴利
Sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi tadā samudāgatā. Abhiniropanaṭṭhena sammāsaṅkappo tadā samudāgato…pe… paṭippassaddhaṭṭhena anuppāde ñāṇaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Chando mūlaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Manasikāro samuṭṭhānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Phasso samodhānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Vedanā samosaraṇaṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Samādhi pamukhaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato. Sati ādhipateyyaṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Paññā taduttaraṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Vimutti sāraṭṭhena tadā samudāgatā. Amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgataṃ. Vuṭṭhahitvā paccavekkhati, ime dhammā tadā samudāgatā.
于一来道刹那……(中略)……于一来果刹那……(中略)……于不来道刹那……(中略)……于不来果刹那……(中略)……于阿拉汉道刹那,以见的意义,在那一刹那,正见生起……(中略)……以断除的意义,在那一刹那,尽智生起。以根柢的意义,在那一刹那,欲生起……(中略)……以究竟的意义,在那一刹那,汇归不死之涅槃生起。他从该处出起后,便审视:这些法在那一刹那生起了。巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇe…pe… sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇe…pe… anāgāmimaggakkhaṇe…pe… anāgāmiphalakkhaṇe…pe… arahattamaggakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi tadā samudāgatā…pe… samucchedaṭṭhena khaye ñāṇaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Chando mūlaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato…pe… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgataṃ. Vuṭṭhahitvā paccavekkhati, ime dhammā tadā samudāgatā.
在阿拉汉果的刹那,以“见”之义,正见在那时生起……(中略)……以“寂静”之义,不生智在那时生起。以“根本”之义,欲在那时生起……(中略)……以“究竟”之义,汇入不死之涅槃在那时生起。他出定后审察:“这些法在那时生起。”那以“已知”之义是智,以“了知”之义是慧。因此说:“在那时生起的诸法,于观见时是慧,于审察时是智。”巴利
Arahattaphalakkhaṇe dassanaṭṭhena sammādiṭṭhi tadā samudāgatā …pe… paṭippassaddhaṭṭhena anuppāde ñāṇaṃ tadā samudāgataṃ. Chando mūlaṭṭhena tadā samudāgato …pe… amatogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṭṭhena tadā samudāgataṃ. Vuṭṭhahitvā paccavekkhati, ime dhammā tadā samudāgatā. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘tadā samudāgate dhamme passane paññā paccavekkhaṇe ñāṇaṃ’’.
15. 事种种智分别巴利
15. Vatthunānattañāṇaniddeso
66 如何是于内确立时,慧即事种种智?如何于内确立诸法?即于内确立眼,于内确立耳,于内确立鼻,于内确立舌,于内确立身,于内确立意。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ ajjhattavavatthāne paññā vatthunānatte ñāṇaṃ? Kathaṃ ajjhattadhamme vavattheti? Cakkhuṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti, sotaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti, ghānaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti, jivhaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti, kāyaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti, manaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti.
如何内在地确定眼根?如是确定:“眼根由无明所生”,“眼根由渴爱所生”,“眼根由业所生”,“眼根由食所生”,“眼根依四大种而起”,“眼根已生起”,“眼根已出现”。确定:“眼根先前无有而生起,既生之后便将灭去”。确定眼根为有限者,确定眼根不坚固、不恒常、是变易法,确定眼根无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法。将眼根确定为无常,而非恒常;确定为苦,而非乐;确定为无我,而非有我;厌离,而非欢喜;离贪,而非贪着;令灭,而非令生;舍遣,而非执取。确定无常者,断除常想;确定苦者,断除乐想;确定无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离贪者,断除贪欲;令灭者,断除生起;舍遣者,断除执取。如此内在地确定眼根。巴利
Kathaṃ cakkhuṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Cakkhu avijjāsambhūtanti vavattheti, cakkhu taṇhāsambhūtanti vavattheti, cakkhu kammasambhūtanti vavattheti, cakkhu āhārasambhūtanti vavattheti, cakkhu catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyāti vavattheti, cakkhu uppannanti vavattheti, cakkhu samudāgatanti vavattheti. Cakkhu ahutvā sambhūtaṃ, hutvā na bhavissatīti vavattheti. Cakkhuṃ antavantato vavattheti, cakkhu addhuvaṃ asassataṃ vipariṇāmadhammanti vavattheti, cakkhu aniccaṃ saṅkhataṃ paṭiccasamuppannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ nirodhadhammanti vavattheti . Cakkhuṃ aniccato vavattheti, no niccato; dukkhato vavattheti, no sukhato; anattato vavattheti, no attato; nibbindati, no nandati; virajjati, no rajjati; nirodheti, no samudeti; paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. Aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati, dukkhato vavatthento sukhasaññaṃ pajahati, anattato vavatthento attasaññaṃ pajahati, nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati, virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati, nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati, paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ cakkhuṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti.
如何内在地确定耳根?如是确定:“耳根由无明所生”……(中略)……如此内在地确定耳根。如何内在地确定鼻根?如是确定:“鼻根由无明所生”……(中略)……如此内在地确定鼻根。如何内在地确定舌根?如是确定:“舌根由无明所生”,“舌根由渴爱所生”,“舌根由业所生”,“舌根由食所生”,“舌根依四大种而起”,“舌根已生起”,“舌根已出现”。确定:“舌根先前无有而生起,既生之后便将灭去”。确定舌根为有限者,确定舌根不坚固、不恒常、是变易法,确定舌根无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法。将舌根确定为无常,而非恒常……(中略)……舍遣,而非执取。确定无常者,断除常想……(中略)……舍遣者,断除执取。如此内在地确定舌根。巴利
Kathaṃ sotaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Sotaṃ avijjāsambhūtanti vavattheti…pe… evaṃ sotaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti. Kathaṃ ghānaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Ghānaṃ avijjāsambhūtanti vavattheti…pe… evaṃ ghānaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti. Kathaṃ jivhaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Jivhā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti, jivhā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti, jivhā kammasambhūtāti vavattheti, jivhā āhārasambhūtāti vavattheti, jivhā catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyāti vavattheti, jivhā uppannāti vavattheti jivhā samudāgatāti vavattheti. Jivhā ahutvā sambhūtā, hutvā na bhavissatīti vavattheti. Jivhaṃ antavantato vavattheti, jivhā addhuvā asassatā vipariṇāmadhammāti vavattheti, jivhā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti vavattheti. Jivhaṃ aniccato vavattheti, no niccato…pe… paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. Aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati…pe… paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ jivhaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti.
如何内在地确定身根?如是确定:“身根由无明所生”,“身根由渴爱所生”,“身根由业所生”,“身根由食所生”,“身根依四大种而起”,“身根已生起”,“身根已出现”。确定:“身根先前无有而生起,既生之后便将灭去”。确定身根为有限者,确定身根不坚固、不恒常、是变易法,确定身根无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法。将身根确定为无常,而非恒常;确定为苦,而非乐……(中略)……舍遣,而非执取。确定无常者,断除常想;确定苦者,断除乐想……(中略)……舍遣者,断除执取。如此内在地确定身根。巴利
Kathaṃ kāyaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Kāyo avijjāsambhūtoti vavattheti, kāyo taṇhāsambhūtoti vavattheti, kāyo kammasambhūtoti vavattheti, kāyo āhārasambhūtoti vavattheti, kāyo catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyāti vavattheti, kāyo uppannoti vavattheti, kāyo samudāgatoti vavattheti. Kāyo ahutvā sambhūto, hutvā na bhavissatīti vavattheti. Kāyaṃ antavantato vavattheti, kāyo addhuvo asassato vipariṇāmadhammoti vavattheti, kāyo anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammoti vavattheti. Kāyaṃ aniccato vavattheti, no niccato; dukkhato vavattheti, no sukhato…pe… paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. Aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati, dukkhato vavatthento sukhasaññaṃ pajahati…pe… paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ kāyaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti.
如何于内确定意根?将意根确定为“由无明所生”,确定为“由渴爱所生”,确定为“由业所生”,确定为“由食所生”,确定为“已生起”,确定为“已出现”。确定“意根先前无有而后生,生已即灭”。将意根确定为有限、不坚固、不恒常、变易之法;确定为无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法。将意根确定为无常而非恒常,确定为苦而非乐,确定为无我而非有我,厌离而非欢喜,离贪而非贪著,令灭而非令生,舍遣而非执取。确定无常者,断除常想;确定苦者,断除乐想;确定无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离贪者,断除贪欲;令灭者,断除生起;舍遣者,断除执取。如此,于内确定意根;如此,于内确定诸法。其中,知义是智,了义是慧。因此说:“于内确定之慧,是所依差别智。”巴利
Kathaṃ manaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti? Mano avijjāsambhūtoti vavattheti, mano taṇhāsambhūtoti vavattheti, mano kammasambhūtoti vavattheti, mano āhārasambhūtoti vavattheti, mano uppannoti vavattheti , mano samudāgatoti vavattheti. Mano ahutvā sambhūto, hutvā na bhavissatīti vavattheti. Manaṃ antavantato vavattheti, mano addhuvo asassato vipariṇāmadhammoti vavattheti, mano anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno khayadhammo vayadhammo virāgadhammo nirodhadhammoti vavattheti. Manaṃ aniccato vavattheti, no niccato; dukkhato vavattheti, no sukhato; anattato vavattheti, no attato; nibbindati, no nandati; virajjati, no rajjati; nirodheti, no samudeti; paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. Aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati, dukkhato vavatthento sukhasaññaṃ pajahati, anattato vavatthento attasaññaṃ pajahati, nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati, virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati, nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati, paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ manaṃ ajjhattaṃ vavattheti. Evaṃ ajjhattadhamme vavattheti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘ajjhattavavatthāne paññā vatthunānatte ñāṇaṃ’’.
16. 行境差别智分别巴利
16. Gocaranānattañāṇaniddeso
67 如何是于外在抉择中的慧——于所缘差别的智?如何在外在诸法上作抉择?在外在的色上抉择,在外在的声上抉择,在外在的香上抉择,在外在的味上抉择,在外在的触上抉择,在外在的法上抉择。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ bahiddhā vavatthāne paññā gocaranānatte ñāṇaṃ? Kathaṃ bahiddhā dhamme vavattheti? Rūpe bahiddhā vavattheti, sadde bahiddhā vavattheti, gandhe bahiddhā vavattheti, rase bahiddhā vavattheti, phoṭṭhabbe bahiddhā vavattheti, dhamme bahiddhā vavattheti .
如何在外在的色上作确定?他以“色由无明所生”而确定,以“色由渴爱所生”而确定,以“色由业所生”而确定,以“色由食所生”而确定,以“色依四大种而起”而确定,以“色已生起”而确定,以“色已出现”而确定。他以“诸色本无而有,有已必灭”而确定。他以“色为有限”而确定,以“色不坚实、不恒久、是变易法”而确定,以“色无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法”而确定。他将色确定为无常,而非恒常;确定为苦,而非乐;确定为无我,而非有我;令厌离,而非欢喜;令离贪,而非贪著;令灭尽,而非令生起;令舍遣,而非执取。如此确定无常者,则断除常想;确定苦者,断除乐想;确定无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离贪者,断除贪欲;令灭尽者,断除生起;舍遣者,断除执取。如此在外在的色上作确定。巴利
Kathaṃ rūpe bahiddhā vavattheti? Rūpā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti rūpā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti, rūpā kammasambhūtāti vavattheti, rūpā āhārasambhūtāti vavattheti, rūpā catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyāti vavattheti, rūpā uppannāti vavattheti, rūpā samudāgatāti vavattheti. Rūpā ahutvā sambhūtā, hutvā na bhavissantīti vavattheti. Rūpe antavantato vavattheti, rūpā addhuvā asassatā vipariṇāmadhammāti vavattheti . Rūpā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti vavattheti. Rūpe aniccato vavattheti, no niccato; dukkhato vavattheti, no sukhato; anattato vavattheti, no attato; nibbindati, no nandati ; virajjati, no rajjati; nirodheti, no samudeti; paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. Aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati, dukkhato vavatthento sukhasaññaṃ pajahati, anattato vavatthento attasaññaṃ pajahati, nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati, virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati, nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati, paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ rūpe bahiddhā vavattheti.
如何在外在的声上作确定?他以“声由无明所生”而确定,以“声由渴爱所生”而确定,以“声由业所生”而确定,以“声由食所生”而确定,以“声依四大种而起”而确定,以“声已生起”而确定,以“声已出现”而确定。他以“诸声本无而有,有已必灭”而确定。他以“声为有限”而确定,以“声不坚实、不恒久、是变易法”而确定,以“声无常、有为、缘生、尽法、灭法、离贪法、灭尽法”而确定。他将声确定为无常,而非恒常;确定为苦,而非乐;确定为无我,而非有我;令厌离,而非欢喜;令离贪,而非贪著;令灭尽,而非令生起;令舍遣,而非执取。如此确定无常者,则断除常想;确定苦者,断除乐想;确定无我者,断除我想;厌离者,断除欢喜;离贪者,断除贪欲;令灭尽者,断除生起;舍遣者,断除执取。如此在外在的声上作确定。巴利
Kathaṃ sadde bahiddhā vavattheti? Saddā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti…pe… saddā catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyāti vavattheti, saddā uppannāti vavattheti, saddā samudāgatāti vavattheti. Saddā ahutvā sambhūtā, hutvā na bhavissantīti vavattheti. Sadde antavantato vavattheti, saddā addhuvā asassatā vipariṇāmadhammāti vavattheti, saddā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti vavattheti. Sadde aniccato vavattheti, no niccato…pe… evaṃ sadde bahiddhā vavattheti.
如何对外部气味作决断?他决断:气味从无明所生,他决断:气味从渴爱所生……如此对外部气味作决断。如何对外部味道作决断?他决断:味道从无明所生,他决断:味道从渴爱所生……如此对外部味道作决断。如何对外部触感作决断?他决断:触感从无明所生,他决断:触感从渴爱所生,他决断:触感从业所生,他决断:触感从食物所生,他决断:触感是已生起的,他决断:触感是已集起的……如此对外部触感作决断。巴利
Kathaṃ gandhe bahiddhā vavattheti? Gandhā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti, gandhā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti…pe… evaṃ gandhe bahiddhā vavattheti. Kathaṃ rase bahiddhā vavattheti? Rasā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti, rasā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti…pe… evaṃ rase bahiddhā vavattheti. Kathaṃ phoṭṭhabbe bahiddhā vavattheti? Phoṭṭhabbā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti, phoṭṭhabbā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti, phoṭṭhabbā kammasambhūtāti vavattheti, phoṭṭhabbā āhārasambhūtāti vavattheti, phoṭṭhabbā uppannāti vavattheti. Phoṭṭhabbā samudāgatāti vavattheti…pe… evaṃ phoṭṭhabbe bahiddhā vavattheti.
如何对外部诸法作决断?他决断:诸法从无明所生,他决断:诸法从渴爱所生,他决断:诸法从业所生,他决断:诸法从食物所生,他决断:诸法是已生起的,他决断:诸法是已集起的。他决断:诸法先前无有而后生起,生起之后将不复存在。他决断:诸法是有边际的,他决断:诸法是坏灭法、不牢固法、非常住法、变易法,他决断:诸法是无常的、有为的、缘起的、灭尽法、衰灭法、离欲法、止灭法。他从无常而非从常来决断诸法;他从苦而非从乐来决断诸法;他从无我而非从我决断诸法;他厌离而不喜乐;他离欲而不染着;他令止灭而不令集起;他彻底舍断而不执取……当从无常来确断时,他便弃舍常想;当从苦来确断时,他便弃舍乐想;当从无我来确断时,他便弃舍我想;当厌离时,他便弃舍喜悦;当离欲时,他便弃舍贪爱;当令止灭时,他便弃舍集起;当彻底舍断时,他便弃舍执取。如此对外部诸法作决断。以已知为义则是智,以遍知法为义则是慧。因此称为:“于外部确断的慧,是行境差别中的智”。巴利
Kathaṃ dhamme bahiddhā vavattheti? Dhammā avijjāsambhūtāti vavattheti, dhammā taṇhāsambhūtāti vavattheti, dhammā kammasambhūtāti vavattheti, dhammā āhārasambhūtāti vavattheti, dhammā uppannāti vavattheti, dhammā samudāgatāti vavattheti. Dhammā ahutvā sambhūtā , hutvā na bhavissantīti vavattheti. Dhamme antavantato vavattheti, dhammā addhuvā asassatā vipariṇāmadhammāti vavattheti, dhammā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammāti vavattheti. Dhamme aniccato vavattheti, no niccato; dukkhato vavattheti, no sukhato; anattato vavattheti, no attato; nibbindati, no nandati; virajjati, no rajjati; nirodheti, no samudeti; paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati…pe… aniccato vavatthento niccasaññaṃ pajahati, dukkhato vavatthento sukhasaññaṃ pajahati, anattato vavatthento attasaññaṃ pajahati, nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati, virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati, nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati, paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahati. Evaṃ dhamme bahiddhā vavattheti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘bahiddhā vavatthāne paññā gocaranānatte ñāṇaṃ’’.
17. 行差别智分别巴利
17. Cariyānānattañāṇaniddeso
68 如何是“于行的确定中,慧即是于行差别的智”?有三种行:识行、无明行、智行。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ cariyāvavatthāne paññā cariyānānatte ñāṇaṃ? Cariyāti tisso cariyāyo – viññāṇacariyā, aññāṇacariyā, ñāṇacariyā.
什么是识行境?在色境上,以“看”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于色的识行境;以“看”为作用的眼识,是于色的识行境;由“已看”而确定的异熟意界,是于色的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于色的识行境。在声境上,以“听”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于声的识行境;以“听”为作用的耳识,是于声的识行境;由“已听”而确定的异熟意界,是于声的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于声的识行境。在香境上,以“嗅”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于香的识行境;以“嗅”为作用的鼻识,是于香的识行境;由“已嗅”而确定的异熟意界,是于香的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于香的识行境。在味境上,以“尝”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于味的识行境;以“尝”为作用的舌识,是于味的识行境;由“已尝”而确定的异熟意界,是于味的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于味的识行境。在触境上,以“触”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于触的识行境;以“触”为作用的身识,是于触的识行境;由“已触”而确定的异熟意界,是于触的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于触的识行境。在法境上,以“知”为目标的转向唯作无记识,是于法的识行境;以“知”为作用的意识,是于法的识行境;由“已知”而确定的异熟意界,是于法的识行境;由“确定”而转起的异熟意识界,是于法的识行境。巴利
Katamā viññāṇacariyā? Dassanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā rūpesu, dassanaṭṭho cakkhuviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā rūpesu, diṭṭhattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā rūpesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā rūpesu. Savanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā saddesu, savanattho sotaviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā saddesu, sutattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā saddesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā saddesu. Ghāyanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā gandhesu, ghāyanaṭṭho ghānaviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā gandhesu, ghāyitattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā gandhesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā gandhesu. Sāyanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā rasesu, sāyanaṭṭho jivhāviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā rasesu, sāyitattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā rasesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā rasesu. Phusanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā phoṭṭhabbesu, phusanaṭṭho kāyaviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā phoṭṭhabbesu, phuṭṭhattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā phoṭṭhabbesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā phoṭṭhabbesu. Vijānanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā dhammesu, vijānanaṭṭho manoviññāṇaṃ viññāṇacariyā dhammesu, viññātattā abhiniropanā vipākamanodhātu viññāṇacariyā dhammesu, abhiniropitattā vipākamanoviññāṇadhātu viññāṇacariyā dhammesu.
69 以何种义理而称为识行境?无贪而行,这就是识行境。无嗔而行,这就是识行境。无痴而行,这就是识行境。无慢而行,这就是识行境。无邪见而行,这就是识行境。无掉举而行,这就是识行境。无疑惑而行,这就是识行境。无随眠而行,这就是识行境。与贪不相应而行,这就是识行境。与嗔不相应而行,这就是识行境。与痴不相应而行,这就是识行境。与慢不相应而行,这就是识行境。与邪见不相应而行,这就是识行境。与掉举不相应而行,这就是识行境。与疑惑不相应而行,这就是识行境。与随眠不相应而行,这就是识行境。与善业相应而行,这就是识行境。与不善业不相应而行,这就是识行境。与有过失业不相应而行,这就是识行境。与无过失业相应而行,这就是识行境。与黑业不相应而行,这就是识行境。与白业相应而行,这就是识行境。与能带来乐的业相应而行,这就是识行境。与能带来苦的业不相应而行,这就是识行境。与有乐异熟的业相应而行,这就是识行境。与有苦异熟的业不相应而行,这就是识行境。以已了知的方式而行,这就是识行境。识有如此行相,这就是识行境。此心本性清净,以无有杂染之义,这就是识行境。这就是识行境。巴利 注疏 2
69 . Viññāṇacariyā ti kenaṭṭhena viññāṇacariyā? Nīrāgā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Niddosā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Nimmohā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Nimmānā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Niddiṭṭhi caratīti – viññāṇacariyā niuddhaccā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Nibbicikicchā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Nānusayā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Rāgavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Dosavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Mohavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Mānavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Diṭṭhivippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Uddhaccavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Vicikicchāvippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Anusayavippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Kusalehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Akusalehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Sāvajjehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Anavajjehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Kaṇhehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Sukkehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Sukhudrayehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Dukkhudrayehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Sukhavipākehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Dukkhavipākehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Viññāte caratīti – viññāṇacariyā. Viññāṇassa evarūpā cariyā hotīti – viññāṇacariyā. Pakatiparisuddhamidaṃ cittaṃ nikkilesaṭṭhenāti – viññāṇacariyā. Ayaṃ viññāṇacariyā.
什么是无明行?对于可意的色,为令贪生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;贪的速行是无明行。对于不可意的色,为令嗔生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;嗔的速行是无明行。对于彼二分法而不作平等观察的所依,为令痴生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;痴的速行是无明行。为令结缚的慢生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;慢的速行是无明行。为令执取的见生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;见的速行是无明行。为令散乱的掉举生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;掉举的速行是无明行。为令未决定的疑生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;疑的速行是无明行。为令强力的随眠生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;随眠的速行是无明行。巴利
Katamā aññāṇacariyā? Manāpiyesu rūpesu rāgassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; rāgassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Amanāpiyesu rūpesu dosassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; dosassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Tadubhayena asamapekkhanasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ mohassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; mohassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Vinibandhassa mānassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; mānassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Parāmaṭṭhāya diṭṭhiyā javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; diṭṭhiyā javanā aññāṇacariyā. Vikkhepagatassa uddhaccassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; uddhaccassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Aniṭṭhaṅgatāya vicikicchāya javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; vicikicchāya javanā aññāṇacariyā. Thāmagatassa anusayassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā ; anusayassa javanā aññāṇacariyā.
对于可意的声……可意的香……可意的味……可意的触,亦应如此了知。对于可意的法,为令贪生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;贪的速行是无明行。对于不可意的法,为令嗔生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;嗔的速行是无明行。对于彼二分法而不作平等观察的所依,为令痴生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;痴的速行是无明行。为令结缚的慢生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;慢的速行是无明行。为令执取的见生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;见的速行是无明行。为令散乱的掉举生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;掉举的速行是无明行。为令未决定的疑生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;疑的速行是无明行。为令强力的随眠生起速行,转向的唯作无记识行;随眠的速行是无明行。巴利
Manāpiyesu saddesu…pe… manāpiyesu gandhesu…pe… manāpiyesu rasesu…pe… manāpiyesu phoṭṭhabbesu…pe… manāpiyesu dhammesu rāgassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; rāgassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Amanāpiyesu dhammesu dosassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; dosassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Tadubhayena asamapekkhanasmiṃ vatthusmiṃ mohassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; mohassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Vinibandhassa mānassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; mānassa javanā aññāṇacariyā. Parāmaṭṭhāya diṭṭhiyā javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; diṭṭhiyā javanā aññāṇacariyā. Vikkhepagatassa uddhaccassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; uddhaccassa javanā aññāṇacariyā; aniṭṭhaṅgatāya vicikicchāya javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; vicikicchāya javanā aññāṇacariyā. Thāmagatassa anusayassa javanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; anusayassa javanā aññāṇacariyā.
70 以何义而称为无明行?与贪俱行,故是无明行。与嗔俱行,故是无明行。与痴俱行,故是无明行。与慢俱行,故是无明行。与见俱行,故是无明行。与掉举俱行,故是无明行。与疑俱行,故是无明行。与随眠俱行,故是无明行。与贪相应而行,故是无明行。与嗔相应而行,故是无明行。与痴相应而行,故是无明行。与慢相应而行,故是无明行。与见相应而行,故是无明行。与掉举相应而行,故是无明行。与疑相应而行,故是无明行。与随眠相应而行,故是无明行。不与善业相应而行,故是无明行。与不善业相应而行,故是无明行。与有罪业相应而行,故是无明行。不与无罪业相应而行,故是无明行。与黑业相应而行,故是无明行。不与白业相应而行,故是无明行。不与能带来乐的业相应而行,故是无明行。与能带来苦的业相应而行,故是无明行。不与能带来乐报的业相应而行,故是无明行。与能带来苦报的业相应而行,故是无明行。于未知中而行,故是无明行。无明有此等行,故是无明行。此即无明行。巴利 注疏 2
70 . Aññāṇacariyā ti kenaṭṭhena aññāṇacariyā? Sarāgā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sadosā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Samohā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Samānā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sadiṭṭhi caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sauddhaccā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Savicikicchā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sānusayā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā . Rāgasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Dosasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Mohasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Mānasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā . Diṭṭhisampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Uddhaccasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Vicikicchāsampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Anusayasampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Kusalehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Akusalehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sāvajjehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Anavajjehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā . Kaṇhehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sukkehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sukhudrayehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Dukkhudrayehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Sukhavipākehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Dukkhavipākehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Aññāte caratīti – aññāṇacariyā. Aññāṇassa evarūpā cariyā hotīti – aññāṇacariyā. Ayaṃ aññāṇacariyā.
71 什么是智行?为了无常随观而转向的唯作无记识行;无常随观是智行。为了苦随观而转向的唯作无记识行;苦随观是智行。为了无我随观而转向的唯作无记识行;无我随观是智行。为了厌离随观……为了离欲随观……为了灭尽随观……为了舍遣随观……为了灭坏随观……为了衰灭随观……为了变易随观……为了无相随观……为了无愿随观……为了空随观……为了增上慧法随观……为了如实现知见……为了过患随观……为了审虑随观而转向的唯作无记识行;审虑随观是智行。还灭随观是智行。入流道是智行,入流果等至是智行。一来道是智行,一来果等至是智行。不来道是智行,不来果等至是智行。阿拉汉道是智行,阿拉汉果等至是智行。巴利 注疏 2
Katamā ñāṇacariyā? Aniccānupassanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; aniccānupassanā ñāṇacariyā. Dukkhānupassanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; dukkhānupassanā ñāṇacariyā. Anattānupassanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; anattānupassanā ñāṇacariyā. Nibbidānupassanatthāya…pe… virāgānupassanatthāya… nirodhānupassanatthāya… paṭinissaggānupassanatthāya… khayānupassanatthāya… vayānupassanatthāya… vipariṇāmānupassanatthāya… animittānupassanatthāya… appaṇihitānupassanatthāya… suññatānupassanatthāya… adhipaññādhammānupassanatthāya… yathābhūtañāṇadassanatthāya… ādīnavānupassanatthāya… paṭisaṅkhānupassanatthāya āvajjanakiriyābyākatā viññāṇacariyā; paṭisaṅkhānupassanā ñāṇacariyā. Vivaṭṭanānupassanā ñāṇacariyā. Sotāpattimaggo ñāṇacariyā. Sotāpattiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā. Sakadāgāmimaggo ñāṇacariyā. Sakadāgāmiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā. Anāgāmimaggo ñāṇacariyā. Anāgāmiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā. Arahattamaggo ñāṇacariyā. Arahattaphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā.
以何义而称为智行?以无贪而行,故是智行。以无嗔而行,故是智行。以无痴而行,故是智行。以无慢而行,故是智行。以无见而行,故是智行。以无掉举行,故是智行。以无疑而行,故是智行。以无随眠而行,故是智行。与贪不相应而行,故是智行。与嗔不相应而行……与痴不相应而行……与慢不相应而行……与见不相应而行……与掉举不相应而行……与疑不相应而行……与随眠不相应而行……与善业相应而行……不与不善业相应而行……不与有罪业相应而行……与无罪业相应而行……不与黑业相应而行……与白业相应而行……与能带来乐的业相应而行……不与能带来苦的业相应而行……与能带来乐报的业相应而行,故是智行。不与能带来苦报的业相应而行,故是智行。于已知中而行,故是智行。如此,智有此行,故为智行。这即是智行。识行是一,无明行是另一,智行又是另一。以知解义为智,以了知义为慧。因此说:“于行相的区别的慧是于行的种种性的智。”巴利
Ñāṇacariyā ti kenaṭṭhena ñāṇacariyā? Nīrāgā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Niddosā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā…pe… nānusayā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Rāgavippayuttā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Dosavippayuttā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Mohavippayuttā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Mānavippayuttā…pe… diṭṭhivippayuttā… uddhaccavippayuttā… vicikicchāvippayuttā… anusayavippayuttā… kusalehi kammehi sampayuttā… akusalehi kammehi vippayuttā… sāvajjehi kammehi vippayuttā… anavajjehi kammehi sampayuttā… kaṇhehi kammehi vippayuttā… sukkehi kammehi sampayuttā… sukhudrayehi kammehi sampayuttā… dukkhudrayehi kammehi vippayuttā… sukhavipākehi kammehi sampayuttā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Dukkhavipākehi kammehi vippayuttā caratīti – ñāṇacariyā. Ñāte caratīti – ñāṇacariyā . Ñāṇassa evarūpā cariyā hotīti – ñāṇacariyā. Ayaṃ ñāṇacariyā. Aññā viññāṇacariyā, aññā aññāṇacariyā, aññā ñāṇacariyāti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘cariyāvavatthāne paññā cariyānānatte ñāṇaṃ’’.
18. 地种种智分别巴利
18. Bhūminānattañāṇaniddeso
72 如何从四法的差别中,以慧了知地的种种?有四种地:欲界地、色界地、无色界地、出世间地。什么是欲界地?下至无间地狱为界,上至他化自在天为界,在此范围内所涵盖、所摄属的蕴、界、处——色、受、想、行、识,此即是欲界地。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ catudhammavavatthāne paññā bhūminānatte ñāṇaṃ? Catasso bhūmiyo – kāmāvacarā bhūmi, rūpāvacarā bhūmi, arūpāvacarā bhūmi, apariyāpannā bhūmi. Katamā kāmāvacarā bhūmi? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā uparito paranimmitavasavattī deve antokaritvā yaṃ etasmiṃ antare etthāvacarā ettha pariyāpannā khandhadhātuāyatanā rūpaṃ vedanā saññā saṅkhārā viññāṇaṃ – ayaṃ kāmāvacarā bhūmi.
什么是色界所属之地?以梵天界为下限,向上以究竟天为上限,在此范围之内,凡属此地、为彼地所含摄的心与心所诸法——不论是对已证入禅那者、已投生彼处者,或是现法乐住者而言——这就是色界所属之地。巴利
Katamā rūpāvacarā bhūmi? Heṭṭhato brahmalokaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā uparito akaniṭṭhe deve antokaritvā yaṃ etasmiṃ antare etthāvacarā ettha pariyāpannā samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā – ayaṃ rūpāvacarā bhūmi.
什么是无色界所属之地?以空无边处天有情为下限,向上以非想非非想处天有情为上限,在此范围之内,凡属此地、为彼地所含摄的心与心所诸法——不论是对已证入禅那者、已投生彼处者,或是现法乐住者而言——这就是无色界所属之地。巴利
Katamā arūpāvacarā bhūmi? Heṭṭhato ākāsānañcāyatanūpage deve pariyantaṃ karitvā uparito nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpage deve antokaritvā yaṃ etasmiṃ antare etthāvacarā ettha pariyāpannā samāpannassa vā upapannassa vā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārissa vā cittacetasikā dhammā – ayaṃ arūpāvacarā bhūmi.
什么是出世间地?出世间诸道、诸道果,以及无为界:这就是出世间地。这就是四种地。巴利
Katamā apariyāpannā bhūmi? Apariyāpannā maggā ca maggaphalāni ca asaṅkhatā ca dhātu – ayaṃ apariyāpannā bhūmi. Imā catasso bhūmiyo.
又,有四种地:四念处、四正勤、四神足、四禅那、四梵住、四无色定、四无碍解、四行道、四种所缘、四圣种、四摄事、四轮、四法迹——这些是四种地。以了知之义的层面,称为智;以彻知之义的层面,称为慧。因此称为:“于四法摄定的慧,是于地种种差异的智。”巴利
Aparāpi catasso bhūmiyo cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, cattāri jhānāni, catasso appamaññāyo, catasso arūpasamāpattiyo, catasso paṭisambhidā, catasso paṭipadā, cattāri ārammaṇāni, cattāro ariyavaṃsā, cattāri saṅgahavatthūni , cattāri cakkāni, cattāri dhammapadāni – imā catasso bhūmiyo. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘catudhammavavatthāne paññā bhūminānatte ñāṇaṃ’’.
19. 法种种智分别巴利
19. Dhammanānattañāṇaniddeso
73 如何在九法的摄定中,了知“慧是通晓种种法差异的智”?如何摄定诸法?他将欲界法摄定为善、摄定为不善、摄定为无记;将色界法摄定为善、摄定为无记;将无色界法摄定为善、摄定为无记;将出世间法摄定为善、摄定为无记。巴利 注疏 2
Kathaṃ navadhammavavatthāne paññā dhammanānatte ñāṇaṃ? Kathaṃ dhamme vavattheti? Kāmāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, akusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti. Rūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti. Arūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti. Apariyāpanne dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti.
如何摄定欲界法为善、为不善、为无记?他摄定十善业道为善,摄定十不善业道为不善,摄定色、果报与唯作为无记。如此,他摄定欲界法为善、为不善、为无记。巴利
Kathaṃ kāmāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, akusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti? Dasa kusalakammapathe kusalato vavattheti, dasa akusalakammapathe akusalato vavattheti, rūpañca vipākañca kiriyañca abyākatato vavattheti – evaṃ kāmāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, akusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti.
如何摄定色界法为善、为无记?他将安住此地的四种禅那摄定为善,将已投生该地的四种禅那摄定为无记。如此,他摄定色界法为善、为无记。巴利
Kathaṃ rūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti? Idhaṭṭhassa cattāri jhānāni kusalato vavattheti, tatrūpapannassa cattāri jhānāni abyākatato vavattheti – evaṃ rūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti.
如何将无色界法分别为善、为无记?住于此地者,将四种无色等至分别为善;已往生该地者,将四种无色等至分别为无记。如是便将无色界法分别为善、为无记。巴利
Kathaṃ arūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti? Idhaṭṭhassa catasso arūpāvacarasamāpattiyo kusalato vavattheti, tatrūpapannassa catasso arūpāvacarasamāpattiyo abyākatato vavattheti – evaṃ arūpāvacare dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti.
如何将出世间法分别为善、为无记?他将四种圣道分别为善,将四种沙门果与涅槃分别为无记。如是便将出世间法分别为善、为无记。这便是他对诸法的分别。巴利
Kathaṃ apariyāpanne dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti? Cattāro ariyamagge kusalato vavattheti, cattāri ca sāmaññaphalāni nibbānañca abyākatato vavattheti – evaṃ apariyāpanne dhamme kusalato vavattheti, abyākatato vavattheti. Evaṃ dhamme vavattheti.
有九种以喜悦为根本之法。作意“无常”时,喜悦生起;有喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体得轻安;身轻安者,觉受于乐;有乐者,心得定。心得定后,他如实地了知与观见。如实地了知与观见后,他厌离;厌离故离染;由离染故,得解脱。作意“苦”时,喜悦生起;有喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体得轻安;身轻安者,觉受于乐;有乐者,心得定。心得定后,他如实地了知与观见。如实地了知与观见后,他厌离;厌离故离染;由离染故,得解脱。作意“无我”时,喜悦生起;有喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体得轻安;身轻安者,觉受于乐;有乐者,心得定。心得定后,他如实地了知与观见。如实地了知与观见后,他厌离;厌离故离染;由离染故,得解脱。巴利
Nava pāmojjamūlakā dhammā. Aniccato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati. Yathābhūtaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati. Dukkhato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… anattato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… vimuccati.
作意“色为无常”时,喜悦生起……(中略)……作意“色为苦”时……作意“受”……“想”……“行”……“识”……“眼”……(中略)……作意“老死为无常”时,喜悦生起……(中略)……作意“老死为苦”时,喜悦生起……(中略)……作意“老死为无我”时,喜悦生起。喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体轻安;身轻安者,体验到乐;有乐者,心则入定。心入定后,他如实地了知、如实地见。如此见知后,他心生厌离;由厌离而离染;由离染而获得解脱。这些是九种以喜悦为根本之法。巴利
Rūpaṃ aniccato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… rūpaṃ dukkhato manasikaroto…pe… vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ anattato manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhite citte yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti passati. Yathābhūtaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati. Ime nava pāmojjamūlakā dhammā .
74 有九种以如理作意为根本的法。如理作意“无常”时,喜悦生起;喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体轻安;身轻安者,体验到乐;有乐者,心则入定。他以入定的心,如实地了知“此是苦”,如实地了知“此是苦的集起”,如实地了知“此是苦的息灭”,如实地了知“此是导向苦灭的道路”。如理作意“苦”时,喜悦生起……(中略)……如理作意“无我”时,喜悦生起;喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体轻安;身轻安者,体验到乐;有乐者,心则入定。他以入定的心,如实地了知“此是苦”,如实地了知“此是苦的集起”,如实地了知“此是苦的息灭”,如实地了知“此是导向苦灭的道路”。巴利 注疏 1
Nava yoniso manasikāramūlakā dhammā. Aniccato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhitena cittena ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Dukkhato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhitena cittena ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Anattato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe….
如理作意色为无常者,喜悦生起……如理作意色为苦者,喜悦生起……如理作意色为无我者,喜悦生起……于受……想……行……识……眼……(中略)……老死,如理作意为无常者,喜悦生起……如理作意老死为苦者,喜悦生起……如理作意老死为无我者,喜悦生起。喜悦者,喜便生起;心喜者,身体轻安;身轻安者,体验到乐;有乐者,心则入定。以入定之心,他如实地了知“此是苦”,如实地了知“此是苦的集起”,如实地了知“此是苦的息灭”,如实地了知“此是导向苦灭的道路”。这九种法,以如理作意为根本。巴利
Rūpaṃ aniccato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… rūpaṃ dukkhato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… rūpaṃ anattato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… vedanaṃ… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ anattato yoniso manasikaroto pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati. Samāhitena cittena ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Ime nava yoniso manasikāramūlakā dhammā.
九种差异性——以界的差异为缘,触的差异性生起;以触的差异为缘,受的差异性生起;以受的差异为缘,想的差异性生起;以想的差异为缘,思惟的差异性生起;以思惟的差异为缘,欲望的差异性生起;以欲望的差异为缘,热恼的差异性生起;以热恼的差异为缘,寻求的差异性生起;以寻求的差异为缘,获得的差异性生起——这便是九种差异性。在了知的意义上,这是智;在彻底了知的意义上,这是慧。因此称为“对九种法的确认中的慧,是法差异的智”。巴利
Nava nānattā – dhātunānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati phassanānattaṃ, phassanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati vedanānānattaṃ, vedanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saññānānattaṃ, saññānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṅkappanānattaṃ, saṅkappanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati chandanānattaṃ, chandanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariḷāhanānattaṃ, pariḷāhanānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati pariyesanānānattaṃ, pariyesanānānattaṃ paṭicca uppajjati lābhanānattaṃ – ime nava nānattā. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘navadhammavavatthāne paññā dhammanānatte ñāṇaṃ’’.
五智分别(第20–24经)巴利
20-24. Ñāṇapañcakaniddeso
75 如何理解通智之慧在已认知的意义上是智,遍智之慧在审察的意义上是智,断智之慧在遍舍的意义上是智,修习之慧在单一味的意义上是智,证悟之慧在触证的意义上是智?那些被通透知晓的法,就是那些已被认知的法。那些被充分遍知的法,就是那些已被审察的法。那些被断除的法,就是那些已被遍舍的法。那些被修习的法,就是那些已成一味的法。那些被证悟的法,就是那些已被触证的法。在已认知的意义上是智,在彻底了知的意义上是慧。因此被称为——“通智之慧是在已认知的意义上的智,遍智之慧是在审察的意义上的智,断智之慧是在遍舍的意义上的智,修习之慧是在单一味的意义上的智,证悟之慧是在触证的意义上的智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ abhiññāpaññā ñātaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, pariññāpaññā tīraṇaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, pahānepaññā pariccāgaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, bhāvanā paññā ekarasaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, sacchikiriyāpaññā phassanaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ? Ye ye dhammā abhiññātā honti, te te dhammā ñātā honti. Ye ye dhammā pariññātā honti, te te dhammā tīritā honti. Ye ye dhammā pahīnā honti, te te dhammā pariccattā honti. Ye ye dhammā bhāvitā honti, te te dhammā ekarasā honti. Ye ye dhammā sacchikatā honti, te te dhammā phassitā honti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘abhiññā paññā ñātaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, pariññā paññā tīraṇaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, pahāne paññā pariccāgaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, bhāvanā paññā ekarasaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, sacchikiriyā paññā phusanaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
无碍解智分别(第25–28经)巴利
25-28. Paṭisambhidāñāṇaniddeso
76 如何是:对义差异的慧即义无碍解中的智,对法差异的慧即法无碍解中的智,对词差异的慧即词无碍解中的智,对辩才差异的慧即辩无碍解中的智?信根是法,精进根是法,念根是法,定根是法,慧根是法。信根是一法,精进根是另一法,念根是另一法,定根是另一法,慧根是另一法。以彼智了知了这些各各不同的法,又以彼智通达了这些各各不同的法。因此称为:“对法差异的慧是法无碍解中的智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ? Saddhindriyaṃ dhammo, vīriyindriyaṃ dhammo, satindriyaṃ dhammo, samādhindriyaṃ dhammo, paññindriyaṃ dhammo. Añño saddhindriyaṃ dhammo, añño vīriyindriyaṃ dhammo, añño satindriyaṃ dhammo, añño samādhindriyaṃ dhammo, añño paññindriyaṃ dhammo. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
胜解的作用是义,策励的作用是义,现起的作用是义,不散乱的作用是义,照见的作用是义。胜解作用是一义,策励作用是另一义,现起作用是另一义,不散乱作用是另一义,照见作用是另一义。以彼智了知了这些种种不同的义,又以彼智通达了这些种种不同的义。因此称为:“对义差异的慧是义无碍解中的智”。巴利
Adhimokkhaṭṭho attho, paggahaṭṭho attho, upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, avikkhepaṭṭho attho, dassanaṭṭho attho. Añño adhimokkhaṭṭho attho, añño paggahaṭṭho attho, añño upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, añño avikkhepaṭṭho attho, añño dassanaṭṭho attho. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā atthā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā atthā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati ‘‘atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
用以阐明法的言辞文句有五种,用以阐明义的言辞文句有五种。阐释法的言辞是一种,阐释义的言辞是另一种。以彼智了知了这些种种不同的言辞,又以彼智通达了这些种种不同的言辞。因此称为:“对词差异的慧是词无碍解中的智”。巴利
Pañca dhamme sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā, pañca atthe sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā. Aññā dhammaniruttiyo, aññā atthaniruttiyo. Yena ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo ñātā, teneva ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
对于五种法有诸智,对于五种义有诸智,对于十种词有诸智。法上的智有别,义上的智有别,词上的智有别。正是凭借彼智,了知了这些种种差别之智;也正是凭借彼智,通达了这些种种差别之智。所以说:“于辩才种种差别中的慧,是为辩无碍解中的智。”巴利
Pañcasu dhammesu ñāṇāni, pañcasu atthesu ñāṇāni, dasasu niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Aññāni dhammesu ñāṇāni, aññāni atthesu ñāṇāni, aññāni niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
77 信力、精进力、念力、定力、慧力,各各是法;它们又彼此各各是不同之法。以那种智了知此诸法之种种差别,也以那种智通达此诸法之种种差别。因此说:“于法种种差别上的慧,是法无碍解中的智。”巴利
Saddhābalaṃ dhammo, vīriyabalaṃ dhammo, satibalaṃ dhammo, samādhibalaṃ dhammo, paññābalaṃ dhammo. Añño saddhābalaṃ dhammo, añño vīriyabalaṃ dhammo, añño satibalaṃ dhammo, añño samādhibalaṃ dhammo, añño paññābalaṃ dhammo. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
在不信之中不被摇动的义,是一种义;在懈怠之中不被摇动的义,是一种义;在放逸之中不被摇动的义,是一种义;在掉举之中不被摇动的义,是一种义;在无明之中不被摇动的义,是一种义。在不信之中不被摇动的义,是一种不同的义;在懈怠之中不被摇动的义,是一种不同的义;在放逸之中不被摇动的义,是一种不同的义;在掉举之中不被摇动的义,是一种不同的义;在无明之中不被摇动的义,是一种不同的义。依彼智了知这些种种不同之义,亦依彼智通达这些种种不同之义。因此说:“于种种义差别上的慧,即是义无碍解中的智。”巴利
Assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭho attho. Kosajje akampiyaṭṭho attho. Pamāde akampiyaṭṭho attho. Uddhacce akampiyaṭṭho attho. Avijjāya akampiyaṭṭho attho. Añño assaddhiye akampiyaṭṭho attho, añño kosajje akampiyaṭṭho attho, añño pamāde akampiyaṭṭho attho, añño uddhacce akampiyaṭṭho attho, añño avijjāya akampiyaṭṭho attho. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā atthā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā atthā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
为了开示五种法,而有文句言辞的施设;为了开示五种义,而有文句言辞的施设。法的言辞各各不同,义的言辞也各各不同。以那种智了知此种种不同的言辞,也以那种智通达此种种不同的言辞。因此说:“于词种种差别上的慧,是词无碍解中的智。”巴利
Pañca dhamme sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā, pañca atthe sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā. Aññā dhammaniruttiyo, aññā atthaniruttiyo. Yena ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo ñātā, teneva ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
对于五种法有诸智,对于五种义有诸智,对于十种词有诸智。法上的智有别,义上的智有别,词上的智有别。正是凭借彼智,了知了这些种种差别之智;也正是凭借彼智,通达了这些种种差别之智。所以说:“于辩才种种差别中的慧,是为辩无碍解中的智。”巴利
Pañcasu dhammesu ñāṇāni, pañcasu atthesu ñāṇāni, dasasu niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Aññāni dhammesu ñāṇāni, aññāni atthesu ñāṇāni, aññāni niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
念觉支是法,择法觉支是法,精进觉支是法,喜觉支是法,轻安觉支是法,定觉支是法,舍觉支是法。而念觉支是一种法,择法觉支是另一种法,精进觉支是另一种法,喜觉支是另一种法,轻安觉支是另一种法,定觉支是另一种法,舍觉支是另一种法。以这种智了知了这些种种不同的法,又以同一种智通达了这些种种不同的法。因此说:“于法之种种差别中,慧即法无碍解智。”巴利
Satisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo dhammo, vīriyasambojjhaṅgo dhammo, pītisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, passaddhisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, samādhisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo dhammo. Añño satisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño vīriyasambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño pītisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño passaddhisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño samādhisambojjhaṅgo dhammo, añño upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo dhammo. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
建立的意义、择法的意义、策励的意义、遍满的意义、寂静的意义、无散乱的意义、审察的意义。这些意义彼此不同:建立的意义是一种,择法的意义是另一种,策励的意义是另一种,遍满的意义是另一种,寂静的意义是另一种,无散乱的意义是另一种,审察的意义是另一种。以这种智了知了这些种种意义,又以同一种智通达了这些种种意义。因此说:“于义之种种差别中,慧即义无碍解智。”巴利
Upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, pavicayaṭṭho attho, paggahaṭṭho attho, pharaṇaṭṭho attho, upasamaṭṭho attho, avikkhepaṭṭho attho, paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭho attho. Añño upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, añño pavicayaṭṭho attho, añño paggahaṭṭho attho, añño pharaṇaṭṭho attho, añño upasamaṭṭho attho, añño avikkhepaṭṭho attho, añño paṭisaṅkhānaṭṭho attho. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā atthā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā atthā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
为开示七种法所用的言辞语句表达,为开示七种义所用的言辞语句表达。法的言辞是一种,义的言辞是另一种。以这种智了知了这些种种言辞,又以同一种智通达了这些种种言辞。因此说:“于言辞之种种差别中,慧即词无碍解智。”巴利
Satta dhamme sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā, satta atthe sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā. Aññā dhammaniruttiyo, aññā atthaniruttiyo. Yena ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo ñātā, teneva ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
于七种法有诸智,于七种义有诸智,于十四种言辞有诸智。法上的诸智是一类,义上的诸智是另一类,言辞上的诸智又是另一类。以某种智了知这些种种智,又以该智通达这些种种智。因此,这被称为“于种种辩才中的慧是辩无碍解智”。巴利
Sattasu dhammesu ñāṇāni, sattasu atthesu ñāṇāni, cuddasasu niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Aññāni dhammesu ñāṇāni, aññāni atthesu ñāṇāni, aññāni niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
正见是法,正思惟是法,正语是法,正业是法,正命是法,正精进是法,正念是法,正定是法。其中,正见这一法是别法,正思惟这一法是别法,正语这一法是别法,正业这一法是别法,正命这一法是别法,正精进这一法是别法,正念这一法是别法,正定这一法是别法。以某种智了知这些种种法,又以该智通达这些种种法。因此,这被称为“于种种法中的慧是法无碍解智”。巴利
Sammādiṭṭhi dhammo, sammāsaṅkappo dhammo, sammāvācā dhammo, sammākammanto dhammo, sammāājīvo dhammo, sammāvāyāmo dhammo, sammāsati dhammo, sammāsamādhi dhammo. Añño sammādiṭṭhi dhammo, añño sammāsaṅkappo dhammo, añño sammāvācā dhammo, añño sammākammanto dhammo, añño sammāājīvo dhammo, añño sammāvāyāmo dhammo, añño sammāsati dhammo, añño sammāsamādhi dhammo. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā dhammā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
见的义、引导的义、摄持的义、生起的义、清净的义、策励的义、建立的义、无散乱的义。其中,见的义是一义,引导的义是另一义,摄持的义是另一义,生起的义是另一义,清净的义是另一义,策励的义是另一义,建立的义是另一义,无散乱的义是另一义。以何种智了知这些种种义,便以该智通达这些种种义。因此,这被称为“于种种义中的慧是义无碍解智”。巴利
Dassanaṭṭho attho, abhiniropanaṭṭho attho, pariggahaṭṭho attho, samuṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, vodānaṭṭho attho, paggahaṭṭho attho, upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, avikkhepaṭṭho attho. Añño dassanaṭṭho attho, añño abhiniropanaṭṭho attho, añño pariggahaṭṭho attho, añño samuṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, añño vodānaṭṭho attho, añño paggahaṭṭho attho, añño upaṭṭhānaṭṭho attho, añño avikkhepaṭṭho attho. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā atthā ñātā teneva ñāṇena ime nānā atthā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
用来阐明八种法的语言文句,以及用来阐明八种义的语言文句。法的言辞表达是一类,义的言辞表达是另一类。以那证知这些种种言辞的智慧,这些种种言辞即被通达。由此而称之为:“于种种言辞中的慧,即是词无碍解智。”巴利
Aṭṭha dhamme sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā, aṭṭha atthe sandassetuṃ byañjananiruttābhilāpā. Aññā dhammaniruttiyo, aññā atthaniruttiyo. Yena ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo ñātā , teneva ñāṇena imā nānā niruttiyo paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
于八种法所生的诸智,于八种义所生的诸智,以及于十六种言辞所生的诸智。于法上的诸智是一类,于义上的诸智是一类,于言辞上的诸智是一类。以那证知这些种种智的智慧,这些种种智即被通达。由此而称之为:“于种种辩才中的慧,即是辩无碍解智。”此中,以了知之义为智,以彻了之义为慧。因此总摄而言:“于种种义中的慧,即是义无碍解智。于种种法中的慧,即是法无碍解智。于种种言辞中的慧,即是词无碍解智。于种种辩才中的慧,即是辩无碍解智。”巴利
Aṭṭhasu dhammesu ñāṇāni, aṭṭhasu atthesu ñāṇāni soḷasasu niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Aññāni dhammesu ñāṇāni, aññāni atthesu ñāṇāni, aññāni niruttīsu ñāṇāni. Yena ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā ñātā, teneva ñāṇena ime nānā ñāṇā paṭividitāti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
三智分别(第29–31经)巴利
29-31. Ñāṇattayaniddeso
78 如何是:于住之种种差别中的慧,即住义之智;于等至种种差别中的慧,即等至义之智;于住与等至种种差别中的慧,即住与等至义之智?将相视为怖畏,因心倾向于无相,触已即观其灭——此是无相住。将愿视为怖畏,因心倾向于无愿,触已即观其灭——此是无愿住。将执著视为怖畏,因心倾向于空,触已即观其灭——此是空住。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ vihāranānatte paññā vihāraṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, samāpattinānatte paññā samāpattaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, vihārasamāpattinānatte paññā vihārasamāpattaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ? Nimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – animitto vihāro. Paṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – appaṇihito vihāro. Abhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – suññato vihāro.
将相视为怖畏,因心倾向于无相,舍置转起后,转而作意灭尽、涅槃、无相而进入——此是无相等至。将愿视为怖畏,因心倾向于无愿,舍置转起后,转而作意灭尽、涅槃、无愿而进入——此是无愿等至。将执著视为怖畏,因心倾向于空,舍置转起后,转而作意灭尽、涅槃、空而进入——此是空等至。巴利
Nimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittā samāpatti. Paṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitā samāpatti. Abhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatā samāpatti.
视相为怖畏,因心倾向无相,于触触中观察其灭;舍置转起后,作意灭尽、涅槃、无相而入——此为无相住等至。视愿为怖畏,因心倾向无愿,于触触中观察其灭;舍置转起后,作意灭尽、涅槃、无愿而入——此为无愿住等至。视执著为怖畏,因心倾向空,于触触中观察其灭;舍置转起后,作意灭尽、涅槃、空而入——此为空住等至。巴利
Nimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittavihārasamāpatti. Paṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitavihārasamāpatti. Abhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatavihārasamāpatti.
79 观色相为怖畏,心倾无相,触已观其灭——此即无相住。观色愿为怖畏,心倾无愿,触已观其灭——此即无愿住。观于色之执著为怖畏,心倾于空,触已观其灭——此即空住。巴利 注疏 1
Rūpanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – animitto vihāro. Rūpapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – appaṇihito vihāro. Rūpābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – suññato vihāro.
观色相为怖畏,心倾无相,舍置转起,作意灭尽、涅槃、无相而入——此即无相等至。观色愿为怖畏,心倾无愿,舍置转起,作意灭尽、涅槃、无愿而入——此即无愿等至。观于色之执著为怖畏,心倾于空,舍置转起,作意灭尽、涅槃、空而入——此即空等至。巴利
Rūpanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittā samāpatti . Rūpapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitā samāpatti. Rūpābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatā samāpatti.
他观色相为怖畏,因心倾向无相,触证之后,见其坏灭;舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、无相为所缘而入定——这是无相住等至。他观于色的意欲为怖畏,因心倾向无愿,触证之后,见其坏灭;舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、无愿为所缘而入定——这是无愿住等至。他观于色的执著为怖畏,因心倾向空,触证之后,见其坏灭;舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、空为所缘而入定——这是空住等至。巴利
Rūpanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittavihārasamāpatti. Rūpapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitavihārasamāpatti. Rūpābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatavihārasamāpatti.
他将受之相……(中略)……想之相、行之相、识之相、眼之相……(中略)……老死之相视为怖畏,因心倾注于无相,于一一触对之后,便见其坏灭——此为无相住。他将对老死的意欲视为怖畏,因心倾注于无愿,于一一触对之后,便见其坏灭——此为无愿住。他将对老死的执著视为怖畏,因心倾注于空,于一一触对之后,便见其坏灭——此为空住。巴利
Vedanānimittaṃ …pe… saññānimittaṃ… saṅkhāranimittaṃ… viññāṇanimittaṃ… cakkhunimittaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – animitto vihāro. Jarāmaraṇapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – appaṇihito vihāro. Jarāmaraṇābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati – suññato vihāro.
他观老死相为怖畏,因心倾向无相,舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、无相为所缘而入定——这是无相等至。他观于老死的意欲为怖畏,因心倾向无愿,舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、无愿为所缘而入定——这是无愿等至。他观于老死的执著为怖畏,因心倾向空,舍离流转后,转以灭尽、涅槃、空为所缘而入定——这是空等至。巴利
Jarāmaraṇanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittā samāpatti. Jarāmaraṇapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitā samāpatti. Jarāmaraṇābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatā samāpatti.
他将老死之相视为怖畏,心倾向于无相,一再触对后,便观其坏灭;他搁置了流转,转而以灭尽、涅槃、无相为所缘而入定——这便是无相住等至。他将对老死的希求视为怖畏,心倾向于无愿,一再触对后,便观其坏灭;他搁置了流转,转而以灭尽、涅槃、无愿为所缘而入定——这便是无愿住等至。他将对老死的执著视为怖畏,心倾向于空,一再触对后,便观其坏灭;他搁置了流转,转而以灭尽、涅槃、空为所缘而入定——这便是空住等至。无相住是一种,无愿住是另一种,空住又是另一种。无相等至是一种,无愿等至是另一种,空等至又是另一种。无相住等至是一种,无愿住等至是另一种,空住等至又是另一种。以通达义,这是智;以遍知义,这是慧。因此说:“于住之差别中的慧,是住义中的智;于等至之差别中的慧,是等至义中的智;于住等至之差别中的慧,是住等至义中的智。”巴利
Jarāmaraṇanimittaṃ bhayato sampassamāno animitte adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ animittaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – animittavihārasamāpatti. Jarāmaraṇapaṇidhiṃ bhayato sampassamāno appaṇihite adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ appaṇihitaṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – appaṇihitavihārasamāpatti. Jarāmaraṇābhinivesaṃ bhayato sampassamāno suññate adhimuttattā phussa phussa vayaṃ passati, pavattaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā nirodhaṃ nibbānaṃ suññataṃ āvajjitvā samāpajjati – suññatavihārasamāpatti. Añño animitto vihāro, añño appaṇihito vihāro, añño suññato vihāro. Aññā animittasamāpatti, aññā appaṇihitasamāpatti, aññā suññatasamāpatti. Aññā animittā vihārasamāpatti, aññā appaṇihitā vihārasamāpatti, aññā suññatā vihārasamāpatti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘vihāranānatte paññā vihāraṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, samāpattinānatte paññā samāpattaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ, vihārasamāpattinānatte paññā vihārasamāpattaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
32. 无间定智分别巴利
32. Ānantarikasamādhiñāṇaniddeso
80 何为“由无散乱的清净,于断尽诸漏时的慧,是无间定中的智”?依出离而有心一境性,是为无散乱之定。依此定力而生起智,以此智而断尽诸漏。如是,止为先,智在后;以此智而有诸漏的断尽。因此说:“由无散乱的清净,于断尽诸漏时的慧,是无间定中的智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ avikkhepaparisuddhattā āsavasamucchede paññā ānantarikasamādhimhi ñāṇaṃ? Nekkhammavasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi. Tassa samādhissa vasena uppajjati ñāṇaṃ. Tena ñāṇena āsavā khīyanti. Iti paṭhamaṃ samatho, pacchā ñāṇaṃ. Tena ñāṇena āsavānaṃ khayo hoti . Tena vuccati – ‘‘avikkhepaparisuddhattā āsavasamucchede paññā ānantarikasamādhimhi ñāṇaṃ’’.
何谓漏?即欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。这些诸漏于何处灭尽?由入流道,见漏无余灭尽;能趣恶趣之欲漏灭尽;能趣恶趣之有漏灭尽;能趣恶趣之无明漏灭尽。这些诸漏于此灭尽。由一来道,粗重欲漏灭尽,与之共存之有漏灭尽,与之共存之无明漏灭尽。这些诸漏于此灭尽。由不来道,欲漏无余灭尽,与之共存之有漏灭尽,与之共存之无明漏灭尽。这些诸漏于此灭尽。由阿拉汉道,有漏无余灭尽,无明漏无余灭尽。这些诸漏于此灭尽。巴利
Āsavā ti katame te āsavā? Kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Katthete āsavā khīyanti? Sotāpattimaggena anavaseso diṭṭhāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo kāmāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo bhavāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Sakadāgāmimaggena oḷāriko kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Anāgāmimaggena anavaseso kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Arahattamaggena anavaseso bhavāsavo khīyati, anavaseso avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti.
依无瞋……依光明想……依不散乱……依法之界定……依智……依喜悦……依初禅……依第二禅……依第三禅……依第四禅……依空无边处定……依识无边处定……依无所有处定……依非想非非想处定……依地遍……依水遍……依火遍……依风遍……依青遍……依黄遍……依红遍……依白遍……依虚空遍……依识遍……依佛随念……依法随念……依僧随念……依戒随念……依施随念……依天随念……依入出息随念……依死随念……依身至随念……依寂止随念……依膨胀想……依青瘀想……依脓烂想……依断坏想……依食残想……依散乱想……依斩斫离散想……依血涂想……依虫啖想……依骨想。巴利
Abyāpādavasena …pe… ālokasaññāvasena… avikkhepavasena… dhammavavatthānavasena… ñāṇavasena… pāmojjavasena… paṭhamajjhānavasena… dutiyajjhānavasena… tatiyajjhānavasena… catutthajjhānavasena… ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattivasena… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattivasena… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattivasena… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattivasena… pathavīkasiṇavasena… āpokasiṇavasena … tejokasiṇavasena… vāyokasiṇavasena… nīlakasiṇavasena… pītakasiṇavasena… lohitakasiṇavasena… odātakasiṇavasena… ākāsakasiṇavasena… viññāṇakasiṇavasena… buddhānussativasena… dhammānussativasena… saṅghānussativasena… sīlānussativasena… cāgānussativasena… devatānussativasena… ānāpānassativasena… maraṇassativasena… kāyagatāsativasena… upasamānussativasena… uddhumātakasaññāvasena… vinīlakasaññāvasena… vipubbakasaññāvasena… vicchiddakasaññāvasena… vikkhāyitakasaññāvasena… vikkhittakasaññāvasena… hatavikkhittakasaññāvasena … lohitakasaññāvasena… puḷavakasaññāvasena… aṭṭhikasaññāvasena.
81 长入息……(中略)……长出息…短入息…短出息…觉知全身而入息…觉知全身而出息…安定身行而入息…安定身行而出息…觉知喜而入息…觉知喜而出息…觉知乐而入息…觉知乐而出息…觉知心行而入息…觉知心行而出息…安寂心行而入息…安寂心行而出息…觉知心而入息…觉知心而出息…令心喜悦而入息…令心喜悦而出息…令心定……(中略)……令心解脱…观无常…观离欲…观灭…观舍离而入息…观舍离而出息,成就心一境、不散乱之定。依此定力,智得生起;依于此智,诸漏断尽无余。如此,止在先,智在后。由是智而有诸漏之灭尽。是故说:“以不散乱之清净,于无间定中,能断诸漏之慧是为智。”巴利 注疏 1
Dīghaṃ assāsavasena…pe… dīghaṃ passāsavasena… rassaṃ assāsavasena… rassaṃ passāsavasena… sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assāsavasena… passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passāsavasena… pītipaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… pītipaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… sukhapaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… sukhapaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… cittasaṅkhārapaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ assāsavasena… passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passāsavasena… cittapaṭisaṃvedī assāsavasena… cittapaṭisaṃvedī passāsavasena… abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ assāsavasena… abhippamodayaṃ cittaṃ passāsavasena… samādahaṃ cittaṃ…pe… vimocayaṃ cittaṃ… aniccānupassī … virāgānupassī… nirodhānupassī… paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena… paṭinissaggānupassī passāsavasena cittassa ekaggatā avikkhepo samādhi. Tassa samādhissa vasena uppajjati ñāṇaṃ, tena ñāṇena āsavā khīyanti. Iti paṭhamaṃ samatho, pacchā ñāṇaṃ. Tena ñāṇena āsavānaṃ khayo hoti. Tena vuccati – ‘‘avikkhepaparisuddhattā āsavasamucchede paññā ānantarikasamādhimhi ñāṇaṃ’’.
于此,哪些是漏?即:欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。这些漏在哪里灭尽?由入流道,见漏无余灭尽,能导至恶趣的欲漏灭尽,能导至恶趣的有漏灭尽,能导至恶趣的无明漏灭尽。这些漏在此处得以灭尽。由一来道,粗重的欲漏灭尽,与之俱起的有漏灭尽,与之俱起的无明漏灭尽。这些漏在此处得以灭尽。由不来道,欲漏无余灭尽,与之俱起的有漏灭尽,与之俱起的无明漏灭尽。这些漏在此处得以灭尽。由阿拉汉道,有漏无余灭尽,无明漏无余灭尽。这些漏在此处得以灭尽。这以已知义为智,以彻知义为慧。是故说:“以不散乱之清净,于无间定中,能断诸漏之慧是为智。”巴利
Āsavā ti katame te āsavā? Kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Katthete āsavā khīyanti? Sotāpattimaggena anavaseso diṭṭhāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo kāmāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo bhavāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Sakadāgāmimaggena oḷāriko kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Anāgāmimaggena anavaseso kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Arahattamaggena anavaseso bhavāsavo khīyati, anavaseso avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ , pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘avikkhepaparisuddhattā āsavasamucchede paññā ānantarikasamādhimhi ñāṇaṃ’’.
无间定智分别 第三十二巴利
Ānantarikasamādhiñāṇaniddeso dvattiṃsatimo.
33. 无诤住智之分别巴利
33. Araṇavihārañāṇaniddeso
82 如何是“以见为上首,平和即证得微妙住,因胜解决心,慧为无诤住之智”?无常随观以见为上首,苦观以见为上首,无我随观以见为上首;于色无常随观以见为上首,于色苦观以见为上首,于色无我随观以见为上首;于受……于想……于诸行……于识……于眼……于老死无常随观以见为上首,于老死苦观以见为上首,于老死无我随观以见为上首。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ dassanādhipateyyaṃ santo ca vihārādhigamo paṇītādhimuttatā paññā araṇavihāre ñāṇaṃ? Dassanādhipateyyanti aniccānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, dukkhānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, anattānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, rūpe aniccānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, rūpe dukkhānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, rūpe anattānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ; vedanāya…pe… saññāya… saṅkhāresu… viññāṇe… cakkhusmiṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇe aniccānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, jarāmaraṇe dukkhānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ, jarāmaraṇe anattānupassanā dassanādhipateyyaṃ.
空住即是平和住之证得。无相住即是平和住之证得。无愿住即是平和住之证得。巴利
Santo ca vihārādhigamo ti suññato vihāro santo vihārādhigamo. Animitto vihāro santo vihārādhigamo. Appaṇihito vihāro santo vihārādhigamo.
对空的胜解,是殊胜的胜解;对无相的胜解,是殊胜的胜解;对无愿的胜解,是殊胜的胜解。巴利
Paṇītādhimuttatā ti suññate adhimuttatā paṇītādhimuttatā. Animitte adhimuttatā paṇītādhimuttatā. Appaṇihite adhimuttatā paṇītādhimuttatā.
初禅为无诤住,第二禅为无诤住,第三禅为无诤住,第四禅为无诤住。空无边处定是无诤住……(中略)……非想非非想处定是无诤住。巴利
Araṇavihāro ti paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ araṇavihāro. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ araṇavihāro. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ araṇavihāro. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ araṇavihāro. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti araṇavihāro…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti araṇavihāro.
以何种意义而称为无诤住?以初禅去除诸盖,故为无诤住;以第二禅去除寻与伺,故为无诤住;以第三禅去除喜,故为无诤住;以第四禅去除乐与苦,故为无诤住;以空无边处定去除色想、有对想、种种想,故为无诤住;以识无边处定去除空无边处想,故为无诤住;以无所有处定去除识无边处想,故为无诤住;以非想非非想处定去除无所有处想,故为无诤住。此即无诤住。从所知义而言是智,从遍知义而言是慧。因此说:“以见为增上、寂静与证得住、意乐殊胜,慧是于无诤住的智。”巴利
Araṇavihāro ti kenaṭṭhena araṇavihāro? Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇe haratīti – araṇavihāro. Dutiyena jhānena vitakkavicāre haratīti – araṇavihāro. Tatiyena jhānena pītiṃ haratīti – araṇavihāro. Catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhe haratīti – araṇavihāro. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ haratīti – araṇavihāro. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññaṃ haratīti – araṇavihāro. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññaṃ haratīti – araṇavihāro. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ haratīti – araṇavihāro. Ayaṃ araṇavihāro. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dassanādhipateyyaṃ santo ca vihārādhigamo paṇītādhimuttatā paññā araṇavihāre ñāṇaṃ’’.
无诤住智分别 第三十三巴利
Araṇavihārañāṇaniddeso tettiṃsatimo.
34. 灭尽定智分别巴利
34. Nirodhasamāpattiñāṇaniddeso
83 如何由具足两种力、三种行的止息、十六种智行、九种定行自在,而慧为灭尽定智?巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ dvīhi balehi samannāgatattā tayo ca saṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi navahi samādhicariyāhi vasibhāvatā paññā nirodhasamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ?
两种力:止力与观力。什么是止力?以出离为基础的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力;以无瞋为基础的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力;以光明想为基础的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力;以无散乱为基础的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力……(中略)……随观弃舍而入息所生的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力;随观弃舍而出息所生的心一境性、不散乱,是为止力。巴利
Dvīhi balehī ti dve balāni – samathabalaṃ, vipassanābalaṃ. Katamaṃ samathabalaṃ? Nekkhammavasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ. Abyāpādavasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ. Ālokasaññāvasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ. Avikkhepavasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ…pe… paṭinissaggānupassī assāsavasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ. Paṭinissaggānupassī passāsavasena cittassekaggatā avikkhepo samathabalaṃ.
以何种意义称为止力?凭借初禅,于诸盖不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借第二禅,于寻、伺不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借第三禅,于喜不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借第四禅,于乐、苦不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借空无边处定,于色想、有对想、种种想不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借识无边处定,于空无边处想不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借无所有处定,于识无边处想不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力;凭借非想非非想处定,于无所有处想不为所动、不为所扰,故为止力。于掉举、与掉举相应的烦恼及诸蕴,不为所动、不为所撼、不为所震,故为止力。这就是止力。巴利
Samathabala nti kenaṭṭhena samathabalaṃ? Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇe na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Dutiyena jhānena vitakkavicāre na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Tatiyena jhānena pītiyā na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Catutthena jhānena sukhadukkhe na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā rūpasaññāya paṭighasaññāya nānattasaññāya na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāya na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā viññāṇañcāyatanasaññāya na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā ākiñcaññāyatanasaññāya na kampatīti – samathabalaṃ. Uddhacce ca uddhaccasahagatakilese ca khandhe ca na kampati na calati na vedhatīti – samathabalaṃ. Idaṃ samathabalaṃ.
什么是观力?无常随观是观力;苦随观是观力;无我随观是观力;厌离随观是观力;离欲随观是观力;灭尽随观是观力;弃舍随观是观力。于色修无常随观是观力……(中略)……于色修弃舍随观是观力。于受……于想……于诸行……于识……于眼……(中略)……于老死修无常随观是观力……(中略)……于老死修弃舍随观是观力。巴利
Katamaṃ vipassanābalaṃ? Aniccānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Dukkhānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Anattānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Nibbidānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Virāgānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ . Nirodhānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Paṭinissaggānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Rūpe aniccānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ …pe… rūpe paṭinissaggānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ. Vedanāya…pe… saññāya… saṅkhāresu… viññāṇe… cakkhusmiṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇe aniccānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇe paṭinissaggānupassanā vipassanābalaṃ.
“观智的力量”是什么意思呢?观智的力量:以无常随观,对于“常”想,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以苦随观,对于“乐”想,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以无我随观,对于“我”想,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以厌离随观,对于欢喜,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以离贪随观,对于贪,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以灭尽随观,对于集起,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。以舍遣随观,对于执取,它不动不摇,这便是观智的力量。对于无明、与无明相伴的烦恼、以及诸蕴,它不晃动、不摇动、不颤动,这便是观智的力量。这就是观智的力量。巴利
Vipassanābalanti kenaṭṭhena vipassanābalaṃ? Aniccānupassanāya niccasaññāya na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Dukkhānupassanāya sukhasaññāya na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Anattānupassanāya attasaññāya na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Nibbidānupassanāya nandiyā na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Virāgānupassanāya rāge na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Nirodhānupassanāya samudaye na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Paṭinissaggānupassanāya ādāne na kampatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Avijjāya ca avijjā sahagatakilese ca khandhe ca na kampati na calati na vedhatīti – vipassanābalaṃ. Idaṃ vipassanābalaṃ.
“哪三种行止息呢?”——入第二禅那者,寻与伺这两种语行止息;入第四禅那者,出息与入息这两种身行止息;入想受灭定者,想与受这两种心行止息。这便是三种行的止息。巴利
Tayo ca saṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā ti katamesaṃ tiṇṇannaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā? Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa vitakkavicārā vacīsaṅkhārā paṭippassaddhā honti. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpannassa assāsapassāsā kāyasaṅkhārā paṭippassaddhā honti. Saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa saññā ca vedanā ca cittasaṅkhārā paṭippassaddhā honti. Imesaṃ tiṇṇannaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ paṭippassaddhiyā .
84 “具备哪十六种智行?”——无常随观是智行,苦随观是智行,无我随观是智行,厌离随观是智行,离欲随观是智行,灭尽随观是智行,弃舍随观是智行,转向随观是智行,入流道是智行,入流果等至是智行,一来道是智行,一来果等至是智行,不来道是智行,不来果等至是智行,阿拉汉道是智行,阿拉汉果等至是智行。具备这十六种智行。巴利 注疏 1
84 . Soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhī ti katamāhi soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi? Aniccānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, dukkhānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, anattānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, nibbidānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, virāgānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, nirodhānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, paṭinissaggānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, vivaṭṭanānupassanā ñāṇacariyā, sotāpattimaggo ñāṇacariyā, sotāpattiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā, sakadāgāmimaggo ñāṇacariyā, sakadāgāmiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā, anāgāmimaggo ñāṇacariyā, anāgāmiphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā, arahattamaggo ñāṇacariyā, arahattaphalasamāpatti ñāṇacariyā – imāhi soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi.
85 哪九种定行?初禅是定行,第二禅是定行,第三禅是定行,第四禅是定行,空无边处等至、识无边处等至、无所有处等至、非想非非想处等至是定行。为证得初禅而有的寻、伺、喜、乐、心一境性……乃至为证得非想非非想处等至而有的寻、伺、喜、乐、心一境性。这便是九种定行。巴利 注疏 1
85 . Navahi samādhicariyāhī ti katamāhi navahi samādhicariyāhi? Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samādhicariyā, dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samādhicariyā, tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samādhicariyā, catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samādhicariyā, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpatti…pe… viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpatti… ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpatti… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpatti samādhicariyā. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭilābhatthāya vitakko ca vicāro ca pīti ca sukhañca cittekaggatā ca…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ paṭilābhatthāya vitakko ca vicāro ca pīti ca sukhañca cittekaggatā ca – imāhi navahi samādhicariyāhi.
有五种自在。于转向得自在、于入定得自在、于住定得自在、于出定得自在、于省察得自在。对于初禅,于任何他所愿之时、以任何他所愿的方式、尽任何他所愿的时长,能作意转向;转向之际无有丝毫迟钝——这便是转向自在。对于初禅,于任何他所愿之时、以任何他所愿的方式、尽任何他所愿的时长,能入定;入定之际无有丝毫迟钝——这便是入定自在。对于初禅,于任何他所愿之时、以任何他所愿的方式、尽任何他所愿的时长,能安住于定;安住之际无有丝毫迟钝——这便是住定自在。对于初禅,于任何他所愿之时、以任何他所愿的方式、尽任何他所愿的时长,能出定;出定之际无有丝毫迟钝——这便是出定自在。对于初禅,于任何他所愿之时、以任何他所愿的方式、尽任何他所愿的时长,能省察;省察之际无有丝毫迟钝——这便是省察自在。巴利
Vasī ti pañca vasiyo. Āvajjanavasī, samāpajjanavasī, adhiṭṭhānavasī , vuṭṭhānavasī, paccavekkhaṇāvasī. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati; āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – āvajjanavasī. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ samāpajjati; samāpajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – samāpajjanavasī. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ adhiṭṭhāti ; adhiṭṭhāne dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – adhiṭṭhānavasī. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ vuṭṭhāti; vuṭṭhāne dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – vuṭṭhānavasī. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ paccavekkhati; paccavekkhaṇāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – paccavekkhaṇāvasī.
于第二禅……于非想非非想处等至,亦复如是:随心所欲、随其所愿、随其所时地作意转向,转向时无有迟钝,这就是转向自在。于非想非非想处等至,随心所欲、随其所愿、随其所时地进入、安住、出定、省察;省察时无有迟钝,这就是省察自在。这就是五种自在。“知道”之义名为“智”,“彻底了知”之义名为“慧”。因此经中说:“由于具足此二种力、三种行之止息、十六种智行、九种定行,以及对它们的自在掌控,此慧就是灭尽等至之智。”巴利
Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ āvajjati; āvajjanāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – āvajjanavasī. Nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ yatthicchakaṃ yadicchakaṃ yāvaticchakaṃ samāpajjati…pe… adhiṭṭhāti… vuṭṭhāti… paccavekkhati; paccavekkhaṇāya dandhāyitattaṃ natthīti – paccavekkhaṇāvasī. Imā pañca vasiyo. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dvīhi balehi samannāgatattā tayo ca saṅkhārānaṃ paṭipassaddhiyā soḷasahi ñāṇacariyāhi navahi samādhicariyāhi vasībhāvatā paññā nirodhasamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ’’.
灭尽定智分别巴利
Nirodhasamāpattiñāṇaniddeso catuttiṃsatimo.
35. 般涅槃智分别巴利
35. Parinibbānañāṇaniddeso
86 为何说“具正知者于流转消尽中的慧,即是般涅槃智”?在此,具正知者以出离消尽欲贪的流转,以无瞋消尽瞋恚的流转,以光明想消尽昏沉睡眠的流转,以不动摇消尽掉举的流转,以法抉择消尽疑的流转……以智消尽无明的流转……以喜悦消尽不乐的流转……以初禅消尽五盖的流转……乃至以阿拉汉道消尽一切烦恼的流转。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ sampajānassa pavattapariyādāne paññā parinibbāne ñāṇaṃ? Idha sampajāno nekkhammena kāmacchandassa pavattaṃ pariyādiyati, abyāpādena byāpādassa pavattaṃ pariyādiyati, ālokasaññāya thinamiddhassa pavattaṃ pariyādiyati, avikkhepena uddhaccassa pavattaṃ pariyādiyati, dhammavavatthānena vicikicchāya…pe… ñāṇena avijjāya… pāmojjena aratiyā … paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇānaṃ pavattaṃ pariyādiyati…pe… arahattamaggena sabbakilesānaṃ pavattaṃ pariyādiyati.
又或者,当正知者于无余依涅槃界般涅槃时,正是此眼之流转灭尽,其余眼之流转不再生起;此耳之流转灭尽……此鼻之流转……此舌之流转……此身之流转……此意之流转灭尽,其余意之流转不再生起。这便是正知者于流转耗尽中的慧,亦即般涅槃智。从遍知义而言为智,从了别义而言为慧。因此说:“正知者于流转耗尽中的慧,是般涅槃智。”巴利
Atha vā pana sampajānassa anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyantassa idañceva cakkhupavattaṃ pariyādiyati, aññañca cakkhupavattaṃ na uppajjati. Idañceva sotapavattaṃ…pe… ghānapavattaṃ… jivhāpavattaṃ… kāyapavattaṃ… manopavattaṃ pariyādiyati, aññañca manopavattaṃ na uppajjati. Idaṃ sampajānassa pavattapariyādāne paññā parinibbāne ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘sampajānassa pavattapariyādāne paññā parinibbāne ñāṇaṃ’’.
36. 等首八智之分别巴利
36. Samasīsaṭṭhañāṇaniddeso
87 何谓“于一切法正断、灭尽与不现起中,慧为齐首义智”?一切法者:五蕴、十二处、十八界、善法、不善法、无记法、欲界法、色界法、无色界法、出世间法。于此,以出离正断欲贪,以无嗔正断嗔恚,以光明想正断昏沉睡眠,以不动摇正断掉举,以法决定正断疑,以智正断无明,以喜悦正断不乐,以初禅那正断五盖……乃至以阿拉汉道正断一切烦恼。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ sammā samucchede nirodhe ca anupaṭṭhānatā paññā samasīsaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ? Sabbadhammānanti – pañcakkhandhā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo , kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā, kāmāvacarā dhammā, rūpāvacarā dhammā, arūpāvacarā dhammā, apariyāpannā dhammā. Sammā samucchedeti nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ sammā samucchindati. Abyāpādena byāpādaṃ sammā samucchindati. Ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ sammā samucchindati. Avikkhepena uddhaccaṃ sammā samucchindati. Dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ sammā samucchindati. Ñāṇena avijjaṃ sammā samucchindati. Pāmojjena aratiṃ sammā samucchindati. Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇe sammā samucchindati…pe… arahattamaggena sabbakilese sammā samucchindati.
于此,以出离灭尽欲贪,以无嗔灭尽嗔恚,以光明想灭尽昏沉睡眠,以不动摇灭尽掉举,以法决定灭尽疑,以智灭尽无明,以喜悦灭尽不乐,以初禅那灭尽五盖……乃至以阿拉汉道灭尽一切烦恼。巴利
Nirodhe ti nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ nirodheti. Abyāpādena byāpādaṃ nirodheti. Ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ nirodheti. Avikkhepena uddhaccaṃ nirodheti. Dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ nirodheti. Ñāṇena avijjaṃ nirodheti. Pāmojjena aratiṃ nirodheti. Paṭhamena jhānena nīvaraṇe nirodheti…pe… arahattamaggena sabbakilese nirodheti.
于此,证得出离者,欲贪不现起;证得无嗔者,嗔恚不现起;证得光明想者,昏沉睡眠不现起;证得不动摇者,掉举不现起;证得法决定者,疑不现起;证得智者,无明不现起;证得喜悦者,不乐不现起;证得初禅那者,五盖不现起……乃至证得阿拉汉道者,一切烦恼不现起。巴利
Anupaṭṭhānatā ti nekkhammaṃ paṭiladdhassa kāmacchando na upaṭṭhāti. Abyāpādaṃ paṭiladdhassa byāpādo na upaṭṭhāti. Ālokasaññaṃ paṭiladdhassa thinamiddhaṃ na upaṭṭhāti. Avikkhepaṃ paṭiladdhassa uddhaccaṃ na upaṭṭhāti. Dhammavavatthānaṃ paṭiladdhassa vicikicchā na upaṭṭhāti. Ñāṇaṃ paṭiladdhassa avijjā na upaṭṭhāti. Pāmojjaṃ paṭiladdhassa arati na upaṭṭhāti. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ paṭiladdhassa nīvaraṇā na upaṭṭhahanti…pe… arahattamaggaṃ paṭiladdhassa sabbakilesā na upaṭṭhahanti.
于此,由于舍断了欲贪,出离便为等同;由于舍断了嗔恚,无嗔便为等同;由于舍断了昏沉睡眠,光明想便为等同;由于舍断了掉举,不动摇便为等同;由于舍断了疑,法决定便为等同;由于舍断了无明,智便为等同;由于舍断了不乐,喜悦便为等同;由于舍断了五盖,初禅便为等同……乃至由于舍断了一切烦恼,阿拉汉道便为等同。巴利
Sama nti kāmacchandassa pahīnattā nekkhammaṃ samaṃ. Byāpādassa pahīnattā abyāpādo samaṃ. Thinamiddhassa pahīnattā ālokasaññā samaṃ. Uddhaccassa pahīnattā avikkhepo samaṃ. Vicikicchāya pahīnattā dhammavavatthānaṃ samaṃ. Avijjāya pahīnattā ñāṇaṃ samaṃ. Aratiyā pahīnattā pāmojjaṃ samaṃ. Nīvaraṇānaṃ pahīnattā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samaṃ…pe… sabbakilesānaṃ pahīnattā arahattamaggo samaṃ.
有十三种首:障碍之首是渴爱,系缚之首是慢,执取之首是邪见,散乱之首是掉举,杂染之首是无明,胜解之首是信,策励之首是精进,安住之首是念,不动之首是定,见之首是慧,运转之首是命根,行境之首是解脱,诸行之首是灭。以了知为义是智,以通达为义是慧。因此这样说:“于一切法正确断除、止灭且不再现起的慧,即是诸首平等处的智。”巴利
Sīsa nti terasa sīsāni – palibodhasīsañca taṇhā, vinibandhanasīsañca māno, parāmāsasīsañca diṭṭhi, vikkhepasīsañca uddhaccaṃ, saṃkilesasīsañca avijjā, adhimokkhasīsañca saddhā, paggahasīsañca vīriyaṃ, upaṭṭhānasīsañca sati, avikkhepasīsañca samādhi, dassanasīsañca paññā, pavattasīsañca jīvitindriyaṃ, gocarasīsañca vimokkho, saṅkhārasīsañca nirodho. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘sabbadhammānaṃ sammā samucchede nirodhe ca anupaṭṭhānatā paññā samasīsaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
齐首义智分别第三十六巴利
Samasīsaṭṭhañāṇaniddeso chattiṃsatimo.
37. 减损义之智分别巴利
37. Sallekhaṭṭhañāṇaniddeso
88 如何是在摄伏种种差别与统一的光辉中,慧为减损义之智?此即是:贪是多样的,嗔是多样的,痴是多样的;忿怒……(中略)……怨恨、覆藏、恼害、嫉妒、悭吝、诡诈、谄曲、顽固、逞强、慢、过慢、骄、放逸;一切烦恼、一切恶行、一切造作、一切趣向有之业,皆是多样的。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ puthunānattekattatejapariyādāne paññā sallekhaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ? Puthūti – rāgo puthu, doso puthu, moho puthu, kodho…pe… upanāho… makkho… paḷāso… issā… macchariyaṃ… māyā… sāṭheyyaṃ… thambho… sārambho… māno… atimāno… mado… pamādo… sabbe kilesā… sabbe duccaritā… sabbe abhisaṅkhārā… sabbe bhavagāmikammā.
欲贪是差别,出离是统一;嗔恚是差别,无嗔是统一;惛眠是差别,光明想是统一;掉举是差别,不动是统一;疑是差别,法决定是统一;无明是差别,智是统一;不乐是差别,喜悦是统一;五盖是差别,初禅是统一……(中略)……一切烦恼是差别,阿拉汉道是统一。巴利
Nānattekatta nti kāmacchando nānattaṃ, nekkhammaṃ ekattaṃ. Byāpādo nānattaṃ, abyāpādo ekattaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ nānattaṃ, ālokasaññā ekattaṃ. Uddhaccaṃ nānattaṃ, avikkhepo ekattaṃ. Vicikicchā nānattaṃ, dhammavavatthānaṃ ekattaṃ. Avijjā nānattaṃ, ñāṇaṃ ekattaṃ. Arati nānattaṃ, pāmojjaṃ ekattaṃ. Nīvaraṇā nānattaṃ, paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ ekattaṃ…pe… sabbe kilesā nānattaṃ, arahattamaggo ekattaṃ.
有五种光辉:德行光辉、素质光辉、智慧光辉、福德光辉、法之光辉。以德行光辉而闪耀,便能摧伏无德的光辉。以素质光辉而闪耀,便能摧伏恶质的光辉。以智慧光辉而闪耀,便能摧伏劣慧的光辉。以福德光辉而闪耀,便能摧伏无福的光辉。以法之光辉而闪耀,便能摧伏非法的光辉。巴利
Tejo ti pañca tejā – caraṇatejo, guṇatejo, paññātejo, puññatejo, dhammatejo. Caraṇatejena tejitattā dussīlyatejaṃ pariyādiyati. Guṇatejena tejitattā aguṇatejaṃ pariyādiyati. Paññātejena tejitattā duppaññatejaṃ pariyādiyati. Puññatejena tejitattā apuññatejaṃ pariyādiyati. Dhammatejena tejitattā adhammatejaṃ pariyādiyati.
欲贪非为削减,出离乃是削减。嗔恚非为削减,无嗔乃是削减。昏沉睡眠非为削减,光明想乃是削减。掉举非为削减,心不动摇乃是削减。疑非为削减,于法决定乃是削减。无明非为削减,智乃是削减。不乐非为削减,喜悦乃是削减。五盖非为削减,初禅乃是削减……(中略)……一切烦恼非为削减,阿拉汉道乃是削减。以了知为义是智,以通达为义是慧。因此这样说:“在降伏种种差别与合一的光辉中,慧乃是削减处的智。”巴利
Sallekho ti kāmacchando asallekho, nekkhammaṃ sallekho . Byāpādo asallekho, abyāpādo sallekho. Thinamiddhaṃ asallekho, ālokasaññā sallekho. Uddhaccaṃ asallekho, avikkhepo sallekho. Vicikicchā asallekho, dhammavavatthānaṃ sallekho. Avijjā asallekho, ñāṇaṃ sallekho. Arati asallekho, pāmojjaṃ sallekho. Nīvaraṇā asallekho, paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ sallekho…pe… sabbakilesā asallekho, arahattamaggo sallekho. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘puthunānattatejapariyādāne paññā sallekhaṭṭhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
38. 精进策励智分别巴利
38. Vīriyārambhañāṇaniddeso
89 云何于不退缩、发奋、策励处之慧,为精进发起智?为令未生之恶不善法不生,于不退缩、发奋、策励处之慧,为精进发起智。为令已生之恶不善法断除,于不退缩、发奋、策励处之慧,为精进发起智。为令未生之善法生起,于不退缩、发奋、策励处之慧,为精进发起智。为令已生之善法住立、不忘失、增长、广大、修习、圆满,于不退缩、发奋、策励处之慧,为精进发起智。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ? Anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ.
为使未生起的欲贪不再生起,于那不懈怠、精勤、策励的状态中,此慧即是精进发动处的智。为使已生起的欲贪得以断除,于那不懈怠、精勤、策励的状态中,此慧即是精进发动处的智。为使未生起的出离得以生起,于那不懈怠、精勤、策励的状态中,此慧即是精进发动处的智。为使已生起的出离安住、不忘失、增长、广大、修习、圆满,于那不懈怠、精勤、策励的状态中,此慧即是精进发动处的智……(中略)巴利
Anuppannassa kāmacchandassa anuppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannassa kāmacchandassa pahānāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Anuppannassa nekkhammassa uppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannassa nekkhammassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ…pe….
为使未生起的一切烦恼不再生起,于毫不懈怠、精勤策励之中,此慧即是精进所发之智。为使已生起的一切烦恼得以断除,于毫不懈怠、精勤策励之中,此慧即是精进所发之智……为使未生起的阿拉汉道得以生起,于毫不懈怠、精勤策励之中,此慧即是精进所发之智。为使已生起的阿拉汉道安住、不忘失、增长、广大、修习、圆满,于毫不懈怠、精勤策励之中,此慧即是精进所发之智。从了知的一面称为智,从彻知的一面称为慧。因此说:于毫不懈怠、精勤策励之中,此慧即是精进所发之智。巴利
Anuppannānaṃ sabbakilesānaṃ anuppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannānaṃ sabbakilesānaṃ pahānāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ…pe… anuppannassa arahattamaggassa uppādāya asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Uppannassa arahattamaggassa ṭhitiyā asammosāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘asallīnattapahitattapaggahaṭṭhe paññā vīriyārambhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
39. 义显示智分别巴利
39. Atthasandassanañāṇaniddeso
90 如何是“种种法的阐明之性,于义的开示中,此慧为智”?即:五蕴、十二处、十八界、善法、不善法、无记法、欲界法、色界法、无色界法、出世间法。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ nānādhammappakāsanatā paññā atthasandassane ñāṇaṃ? Nānādhammāti pañcakkhandhā, dvādasāyatanāni, aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo, kusalā dhammā, akusalā dhammā, abyākatā dhammā, kāmāvacarā dhammā, rūpāvacarā dhammā, arūpāvacarā dhammā, apariyāpannā dhammā.
它阐明色为无常,阐明色为苦,阐明色为无我。阐明受……阐明想……阐明行……阐明识……阐明眼……阐明老死为无常,阐明老死为苦,阐明老死为无我。巴利
Pakāsanatā ti rūpaṃ aniccato pakāseti, rūpaṃ dukkhato pakāseti, rūpaṃ anattato pakāseti. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato pakāseti, jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhato pakāseti, jarāmaraṇaṃ anattato pakāseti.
即:断除欲贪时,开示出离之义;断除嗔恚时,开示无嗔之义;断除昏沉睡眠时,开示光明想之义;断除掉举时,开示不散乱之义;断除疑时,开示法确定之义;断除无明时,开示智之义;断除不乐时,开示喜悦之义;断除诸盖时,开示初禅之义……断除一切烦恼时,开示阿拉汉道之义。从已了知的意义来说是智,从彻知的意义来说是慧。因此称为:“种种法的阐明之性,于义的开示中,此慧为智”。巴利
Atthasandassane ti kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto nekkhammatthaṃ sandasseti. Byāpādaṃ pajahanto abyāpādatthaṃ sandasseti. Thinamiddhaṃ pajahanto ālokasaññatthaṃ sandasseti. Uddhaccaṃ pajahanto avikkhepatthaṃ sandasseti. Vicikicchaṃ pajahanto dhammavavatthānatthaṃ sandasseti. Avijjaṃ pajahanto ñāṇatthaṃ sandasseti. Aratiṃ pajahanto pāmojjatthaṃ sandasseti. Nīvaraṇe pajahanto paṭhamajhānatthaṃ sandasseti …pe… sabbakilese pajahanto arahattamaggatthaṃ sandasseti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘nānādhammapakāsanatā paññā atthasandassane ñāṇaṃ’’.
40. 见清净智之分别巴利
40. Dassanavisuddhiñāṇaniddeso
91 如何是“通达一切法的摄一性、差别性与单一性时,此慧为见清净智”?即:五蕴……出世间法。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ ekasaṅgahatānānattekattapaṭivedhe paññā dassanavisuddhiñāṇaṃ? Sabbadhammānanti pañcakkhandhā…pe… apariyāpannā dhammā.
一切法以十二种义总摄为一:真如义、无我义、谛义、通达义、通智义、遍知义、法义、界义、已知义、作证义、触达义、现观义。以此十二种义,一切法总摄为一。巴利
Ekasaṅgahatā ti dvādasahi ākārehi sabbe dhammā ekasaṅgahitā. Tathaṭṭhena, anattaṭṭhena, saccaṭṭhena, paṭivedhaṭṭhena, abhijānanaṭṭhena, parijānanaṭṭhena, dhammaṭṭhena, dhātuṭṭhena, ñātaṭṭhena, sacchikiriyaṭṭhena, phusanaṭṭhena, abhisamayaṭṭhena – imehi dvādasahi ākārehi sabbe dhammā ekasaṅgahitā.
欲贪是差别,出离是统一;……一切烦恼是差别,阿拉汉道是统一。巴利
Nānattekatta nti kāmacchando nānattaṃ, nekkhammaṃ ekattaṃ…pe… sabbakilesā nānattaṃ, arahattamaggo ekattaṃ.
他以遍知通达苦圣谛,以断除通达集圣谛,以作证通达灭圣谛,以修习通达道圣谛。巴利
Paṭivedhe ti dukkhasaccaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhati. Samudayasaccaṃ pahānapaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhati. Nirodhasaccaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhati. Maggasaccaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhaṃ paṭivijjhati.
在入流道刹那,见得以净化;在入流果刹那,见已清净。在一来道刹那,见得以净化;在一来果刹那,见已清净。在不来道刹那,见得以净化;在不来果刹那,见已清净。在阿拉汉道刹那,见得以净化;在阿拉汉果刹那,见已清净。智以已知为义,慧以了知为义。因此说:“对于一切法摄一、种种与统一的通达,慧是见清净智。”巴利
Dassanavisuddhī ti sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visujjhati; sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visuddhaṃ. Sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visujjhati; sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visuddhaṃ. Anāgāmimaggakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visujjhati; anāgāmiphalakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visuddhaṃ. Arahattamaggakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visujjhati; arahattaphalakkhaṇe dassanaṃ visuddhaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘sabbadhammānaṃ ekasaṅgahatānānattekattapaṭivedhe paññā dassanavisuddhiñāṇaṃ’’.
41. 忍智分别巴利
41. Khantiñāṇaniddeso
92 如何由了知故,慧为忍智?了知色为无常,了知色为苦,了知色为无我。凡所了知,皆能忍可——因此,由了知故,慧为忍智。于受……想……行……识……眼……乃至老死,了知为无常,了知为苦,了知为无我。凡所了知,皆能忍可——因此,由了知故,慧为忍智。以已知义为智,以了知义为慧。所以说:“由了知故,慧为忍智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ viditattā paññā khantiñāṇaṃ? Rūpaṃ aniccato viditaṃ , rūpaṃ dukkhato viditaṃ, rūpaṃ anattato viditaṃ. Yaṃ yaṃ viditaṃ taṃ taṃ khamatīti – viditattā paññā khantiñāṇaṃ. Vedanā…pe… saññā… saṅkhārā… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhu…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato viditaṃ, jarāmaraṇaṃ dukkhato viditaṃ, jarāmaraṇaṃ anattato viditaṃ. Yaṃ yaṃ viditaṃ taṃ taṃ khamatīti – viditattā paññā khantiñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘viditattā paññā khantiñāṇaṃ’’.
42. 深入智分别巴利
42. Pariyogāhaṇañāṇaniddeso
93 如何是由触达而慧即为遍取智?以无常触达色,以苦触达色,以无我触达色;凡所触达,悉能遍取,故说由触达而慧为遍取智。受、想、行、识,乃至眼……直至老死,亦复如是:以无常触达老死,以苦触达老死,以无我触达老死;凡所触达,悉能遍取,故说由触达而慧为遍取智。以已知之义为智,以了知之义为慧,是故说言:“由触达而慧是遍取智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ phuṭṭhattā paññā pariyogāhaṇe ñāṇaṃ? Rūpaṃ aniccato phusati, rūpaṃ dukkhato phusati, rūpaṃ anattato phusati. Yaṃ yaṃ phusati taṃ taṃ pariyogāhatīti – phuṭṭhattā paññā pariyogāhaṇe ñāṇaṃ. Vedanaṃ…pe… saññaṃ… saṅkhāre… viññāṇaṃ… cakkhuṃ…pe… jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato phusati, dukkhato phusati, anattato phusati. Yaṃ yaṃ phusati taṃ taṃ pariyogāhatīti – phuṭṭhattā paññā pariyogāhaṇe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘phuṭṭhattā paññā pariyogāhaṇe ñāṇaṃ’’.
遍取智分别第四十二巴利
Pariyogāhaṇañāṇaniddeso dvecattālīsamo.
43. 部分住智分别巴利
43. Padesavihārañāṇaniddeso
94 如何理解“在和合中慧为部分住之智”?有以邪见为缘所生的感受,也有以邪见止息为缘所生的感受;有以正见为缘所生的感受,也有以正见止息为缘所生的感受;有以邪思惟为缘所生的感受,也有以邪思惟止息为缘所生的感受;有以正思惟为缘所生的感受,也有以正思惟止息为缘所生的感受……(中略)……有以邪解脱为缘所生的感受,也有以邪解脱止息为缘所生的感受;有以正解脱为缘所生的感受,也有以正解脱止息为缘所生的感受;有以欲为缘所生的感受,也有以欲止息为缘所生的感受;有以寻为缘所生的感受,也有以寻止息为缘所生的感受;有以想为缘所生的感受,也有以想止息为缘所生的感受。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ samodahane paññā padesavihāre ñāṇaṃ? Micchādiṭṭhipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, micchādiṭṭhivūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, sammādiṭṭhivūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Micchāsaṅkappapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, micchāsaṅkappavūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Sammāsaṅkappapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, sammāsaṅkappavūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ…pe… micchāvimuttipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, micchāvimuttivūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Sammāvimuttipaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, sammāvimuttivūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Chandapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, chandavūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Vitakkapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, vitakkavūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Saññāpaccayāpi vedayitaṃ, saññāvūpasamapaccayāpi vedayitaṃ.
当欲尚未止息,寻尚未止息,想尚未止息时,也依此缘而生起感受;当欲已止息,寻尚未止息,想尚未止息时,也依此缘而生起感受;当欲已止息,寻已止息,想尚未止息时,也依此缘而生起感受;当欲已止息,寻已止息,想已止息时,也依此缘而生起感受。为证得那尚未达到的,应作的仍有漏存在;当于彼阶段尚未到达时,也依此缘而生起感受。这于已知之义为智,于了知之义为慧。因此被称为:“在和合中慧为部分住之智”。巴利
Chando ca avūpasanto hoti, vitakko ca avūpasanto hoti, saññā ca avūpasantā hoti, tappaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Chando ca vūpasanto hoti, vitakko ca avūpasanto hoti, saññā ca avūpasantā hoti, tappaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Chando ca vūpasanto hoti, vitakko ca vūpasanto hoti, saññā ca avūpasantā hoti, tappaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Chando ca vūpasanto hoti, vitakko ca vūpasanto hoti, saññā ca vūpasantā hoti, tappaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Appattassa pattiyā atthi āsavaṃ, tasmimpi ṭhāne anuppatte tappaccayāpi vedayitaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘samodahane paññā padesavihāre ñāṇaṃ’’.
六转智分别(第44–49经)巴利
44-49. Chavivaṭṭañāṇaniddeso
95 如何是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”?以出离增上故,慧从欲贪想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以无瞋增上故,慧从瞋恚想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以光明想增上故,慧从昏沉睡眠想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以无散乱增上故,慧从掉举想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以法决定增上故,慧从疑想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以智增上故,慧从无明想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以喜悦增上故,慧从不乐想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。以初禅增上故,慧从诸盖想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”……(中略)……以阿拉汉道增上故,慧从一切烦恼想中转离——这便是“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。这在已知的意义上是智,在了知的意义上是慧。因此称为:“以增上故,慧为于想中转离之智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? Nekkhammādhipatattā paññā kāmacchandato saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Abyāpādādhipatattā paññā byāpādato saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Ālokasaññādhipatattā paññā thinamiddhato saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Avikkhepādhipatattā paññā uddhaccato saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Dhammavavatthānādhipatattā paññā vicikicchāya saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Ñāṇādhipatattā paññā avijjāya saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Pāmojjādhipatattā paññā aratiyā saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Paṭhamajjhānādhipatattā paññā nīvaraṇehi saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ…pe… arahattamaggādhipatattā paññā sabbakilesehi saññāya vivaṭṭatīti – adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ . Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘adhipatattā paññā saññāvivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
96 如何是“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”?欲贪是种种,出离是一性。当心思量出离这一性时,心从欲贪中转离——这便是“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”。瞋恚是种种,无瞋是一性。当心思量无瞋这一性时,心从瞋恚中转离——这便是“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”。昏沉睡眠是种种,光明想是一性。当心思量光明想这一性时,心从昏沉睡眠中转离——这便是“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”……(中略)……一切烦恼是种种,阿拉汉道是一性。当心思量阿拉汉道这一性时,心从一切烦恼中转离——这便是“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”。这在已知的意义上是智,在了知的意义上是慧。因此称为:“于种种中,慧为于心转离之智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? Kāmacchando nānattaṃ, nekkhammaṃ ekattaṃ. Nekkhammekattaṃ cetayato kāmacchandato cittaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Byāpādo nānattaṃ, abyāpādo ekattaṃ. Abyāpādekattaṃ cetayato byāpādato cittaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ nānattaṃ, ālokasaññā ekattaṃ. Ālokasaññekattaṃ cetayato thinamiddhato cittaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ…pe… sabbakilesā nānattaṃ, arahattamaggo ekattaṃ. Arahattamaggekattaṃ cetayato sabbakilesehi cittaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘nānatte paññā cetovivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
97 何为“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”?断除欲贪时,以出离令心决意——此即“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”。断除瞋恚时,以无瞋令心决意——此即“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”。断除昏沉睡眠时,以光明想令心决意——此即“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”……(中略)……断除一切烦恼时,以阿拉汉道令心决意——此即“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”。此于已知之义为智,于了知之义为慧。故说:“于决意中,慧即心转离之智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? Kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto nekkhammavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti – adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Byāpādaṃ pajahanto abyāpādavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti – adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Thinamiddhaṃ pajahanto ālokasaññāvasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti – adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ…pe… sabbakilese pajahanto arahattamaggavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti – adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘adhiṭṭhāne paññā cittavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
98 应如何理解“空中的慧是智转离之智”?当如实地了知与观见“眼是空的,无我,无我所,无常,不坚固,非永恒,不离变坏法”时,智即从对眼的执取中转离——这便是“空中的慧是智转离之智”。当如实地了知与观见“耳是空的……(中略)……鼻是空的……舌是空的……身是空的……意是空的,无我,无我所,无常,不坚固,非永恒,不离变坏法”时,智即从对意的执取中转离——这便是“空中的慧是智转离之智”。此中,于已知义,是为智;于了知义,是为慧。故称“空中的慧是智转离之智”。此是已知。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ suññate paññā ñāṇavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? ‘‘Cakkhu suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ jānato passato cakkhābhinivesato ñāṇaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – suññate paññā ñāṇavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Sotaṃ suññaṃ…pe… ghānaṃ suññaṃ… jivhā suññā… kāyo suñño… mano suñño attena vā attaniyena vā niccena vā dhuvena vā sassatena vā avipariṇāmadhammena vā’’ti yathābhūtaṃ jānato passato manābhinivesato ñāṇaṃ vivaṭṭatīti – suññate paññā ñāṇavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘suññate paññā ñāṇavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
99 何谓“于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智”?以出离舍断欲贪——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。以无瞋舍断瞋恚——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。以光明想舍断昏沉睡眠——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。以不散乱舍断掉举——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。以法拣择舍断疑——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。……以阿拉汉道舍断一切烦恼——于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智。此于已知义为智,于了知义为慧,故说为“于舍离中,慧为解脱转离之智”。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? Nekkhammena kāmacchandaṃ vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Abyāpādena byāpādaṃ vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Ālokasaññāya thinamiddhaṃ vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ . Avikkhepena uddhaccaṃ vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Dhammavavatthānena vicikicchaṃ vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ…pe… arahattamaggena sabbakilese vosajjatīti – vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘vosagge paññā vimokkhavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
100 什么是在如义中,慧为谛转离之智?遍知苦的逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义而转离——这是在如义中,慧为谛转离之智。遍舍集的蓄积义、因源义、结缚义、障碍义而转离——这是在如义中,慧为谛转离之智。遍证灭的出离义、远离义、无为义、不死义而转离——这是在如义中,慧为谛转离之智。遍修道谛的出离义、因义、见义、增上义而转离——这是在如义中,慧为谛转离之智。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ? Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭhaṃ saṅkhataṭṭhaṃ santāpaṭṭhaṃ vipariṇāmaṭṭhaṃ parijānanto vivaṭṭatīti – tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭhaṃ nidānaṭṭhaṃ saññogaṭṭhaṃ palibodhaṭṭhaṃ pajahanto vivaṭṭatīti – tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭhaṃ vivekaṭṭhaṃ asaṅkhataṭṭhaṃ amataṭṭhaṃ sacchikaronto vivaṭṭatīti – tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ. Maggassa niyyānaṭṭhaṃ hetuṭṭhaṃ dassanaṭṭhaṃ ādhipateyyaṭṭhaṃ bhāvento vivaṭṭatīti – tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ.
有想转离、思转离、心转离、智转离、解脱转离、谛转离。于想时转离——这是想转离。于思时转离——这是思转离。于识知时转离——这是心转离。于作智时转离——这是智转离。于弃舍时转离——这是解脱转离。于如义中转离——这是谛转离。巴利
Saññāvivaṭṭo, cetovivaṭṭo, cittavivaṭṭo, ñāṇavivaṭṭo, vimokkhavivaṭṭo , saccavivaṭṭo. Sañjānanto vivaṭṭatīti – saññāvivaṭṭo. Cetayanto vivaṭṭatīti – cetovivaṭṭo. Vijānanto vivaṭṭatīti – cittavivaṭṭo. Ñāṇaṃ karonto vivaṭṭatīti – ñāṇavivaṭṭo. Vosajjanto vivaṭṭatīti – vimokkhavivaṭṭo. Tathaṭṭhe vivaṭṭatīti – saccavivaṭṭo.
凡有想转离之处,即有思转离。凡有思转离之处,即有想转离。凡有想转离与思转离之处,即有心转离。凡有心转离之处,即有想转离与思转离。凡有想转离、思转离、心转离之处,即有智转离。凡有智转离之处,即有想转离、思转离、心转离。凡有想转离、思转离、心转离、智转离之处,即有解脱转离。凡有解脱转离之处,即有想转离、思转离、心转离、智转离。凡有想转离、思转离、心转离、智转离、解脱转离之处,即有谛转离。凡有谛转离之处,即有想转离、思转离、心转离、智转离、解脱转离。以已知义为智,以了知义为慧。因此说:“在如义中,慧为谛转离之智。”巴利
Yattha saññāvivaṭṭo, tattha cetovivaṭṭo. Yattha cetovivaṭṭo, tattha saññāvivaṭṭo. Yattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo tattha cittavivaṭṭo. Yattha cittavivaṭṭo, tattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo. Yattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo, tattha ñāṇavivaṭṭo. Yattha ñāṇavivaṭṭo, tattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo. Yattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo ñāṇavivaṭṭo, tattha vimokkhavivaṭṭo. Yattha vimokkhavivaṭṭo, tattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo ñāṇavivaṭṭo. Yattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo ñāṇavivaṭṭo vimokkhavivaṭṭo, tattha saccavivaṭṭo. Yattha saccavivaṭṭo, tattha saññāvivaṭṭo cetovivaṭṭo cittavivaṭṭo ñāṇavivaṭṭo vimokkhavivaṭṭo. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ , pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘tathaṭṭhe paññā saccavivaṭṭe ñāṇaṃ’’.
50. 神变智分别巴利
50. Iddhividhañāṇaniddeso
101 如何是名为神变智的慧?即以身与心的统一决定、以乐想与轻快想、依决意而成就的慧,名为神变智。于此,比丘修习具足欲定勤行神足,修习具足精进定勤行神足,修习具足心定勤行神足,修习具足观定勤行神足。他对这四种神足修习心、调伏心,令心柔软、适合作业。如此修习、调伏、令心柔软适业之后,他将身统合于心,将心统合于身;以身之力引导心,以心之力引导身;以身之力决意心,以心之力决意身。在以身之力引导心、以心之力引导身,以身之力决意心、以心之力决意身之后,他于身中进入乐想与轻快想而住。以如是修习、清净、皎洁之心,他为证神变智而导引其心、令心倾向。他便证验种种神变。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ kāyampi cittampi ekavavatthānatā sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca adhiṭṭhānavasena ijjhanaṭṭhe paññā iddhividhe ñāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, cittasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāveti paridameti, muduṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāvetvā paridametvā muduṃ karitvā kammaniyaṃ kāyampi citte samodahati, cittampi kāye samodahati, kāyavasena cittaṃ pariṇāmeti, cittavasena kāyaṃ pariṇāmeti, kāyavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhāti, cittavasena kāyaṃ adhiṭṭhāti; kāyavasena cittaṃ pariṇāmetvā cittavasena kāyaṃ pariṇāmetvā kāyavasena cittaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā cittavasena kāyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca kāye okkamitvā viharati. So tathābhāvitena cittena parisuddhena pariyodātena iddhividhañāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ iddhividhaṃ paccanubhoti.
102 他一身化多身,多身合一身;或显或隐;穿墙越壁,穿过城墙,越过山岳,无所障碍,犹如在虚空之中;于大地中出没,犹如在水中;行于水上而不破散,犹如行于大地;于虚空中结跏趺坐而行,犹如飞鸟;如此有大神通、大威力的日月,他以手触摸、摩挲;乃至于梵天世界,以身自在而行。从这个意义说,这称为智;从了知的意义说,称为慧。因此说道:“身得统一,心得决定,依乐想与轻快想,由决意而成就,此慧即是神变智。”巴利 注疏 1
Ekopi hutvā bahudhā hoti, bahudhāpi hutvā eko hoti; āvibhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ; tirokuṭṭaṃ tiropākāraṃ tiropabbataṃ asajjamāno gacchati, seyyathāpi ākāse; pathaviyāpi ummujjanimujjaṃ karoti, seyyathāpi udake; udakepi abhijjamāne gacchati, seyyathāpi pathaviyaṃ ; ākāsepi pallaṅkena kamati seyyathāpi pakkhī sakuṇo imepi candimasūriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parāmasati parimajjati; yāva brahmalokāpi kāyena vasaṃ vatteti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘kāyampi cittampi ekavavatthānatā sukhasaññañca lahusaññañca adhiṭṭhānavasena ijjhanaṭṭhe paññā iddhividhe ñāṇaṃ’’.
51. 耳界清净智分别巴利
51. Sotadhātuvisuddhiñāṇaniddeso
103 如何理解“以寻的扩散为因,通达种种、一一种声音之相而洞察的慧为天耳界清净智”?于此,比丘修习具足欲定……具足精进定……具足心定……具足观定与精勤行之神足。他于此四种神足中修习心、调御心,令心柔软、堪任。他于此四种神足中修习心、调御心,令心柔软、堪任之后,作意远处的声音之相,亦作意近处的声音之相;作意粗大的声音之相,亦作意微细的声音之相,作意极微细的声音之相。作意东方诸声音之相,作意西方诸声音之相,作意北方诸声音之相,作意南方诸声音之相。作意东南方向诸声音之相,作意西北方向诸声音之相,作意东北方向诸声音之相,作意西南方向诸声音之相。作意下方诸声音之相,作意上方诸声音之相。他以此已修习、已遍净、已遍清净之心,将心导向、引向天耳界清净智。他以那超越人耳界的清净天耳界,听闻两种声音:天界的声音与人界的声音,无论远近。以了知义为智,以了别义为慧。因此说:“以寻的扩散为因,通达种种、一一种声音之相而洞察的慧为天耳界清净智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ vitakkavipphāravasena nānattekattasaddanimittānaṃ pariyogāhaṇe paññā sotadhātuvisuddhiñāṇaṃ ? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhi…pe… vīriyasamādhi… cittasamādhi… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāveti paridameti, muduṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāvetvā paridametvā, muduṃ karitvā kammaniyaṃ dūrepi saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, santikepi saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, oḷārikānampi saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, sukhumānampi saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, saṇhasaṇhānampi saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, puratthimāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, pacchimāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, uttarāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, dakkhiṇāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, puratthimāyapi anudisāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, pacchimāyapi anudisāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, uttarāyapi anudisāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, dakkhiṇāyapi anudisāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, heṭṭhimāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti, uparimāyapi disāya saddānaṃ saddanimittaṃ manasi karoti. So tathābhāvitena cittena parisuddhena pariyodātena sotadhātuvisuddhiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. So dibbāya sotadhātuyā visuddhāya atikkantamānusikāya ubho sadde suṇāti – dibbe ca mānuse ca ye dūre santike ca. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘vitakkavipphāravasena nānattekattasaddanimittānaṃ pariyogāhaṇe paññā sotadhātuvisuddhiñāṇaṃ’’.
52. 他心智分别巴利
52. Cetopariyañāṇaniddeso
104 如何是以三种心的扩散为因,依诸根的明净,而通达种种与一一种识之行的洞察慧为他心智呢?在此,比丘修习具足欲定与精勤行的神足,修习具足精进定与精勤行的神足……修习具足心定与精勤行的神足……修习具足观定与精勤行的神足。他对这四种神足修习心、调练心,令心柔软、堪任。对四种神足修习心、调练心,令心柔软、堪任之后,他如是了知:“此色身由喜根所引发,此色身由忧根所引发,此色身由舍根所引发。”他以如此已修、已遍净、已遍清净的心,将心导向他心智。他以自心遍知其他众生、其他人的心而了知:了知“有贪心”为有贪心;了知“离贪心”为离贪心;了知“有嗔心”为有嗔心;了知“离嗔心”为离嗔心;了知“有痴心”为有痴心;了知“离痴心”为离痴心;了知“收缩心”为收缩心;了知“散乱心”为散乱心;了知“广大心”为广大心;了知“非广大心”为非广大心;了知“有上心”为有上心;了知“无上心”为无上心;了知“定心”为定心;了知“非定心”为非定心;了知“解脱心”为解脱心;了知“未解脱心”为未解脱心。以了知义为智,以了别义为慧。因此说:“以三种心的扩散为因,依诸根的明净,通达种种与一一种识之行的洞察慧,为他心智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ tiṇṇaṃ cittānaṃ vipphārattā indriyānaṃ pasādavasena nānattekattaviññāṇacariyāpariyogāhaṇe paññā cetopariyañāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhi…pe… cittasamādhi…pe… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāveti paridameti, muduṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāvetvā paridametvā, muduṃ karitvā kammaniyaṃ evaṃ pajānāti – ‘‘idaṃ rūpaṃ somanassindriyasamuṭṭhitaṃ, idaṃ rūpaṃ domanassindriyasamuṭṭhitaṃ, idaṃ rūpaṃ upekkhindriyasamuṭṭhita’’nti . So tathābhāvitena cittena parisuddhena pariyodātena cetopariyañāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. So parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca pajānāti – sarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘‘sarāgaṃ citta’’nti pajānāti, vītarāgaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘‘vītarāgaṃ citta’’nti pajānāti, sadosaṃ vā cittaṃ…pe… vītadosaṃ vā cittaṃ… samohaṃ vā cittaṃ… vītamohaṃ vā cittaṃ… saṃkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ… vikkhittaṃ vā cittaṃ… mahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ… amahaggataṃ vā cittaṃ… sauttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… anuttaraṃ vā cittaṃ… samāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ… asamāhitaṃ vā cittaṃ… vimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ… avimuttaṃ vā cittaṃ ‘‘avimuttaṃ cittanti pajānāti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ cittānaṃ vipphārattā indriyānaṃ pasādavasena nānattekattaviññāṇacariyāpariyogāhaṇe paññā cetopariyañāṇaṃ’’.
他心智分别第五十二巴利
Cetopariyañāṇaniddeso dvepaññāsamo.
53. 宿住随念智分别巴利
53. Pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaniddeso
105 如何是以因缘所转起的诸法,藉由种种或单一业行的扩散而通达洞察的慧,即宿命随念智?此处,比丘修习欲定……令心柔软、适合作业后,如是了知:“此有故彼有,此生故彼生。”即:以无明为缘而有诸行,以诸行为缘而有识,以识为缘而有名色,以名色为缘而有六处,以六处为缘而有触,以触为缘而有受,以受为缘而有渴爱,以渴爱为缘而有取着,以取着为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老、死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起;如此,这整个苦蕴便集起。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ paccayapavattānaṃ dhammānaṃ nānattekattakammavipphāravasena pariyogāhaṇe paññā pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhi…pe… muduṃ karitvā kammaniyaṃ evaṃ pajānāti – ‘‘imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti; evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti’’.
他以如此修习、遍净、遍清净之心,将心导向、引向宿命随念智。他随念种种过去世:一生、二生、三生、四生、五生、十生、二十生、三十生、四十生、五十生、百生、千生、十万生,众多坏劫、众多成劫、众多坏成劫:“我于彼处,曾有如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是饮食、如是苦乐感受、如是寿限;我从彼处死后,投生到某处。于彼处,我又有如是名、如是族姓、如是容貌、如是饮食、如是苦乐感受、如是寿限;我从彼处死后,再投生到这里。”他如此随念种种过去世的细节与相貌。了知之义为智,了别之义为慧。因此说:“以因缘所转起的诸法,藉由种种或单一业行的扩散而通达洞察的慧,即宿命随念智。”巴利
So tathābhāvitena cittena parisuddhena pariyodātena pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo tissopi jātiyo catassopi jātiyo pañcapi jātiyo dasapi jātiyo vīsampi jātiyo tiṃsampi jātiyo cattālīsampi jātiyo paññāsampi jātiyo, jātisatampi jātisahassampi jātisatasahassampi, anekepi saṃvaṭṭakappe anekepi vivaṭṭakappe anekepi saṃvaṭṭavivaṭṭakappe – ‘‘amutrāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evamāyupariyanto, so tato cuto amutra udapādiṃ; tatrāpāsiṃ evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto evaṃvaṇṇo evamāhāro evaṃsukhadukkhappaṭisaṃvedī evama āyupariyanto, so tato cuto idhūpapanno’’ti. Iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘paccayapavattānaṃ dhammānaṃ nānattekattakammavipphāravasena pariyogāhaṇe paññā pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇaṃ’’.
54. 天眼智分别巴利
54. Dibbacakkhuñāṇaniddeso
106 如何是“以光明为因,在见种种、一一种色相之事上的慧为天眼智”?于此,比丘修习具足欲定与精勤行之神足,修习具足精进定……具足心定……具足观定与精勤行之神足。他于这四种神足中修习心、调御心,令心柔软、堪任。他于这四种神足中修习心、调御心,令心柔软、堪任之后,作意光明想,确立昼想:“如昼亦然夜,如夜亦然昼。”如此,他以豁然无蔽之心,修习光明心。他以此已修习、已遍净、已遍清净之心,将心导向、引向众生死生智。他以超越人界、清净的天眼,见众生死亡、投生,了知众生随业流转——或低劣、或殊胜,或美丽、或丑陋,或善趣、或恶趣:“确实,这些尊贵众生具足身恶行、具足语恶行、具足意恶行,诽谤圣者,持有邪见,造作邪见业;他们身坏命终后,投生于苦界、恶趣、堕处、地狱。然而,那些尊贵众生具足身善行、具足语善行、具足意善行,不诽谤圣者,持有正见,造作正见业;他们身坏命终后,投生于善趣、天界。”如此,他以超越人界、清净的天眼,见众生死亡、投生,了知众生随业流转——或低劣、或殊胜,或美丽、或丑陋,或善趣、或恶趣。以了知义为智,以了别义为慧。是故说言:“以光明为因,在见种种、一一种色相之事上的慧为天眼智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ obhāsavasena nānattekattarūpanimittānaṃ dassanaṭṭhe paññā dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu chandasamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti, vīriyasamādhi…pe… cittasamādhi…pe… vīmaṃsāsamādhipadhānasaṅkhārasamannāgataṃ iddhipādaṃ bhāveti. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāveti paridameti, muduṃ karoti kammaniyaṃ. So imesu catūsu iddhipādesu cittaṃ paribhāvetvā paridametvā, muduṃ karitvā kammaniyaṃ ālokasaññaṃ manasi karoti, divāsaññaṃ adhiṭṭhāti – ‘‘yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā’’. Iti vivaṭena cetasā apariyonaddhena sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāveti. So tathābhāvitena cittena parisuddhena pariyodātena sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena, satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti – ‘‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṃ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapannā’’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘obhāsavasena nānattekattarūpanimittānaṃ dassanaṭṭhe paññā dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ’’.
55. 漏尽智分别巴利
55. Āsavakkhayañāṇaniddeso
107 以六十四种行相,三种根自在者的慧,如何是漏尽智?此三种根是什么?即未知当知根、已知根、具知根。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ catusaṭṭhiyā ākārehi tiṇṇannaṃ indriyānaṃ vasibhāvatā paññā āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ? Katamesaṃ tiṇṇannaṃ indriyānaṃ? Anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa aññindriyassa aññātāvindriyassa.
未知当知根达到几个阶位?已知根达到几个阶位?具知根达到几个阶位?未知当知根达到一个阶位——入流道。已知根达到六个阶位——入流果、一来道、一来果、不来道、不来果、阿拉汉道。具知根达到一个阶位——阿拉汉果。巴利
Anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ kati ṭhānāni gacchati, aññindriyaṃ kati ṭhānāni gacchati, aññātāvindriyaṃ kati ṭhānāni gacchati? Anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati – sotāpattimaggaṃ. Aññindriyaṃ cha ṭhānāni gacchati – sotāpattiphalaṃ , sakadāgāmimaggaṃ , sakadāgāmiphalaṃ, anāgāmimaggaṃ, anāgāmiphalaṃ, arahattamaggaṃ. Aññātāvindriyaṃ ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ gacchati – arahattaphalaṃ.
在入流道刹那,于“未知当知根”,信根以胜解为伴,精进根以策励为伴,念根以现起为伴,定根以不散乱为伴,慧根以见为伴,意根以了知为伴,喜根以遍满为伴,命根以维持相续的支配为伴。在入流道刹那生起的诸法,除心生色法之外,全部是善的,全部是无漏的,全部导向出离,全部趋于减损,全部是出世间的,全部以涅槃为所缘。在入流道刹那,对于“未知当知根”,这八个根是俱生之伴、互相之伴、依止之伴、相应之伴,它们同行、俱生、相杂、相应。它们既是它的行相,也是它的伴随。巴利
Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhaparivāraṃ hoti, vīriyindriyaṃ paggahaparivāraṃ hoti, satindriyaṃ upaṭṭhānaparivāraṃ hoti, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepaparivāraṃ hoti, paññindriyaṃ dassanaparivāraṃ hoti, manindriyaṃ vijānanaparivāraṃ hoti, somanassindriyaṃ abhisandanaparivāraṃ hoti, jīvitindriyaṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaparivāraṃ hoti. Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe jātā dhammā ṭhapetvā cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ rūpaṃ sabbeva kusalā honti, sabbeva anāsavā honti, sabbeva niyyānikā honti, sabbeva apacayagāmino honti, sabbeva lokuttarā honti, sabbeva nibbānārammaṇā honti. Sotāpattimaggakkhaṇe anaññātaññassāmītindriyassa imāni aṭṭhindriyāni sahajātaparivārā honti, aññamaññaparivārā honti, nissayaparivārā honti, sampayuttaparivārā honti, sahagatā honti, sahajātā honti, saṃsaṭṭhā honti, sampayuttā honti. Teva tassa ākārā ceva honti parivārā ca.
于入流果刹那,就已知根而言:信根以胜解为伴,精进根以策励为伴,念根以现起为伴,定根以不散乱为伴,慧根以见为伴,意根以了知为伴,喜根以遍满为伴,命根以支配转起相续为伴。于入流果刹那所生之诸法,悉皆无记;除心生色法外,悉皆无漏,悉皆出世间,悉以涅槃为所缘。于入流果刹那,就已知根而言,此八根俱生为伴,相互为伴,依止为伴,相应为伴,同行,俱生,相杂,相应。他们既是其行相,亦是其伴随。巴利
Sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe aññindriyassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhaparivāraṃ hoti, vīriyindriyaṃ paggahaparivāraṃ hoti, satindriyaṃ upaṭṭhānaparivāraṃ hoti, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepaparivāraṃ hoti, paññindriyaṃ dassanaparivāraṃ hoti, manindriyaṃ vijānanaparivāraṃ hoti, somanassindriyaṃ abhisandanaparivāraṃ hoti, jīvitindriyaṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaparivāraṃ hoti. Sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe jātā dhammā sabbeva abyākatā honti, ṭhapetvā cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ rūpaṃ sabbeva anāsavā honti, sabbeva lokuttarā honti, sabbeva nibbānārammaṇā honti. Sotāpattiphalakkhaṇe aññindriyassa imāni aṭṭhindriyāni sahajātaparivārā honti, aññamaññaparivārā honti, nissayaparivārā honti, sampayuttaparivārā honti, sahagatā honti, sahajātā honti, saṃsaṭṭhā honti, sampayuttā honti. Teva tassa ākārā ceva honti parivārā ca.
于一来道刹那……(中略)……于一来果刹那……(中略)……于不来道刹那……(中略)……于不来果刹那……(中略)……于阿拉汉道刹那,于已知根,信根以胜解为伴随……(中略)……命根以统摄相续转起为伴随。于阿拉汉道刹那所生起的诸法,除心生色法外,悉皆为善,悉皆无漏,悉皆导向出离,悉皆趣向减损,悉皆出世间,悉皆以涅槃为所缘。于阿拉汉道刹那,于已知根,此八根为俱生伴随、相互伴随、依止伴随、相应伴随、同行、俱生、混杂、相应。它们既是其行相,也是其伴随。巴利
Sakadāgāmimaggakkhaṇe …pe… sakadāgāmiphalakkhaṇe…pe… anāgāmimaggakkhaṇe…pe… anāgāmiphalakkhaṇe…pe… arahattamaggakkhaṇe aññindriyassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhaparivāraṃ hoti…pe… jīvitindriyaṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaparivāraṃ hoti. Arahattamaggakkhaṇe jātā dhammā ṭhapetvā cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ rūpaṃ sabbeva kusalā honti, sabbeva anāsavā honti, sabbeva niyyānikā honti, sabbeva apacayagāmino honti, sabbeva lokuttarā honti, sabbeva nibbānārammaṇā honti. Arahattamaggakkhaṇe aññindriyassa imāni aṭṭhindriyāni sahajātaparivārā honti, aññamaññaparivārā honti, nissayaparivārā honti, sampayuttaparivārā honti, sahagatā honti, sahajātā honti, saṃsaṭṭhā honti, sampayuttā honti. Teva tassa ākārā ceva honti parivārā ca.
于阿拉汉果的刹那,对“具知根”而言,信根以胜解为伴随,精进根以策励为伴随,念根以现起为伴随,定根以不散乱为伴随,慧根以见为伴随,意根以了知为伴随,喜根以遍满为伴随,命根以主导相续转起为伴随。于阿拉汉果的刹那所生起的诸法,皆是无记,除心生色法外,皆是无漏,皆是出世间,皆以涅槃为所缘。于阿拉汉果的刹那,对“具知根”,此八根是俱生伴随、互相伴随、依止伴随、相应伴随,是同行的,是俱生的,是混杂的,是相应的。它们既是它的行相,亦是它的伴随。如是,此八根各以八重伴随相而为八组,总为六十四种。巴利
Arahattaphalakkhaṇe aññātāvindriyassa saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhaparivāraṃ hoti, vīriyindriyaṃ paggahaparivāraṃ hoti, satindriyaṃ upaṭṭhānaparivāraṃ hoti, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepaparivāraṃ hoti, paññindriyaṃ dassanaparivāraṃ hoti, manindriyaṃ vijānanaparivāraṃ hoti, somanassindriyaṃ abhisandanaparivāraṃ hoti, jīvitindriyaṃ pavattasantatādhipateyyaparivāraṃ hoti. Arahattaphalakkhaṇe jātā dhammā sabbeva abyākatā honti, ṭhapetvā cittasamuṭṭhānaṃ rūpaṃ sabbeva anāsavā honti, sabbeva lokuttarā honti, sabbeva nibbānārammaṇā honti. Arahattaphalakkhaṇe aññātāvindriyassa imāni aṭṭhindriyāni sahajātaparivārā honti, aññamaññaparivārā honti, nissayaparivārā honti, sampayuttaparivārā honti, sahagatā honti, sahajātā honti, saṃsaṭṭhā honti, sampayuttā honti. Teva tassa ākārā ceva honti parivārā ca. Iti imāni aṭṭhaṭṭhakāni catusaṭṭhi honti.
何谓漏?即欲漏、有漏、见漏、无明漏。此诸漏于何处断尽?依入流道,无余断尽见漏,断尽导向恶趣的欲漏,断尽导向恶趣的有漏,断尽导向恶趣的无明漏。此诸漏即于此处断尽。依一来道,断尽粗的欲漏,与其同类的有漏亦被断尽,与其同类的无明漏亦被断尽。此诸漏即于此处断尽。依不来道,无余断尽欲漏,与其同类的有漏亦被断尽,与其同类的无明漏亦被断尽。此诸漏即于此处断尽。依阿拉汉道,无余断尽有漏,无余断尽无明漏。此诸漏即于此处断尽。依已知义为智,依彻知义为慧。是故说言:“以六十四种行相通达三根自在,于诸漏尽中为智。”巴利
Āsavā ti katame te āsavā? Kāmāsavo, bhavāsavo, diṭṭhāsavo, avijjāsavo. Katthete āsavā khīyanti? Sotāpattimaggena anavaseso diṭṭhāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo kāmāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo bhavāsavo khīyati, apāyagamanīyo avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Sakadāgāmimaggena oḷāriko kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Anāgāmimaggena anavaseso kāmāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho bhavāsavo khīyati, tadekaṭṭho avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Arahattamaggena anavaseso bhavāsavo khīyati, anavaseso avijjāsavo khīyati. Etthete āsavā khīyanti. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘catusaṭṭhiyā ākārehi tiṇṇannaṃ indriyānaṃ vasibhāvatā paññā āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ’’.
谛智四法二重分别(第56–63经)巴利
56-63. Saccañāṇacatukkadvayaniddeso
108 什么是“于遍知义上的慧是苦中之智,于断除义上的慧是集之智,于证得义上的慧是灭中之智,于修习义上的慧是道中之智”?苦的逼迫义、有为义、热恼义、变易义,即是遍知义;集的积集义、因缘义、结缚义、障碍义,即是断除义;灭的出离义、远离义、无为义、不死义,即是证得义;道的出离义、因义、见义、增上义,即是修习义。从已知的意义来说是智,从了知的意义来说是慧。因此说:“于遍知义上的慧是苦中之智,于断除义上的慧是集之智,于证得义上的慧是灭中之智,于修习义上的慧是道中之智。”巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ pariññaṭṭhe paññā dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, pahānaṭṭhe paññā samudaye ñāṇaṃ, sacchikiriyaṭṭhe paññā nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, bhāvanaṭṭhe paññā magge ñāṇaṃ? Dukkhassa pīḷanaṭṭho saṅkhataṭṭho santāpaṭṭho vipariṇāmaṭṭho pariññātaṭṭho; samudayassa āyūhanaṭṭho nidānaṭṭho saññogaṭṭho palibodhaṭṭho pahānaṭṭho; nirodhassa nissaraṇaṭṭho vivekaṭṭho asaṅkhataṭṭho amataṭṭho sacchikiriyaṭṭho; maggassa niyyānaṭṭho hetuṭṭho dassanaṭṭho ādhipateyyaṭṭho bhāvanaṭṭho. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘pariññaṭṭhe paññā dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, pahānaṭṭhe paññā samudaye ñāṇaṃ, sacchikiriyaṭṭhe paññā nirodhe ñāṇaṃ, bhāvanaṭṭhe paññā magge ñāṇaṃ’’.
109 什么是苦之智、苦集之智、苦灭之智、导向苦灭之道的智?具有道者的智,即是这苦之智,即是这苦集之智,即是这苦灭之智,即是这导向苦灭之道的智。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ? Maggasamaṅgissa ñāṇaṃ dukkhe petaṃ ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye petaṃ ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe petaṃ ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya petaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
其中,什么是苦智?以苦为所缘而生起的慧、了知、推度、简择、择法、观察、普观、近观、聪慧、善巧、精湛、明辨、思虑、审察、广大慧、深邃慧、善导慧、观慧、正知、策励、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧殿、慧光、慧明、慧灯、慧宝、不痴、择法、正见,这称为苦智。以苦集为所缘……(中略)……以苦灭为所缘……(中略)……以导向苦灭之道为所缘而生起的慧、了知……(中略)……不痴、择法、正见,这称为导向苦灭之道智。以已知之义为智,以了知之义为慧,因此说:“苦智、苦集智、苦灭智、导向苦灭之道智”。巴利
Tattha katamaṃ dukkhe ñāṇaṃ? Dukkhaṃ ārabbha yā uppajjati paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūri medhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi – idaṃ vuccati dukkhe ñāṇaṃ. Dukkhasamudayaṃ ārabbha…pe… dukkhanirodhaṃ ārabbha…pe… dukkhanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ ārabbha yā uppajjati paññā pajānanā…pe… amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi – idaṃ vuccati dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ , dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ’’.
清净无碍解智解说(第64–67经)巴利
64-67. Suddhikapaṭisambhidāñāṇaniddeso
110 什么是义无碍解智、法无碍解智、词无碍解智、辩无碍解智?于诸义所起的智,即是义无碍解;于诸法所起的智,即是法无碍解;于诸词所起的智,即是词无碍解;于诸辩所起的智,即是辩无碍解。通达义之种种的慧,是义无碍解智;通达法之种种的慧,是法无碍解智;通达词之种种的慧,是词无碍解智;通达辩之种种的慧,是辩无碍解智。确定义的慧,是义无碍解智;确定法的慧,是法无碍解智;确定词的慧,是词无碍解智;确定辩的慧,是辩无碍解智。巴利 注疏 1
Kathaṃ atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ? Atthesu ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā, dhammesu ñāṇaṃ dhammapaṭisambhidā, niruttīsu ñāṇaṃ niruttipaṭisambhidā, paṭibhānesu ñāṇaṃ paṭibhānapaṭisambhidā. Atthanānatte paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammanānatte paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttinānatte paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānanānatte paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, atthavavatthāne paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammavavatthāne paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ niruttivavatthāne paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānavavatthāne paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ.
观察义所起的慧,是义无碍解智;观察法所起的慧,是法无碍解智;观察词所起的慧,是词无碍解智;观察辩所起的慧,是辩无碍解智。随观义所起的慧,是义无碍解智;随观法所起的慧,是法无碍解智;随观词所起的慧,是词无碍解智;随观辩所起的慧,是辩无碍解智。巴利
Atthasallakkhaṇe paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammasallakkhaṇe paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttisallakkhaṇe paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānasallakkhaṇe paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Atthūpalakkhaṇe paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammūpalakkhaṇe paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttūpalakkhaṇe paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānūpalakkhaṇe paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ.
分别义所起的慧,是义无碍解智;分别法所起的慧,是法无碍解智;分别词所起的慧,是词无碍解智;分别辩所起的慧,是辩无碍解智。显了义所起的慧,是义无碍解智;显了法所起的慧,是法无碍解智;显了词所起的慧,是词无碍解智;显了辩所起的慧,是辩无碍解智。巴利
Atthappabhede paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammappabhede paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttippabhede paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānappabhede paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Atthappabhāvane paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammappabhāvane paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttippabhāvane paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānappabhāvane paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ.
对于义的阐明,那慧即是义无碍解智;对于法的阐明,那慧即是法无碍解智;对于词的阐明,那慧即是词无碍解智;对于辩的阐明,那慧即是辩无碍解智。对于义的照彻,那慧即是义无碍解智;对于法的照彻,那慧即是法无碍解智;对于词的照彻,那慧即是词无碍解智;对于辩的照彻,那慧即是辩无碍解智。对于义的显耀,那慧即是义无碍解智;对于法的显耀,那慧即是法无碍解智;对于词的显耀,那慧即是词无碍解智;对于辩的显耀,那慧即是辩无碍解智。在“已了知”的意义上,称为智;在“彻底地了知”的意义上,称为慧。因此,这被称作:义无碍解智、法无碍解智、词无碍解智、辩无碍解智。巴利
Atthajotane paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammajotane paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttijotane paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānajotane paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Atthavirocane paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammavirocane paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttivirocane paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānavirocane paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Atthappakāsane paññā atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammappakāsane paññā dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttippakāsane paññā niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānappakāsane paññā paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ. Taṃ ñātaṭṭhena ñāṇaṃ, pajānanaṭṭhena paññā. Tena vuccati – ‘‘atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ, paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ’’.
68. 诸根上下智之分别。巴利
68. Indriyaparopariyattañāṇaniddeso
111 如来又是如何观察这些众生的呢?他见有些众生尘垢微少,有些尘垢深重;有些根器敏锐,有些根器迟钝;有些素质良善,有些素质鄙陋;有些易于教化,有些难以教化;其中一部分能见来世过患之怖畏,另一部分则不见来世过患之怖畏。巴利 注疏 1
Katamaṃ tathāgatassa indriyaparopariyatta ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato satte passati apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre dvākāre suviññāpaye duviññāpaye appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvino.
有信心的众生尘垢微少,无信心的众生尘垢深重。精进努力的众生尘垢微少,懈怠的众生尘垢深重。正念现前的众生尘垢微少,忘失正念的众生尘垢深重。心定的众生尘垢微少,心不定的众生尘垢深重。有慧的众生尘垢微少,智慧不足的众生尘垢深重。巴利
Apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe ti saddho puggalo apparajakkho, assaddho puggalo mahārajakkho. Āraddhavīriyo puggalo apparajakkho, kusīto puggalo mahārajakkho. Upaṭṭhitassati puggalo apparajakkho, muṭṭhassati puggalo mahārajakkho. Samāhito puggalo apparajakkho, asamāhito puggalo mahārajakkho. Paññavā puggalo apparajakkho, duppañño puggalo mahārajakkho.
有信心的众生根器敏锐,无信心的众生根器迟钝。精进努力的众生根器敏锐,懈怠的众生根器迟钝。正念现前的众生根器敏锐,忘失正念的众生根器迟钝。心定的众生根器敏锐,心不定的众生根器迟钝。有慧的众生根器敏锐,智慧不足的众生根器迟钝。巴利
Tikkhindriye mudindriye ti saddho puggalo tikkhindriyo, assaddho puggalo mudindriyo. Āraddhavīriyo puggalo tikkhindriyo, kusīto puggalo mudindriyo. Upaṭṭhitassati puggalo tikkhindriyo, muṭṭhassati puggalo mudindriyo. Samāhito puggalo tikkhindriyo, asamāhito puggalo mudindriyo. Paññavā puggalo tikkhindriyo, duppañño puggalo mudindriyo.
有信之人,品性善好;无信之人,品性不善。精勤之人,品性善好;懈怠之人,品性不善。正念现前之人,品性善好;忘失正念之人,品性不善。心得定之人,品性善好;心不定之人,品性不善。具慧之人,品性善好;劣慧之人,品性不善。巴利
Svākāre dvākāre ti saddho puggalo svākāro, assaddho puggalo dvākāro. Āraddhavīriyo puggalo svākāro, kusīto puggalo dvākāro. Upaṭṭhitassati puggalo svākāro, muṭṭhassati puggalo dvākāro. Samāhito puggalo svākāro, asamāhito puggalo dvākāro. Paññavā puggalo svākāro, duppañño puggalo dvākāro.
有信之人,易于教导;无信之人,难于教导。精勤之人,易于教导;懈怠之人,难于教导。正念现前之人,易于教导;忘失正念之人,难于教导。心得定之人,易于教导;心不定之人,难于教导。具慧之人,易于教导;劣慧之人,难于教导。巴利
Suviññāpaye duviññāpaye ti saddho puggalo suviññāpayo, assaddho puggalo duviññāpayo. Āraddhavīriyo puggalo suviññāpayo, kusīto puggalo duviññāpayo. Upaṭṭhitassati puggalo suviññāpayo, muṭṭhassati puggalo duviññāpayo. Samāhito puggalo suviññāpayo , asamāhito puggalo duviññāpayo. Paññavā puggalo suviññāpayo, duppañño puggalo duviññāpayo.
有信之人,能见后世罪过之可怖;无信之人,不能见后世罪过之可怖。精勤之人,能见后世罪过之可怖;懈怠之人,不能见后世罪过之可怖。正念现前之人,能见后世罪过之可怖;忘失正念之人,不能见后世罪过之可怖。心得定之人,能见后世罪过之可怖;心不定之人,不能见后世罪过之可怖。具慧之人,能见后世罪过之可怖;劣慧之人,不能见后世罪过之可怖。巴利
Appekacce paralokavajjabhayadassāvino, appekacce na paralokavajjabhayadassāvino ti saddho puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, assaddho puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Āraddhavīriyo puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, kusīto puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Upaṭṭhitassati puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, muṭṭhassati puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Samāhito puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, asamāhito puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī. Paññavā puggalo paralokavajjabhayadassāvī, duppañño puggalo na paralokavajjabhayadassāvī.
112 此中所说的世间,即蕴世间、界世间、处世间、败坏有世间、败坏生起世间、成就有的世间、成就生起的世间。巴利 注疏 1
112 . Loko ti – khandhaloko, dhātuloko, āyatanaloko, vipattibhavaloko , vipattisambhavaloko, sampattibhavaloko, sampattisambhavaloko.
一世间:一切众生依食而住。二世间:名与色。三世间:三种受。四世间:四种食。五世间:五取蕴。六世间:六内处。七世间:七识住。八世间:八世间法。九世间:九众生居。十世间:十处。十二世间:十二处。十八世间:十八界。巴利
Eko loko – sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Dve lokā – nāmañca, rūpañca. Tayo lokā – tisso vedanā. Cattāro lokā – cattāro āhārā. Pañca lokā – pañcupādānakkhandhā. Cha lokā – cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni. Satta lokā – satta viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo . Aṭṭha lokā – aṭṭha lokadhammā. Nava lokā – nava sattāvāsā. Dasa lokā – dasāyatanāni. Dvādasalokā – dvādasāyatanāni. Aṭṭhārasa lokā – aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo.
即:一切烦恼是过患,一切恶行是过患,一切造作是过患,一切趣有之业是过患。如此,对于此世间及这些过患,便生起强烈的怖畏想,犹如面对举刀的杀人者。依此五十行相,如来知、见、明了、证悟此五根——这便是如来知诸根利钝的智慧。巴利
Vajja nti sabbe kilesā vajjā, sabbe duccaritā vajjā, sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjā, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajjā. Iti imasmiñca loke imasmiñca vajje tibbā bhayasaññā paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, seyyathāpi ukkhittāsike vadhake. Imehi paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānāti passati aññāti paṭivijjhati – idaṃ tathāgatassa indriyaparopariyatte ñāṇaṃ.
69. 意乐随眠智分别巴利
69. Āsayānusayañāṇaniddeso
113 什么是如来对众生性向与随眠的智慧呢?于此,如来了知众生的性向,了知随眠,了知习性,了知意乐,也了知哪些众生具有潜力、哪些不具有潜力。什么是众生的性向?有的众生认为“世间是永恒的”,有的认为“世间非永恒”,有的认为“世间有边际”,有的认为“世间无边际”,有的认为“灵魂与身体是同一物”,有的认为“灵魂是一物,身体是另一物”,有的认为“如来死后存在”,有的认为“如来死后不存在”,有的认为“如来死后既存在又不存在”,有的认为“如来死后既非存在亦非不存在”。如此,有些众生依附于“有”的邪见,有些则依附于“无有”的邪见。巴利 注疏 1
Katamaṃ tathāgatassa sattānaṃ āsayānusaye ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānāti, anusayaṃ jānāti, caritaṃ jānāti , adhimuttiṃ jānāti, bhabbābhabbe satte pajānāti. Katamo sattānaṃ āsayo? ‘‘Sassato loko’’ti vā, ‘‘asassato loko’’ti vā, ‘‘antavā loko’’ti vā, ‘‘anantavā loko’’ti vā, ‘‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’’nti vā, ‘‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’’nti vā, ‘‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā, ‘‘na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā, ‘‘hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā, ‘‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’ti vā. Iti bhavadiṭṭhisannissitā vā sattā honti vibhavadiṭṭhisannissitā vā.
然而,有的众生不入这些两极端,于依缘而生、依条件而起的诸法,获得了随顺的忍智与如实知见。如来见有人耽著于欲乐,便知:“此人重视欲乐,性向在欲,意乐于欲。”见有人同样耽著于欲乐,便知:“此人重视离欲,性向在离欲,意乐于离欲。”见有人修习离欲,便知:“此人重视离欲,性向在离欲,意乐于离欲。”见有人同样修习离欲,便知:“此人重视欲乐,性向在欲,意乐于欲。”见有人耽著于瞋恚,便知:“此人重视瞋恚,性向在瞋,意乐于瞋。”见有人同样耽著于瞋恚,便知:“此人重视无瞋,性向在无瞋,意乐于无瞋。”见有人修习无瞋,便知:“此人重视无瞋,性向在无瞋,意乐于无瞋。”见有人同样修习无瞋,便知:“此人重视瞋恚,性向在瞋,意乐于瞋。”见有人耽著于昏沉睡眠,便知:“此人重视昏沉睡眠,性向在昏沉睡眠,意乐于昏沉睡眠。”见有人同样耽著于昏沉睡眠,便知:“此人重视光明想,性向在光明想,意乐于光明想。”见有人修习光明想,便知:“此人重视光明想,性向在光明想,意乐于光明想。”见有人同样修习光明想,便知:“此人重视昏沉睡眠,性向在昏沉睡眠,意乐于昏沉睡眠。”这便是众生的性向。巴利
Ete vā pana ubho ante anupagamma idappaccayatāpaṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu anulomikā khanti paṭiladdhā hoti, yathābhūtaṃ vā ñāṇaṃ. Kāmaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāmagaruko kāmāsayo kāmādhimutto’’ti. Kāmaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo nekkhammagaruko nekkhammāsayo nekkhammādhimutto’’ti. Nekkhammaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo (nekkhammagaruko nekkhammāsayo nekkhammādhimutto’’ti. Nekkhammaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo kāmagaruko kāmāsayo kāmādhimutto’’ti. Byāpādaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti) – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo byāpādagaruko byāpādāsayo byāpādādhimutto’’ti. Byāpādaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo (abyāpādagaruko abyāpādāsayo abyāpādādhimutto’’ti. Abyāpādaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo abyāpādagaruko abyāpādāsayo abyāpādādhimutto’’ti. Abyāpādaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo byāpādagaruko byāpādāsayo byāpādādhimutto’’ti. Thinamiddhaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti) – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo thinamiddhagaruko thinamiddhāsayo thinamiddhādhimutto’’ti. Thinamiddhaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo ālokasaññāgaruko ālokasaññāsayo ālokasaññādhimutto’’ti. Ālokasaññaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo (ālokasaññāgaruko ālokasaññāsayo ālokasaññādhimutto’’ti. Ālokasaññaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti – ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo thinamiddhagaruko thinamiddhāsayo thinamiddhādhimutto’’ti.) Ayaṃ sattānaṃ āsayo.
114 什么是众生的随眠倾向?有七种随眠倾向:欲贪随眠倾向、瞋恚随眠倾向、慢随眠倾向、邪见随眠倾向、疑随眠倾向、有贪随眠倾向、无明随眠倾向。于世间,凡是可爱、可乐之物,众生便对其潜伏欲贪随眠倾向。于世间,凡是不可爱、不可悦之物,众生便对其潜伏瞋恚随眠倾向。如此,无明笼罩在这两种现象上,与之相伴的,还有慢、邪见与疑。这便是众生的随眠倾向。巴利 注疏 1
Katamo ca sattānaṃ anusayo? Sattānusayā – kāmarāgānusayo, paṭighānusayo, mānānusayo, diṭṭhānusayo, vicikicchānusayo, bhavarāgānusayo , avijjānusayo. Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, ettha sattānaṃ kāmarāgānusayo anuseti. Yaṃ loke appiyarūpaṃ asātarūpaṃ , ettha sattānaṃ paṭighānusayo anuseti. Iti imesu dvīsu dhammesu avijjā anupatitā, tadekaṭṭho māno ca diṭṭhi ca vicikicchā ca daṭṭhabbā. Ayaṃ sattānaṃ anusayo.
什么是众生的行为方式?福行、非福行、不动行,无论是有限层面的,还是广大层面的。这就是众生的行为方式。巴利
Katamañca sattānaṃ caritaṃ? Puññābhisaṅkhāro apuññābhisaṅkhāro āneñjābhisaṅkhāro parittabhūmako vā mahābhūmako vā. Idaṃ sattānaṃ caritaṃ.
115 何谓众生的志趣?众生之中,有志趣低劣者,也有志趣高尚者。志趣低劣的众生,亲近、交往、承事志趣低劣的众生;志趣高尚的众生,亲近、交往、承事志趣高尚的众生。过去时,志趣低劣的众生同样亲近、交往、承事志趣低劣的众生,志趣高尚的众生亲近、交往、承事志趣高尚的众生;未来时,志趣低劣的众生仍将亲近、交往、承事志趣低劣的众生,志趣高尚的众生仍将亲近、交往、承事志趣高尚的众生。这就是众生的志趣。巴利 注疏 1
Katamā ca sattānaṃ adhimutti? Santi sattā hīnādhimuttikā, santi sattā paṇītādhimuttikā. Hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttike satte sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti. Paṇītādhimuttikā sattā paṇītādhimuttike satte sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti. Atītampi addhānaṃ hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttike satte seviṃsu bhajiṃsu payirupāsiṃsu; paṇītādhimuttikā sattā paṇītādhimuttike satte seviṃsu bhajiṃsu payirupāsiṃsu. Anāgatampi addhānaṃ hīnādhimuttikā sattā hīnādhimuttike satte sevissanti bhajissanti payirupāsissanti; paṇītādhimuttikā sattā paṇītādhimuttike satte sevissanti bhajissanti payirupāsissanti. Ayaṃ sattānaṃ adhimutti.
哪些众生不能证悟?那些为业障所覆、为烦恼障所覆、为果报障所覆的众生,无信、无愿、智慧下劣,不能入于决定的正道,不能于善法中成就正性——这些众生不能证悟。巴利
Katame sattā abhabbā? Ye te sattā kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā, kilesāvaraṇena samannāgatā, vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatā , assaddhā acchandikā duppaññā, abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ – ime te sattā abhabbā.
哪些众生能证悟?那些不为业障所覆、不为烦恼障所覆、不为果报障所覆的众生,具足信心、具足愿求、具足智慧,能入于决定的正道,能于善法中成就正性——这些众生能证悟。这就是如来对众生志趣与随眠的智慧。巴利
Katame sattā bhabbā? Ye te sattā na kammāvaraṇena samannāgatā, na kilesāvaraṇena samannāgatā, na vipākāvaraṇena samannāgatā, saddhā chandikā paññavanto, bhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammattaṃ – ime te sattā bhabbā. Idaṃ tathāgatassa sattānaṃ āsayānusaye ñāṇaṃ.
70. 双神变智分别巴利
70. Yamakapāṭihīrañāṇaniddeso
116 如来于此所展现的、声闻弟子所不能及的独一无二双神变,是怎样的呢?从上半身喷涌火团,从下半身流注水流;从下半身喷涌火团,从上半身流注水流;从身体前侧喷涌火团,从身体后侧流注水流;从身体后侧喷涌火团,从身体前侧流注水流;从右眼喷涌火团,从左眼流注水流;从左眼喷涌火团,从右眼流注水流;从右耳孔喷涌火团,从左耳孔流注水流;从左耳孔喷涌火团,从右耳孔流注水流;从右鼻孔喷涌火团,从左鼻孔流注水流;从左鼻孔喷涌火团,从右鼻孔流注水流;从右肩头喷涌火团,从左肩头流注水流;从左肩头喷涌火团,从右肩头流注水流;从右手喷涌火团,从左手流注水流;从左手喷涌火团,从右手流注水流;从右侧身体喷涌火团,从左侧身体流注水流;从左侧身体喷涌火团,从右侧身体流注水流;从右脚喷涌火团,从左脚流注水流;从左脚喷涌火团,从右脚流注水流;从每一根手指喷涌火团,从指缝间流注水流;从指缝间喷涌火团,从每一根手指流注水流;从每一根毛发喷涌火团,从每一根毛发流注水流;从每一个毛孔喷涌火团,从每一个毛孔流注水流。巴利 注疏 1
Katamaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ? Idha tathāgato yamakapāṭihīraṃ karoti asādhāraṇaṃ sāvakehi. Uparimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, heṭṭhimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati; heṭṭhimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, uparimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati; puratthimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, pacchimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati; pacchimakāyato aggikkhandho pavattati, puratthimakāyato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati; vāmaakkhito aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaakkhito udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmakaṇṇasotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇakaṇṇasotato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmanāsikāsotato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇanāsikāsotato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmaaṃsakūṭato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇaaṃsakūṭato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmahatthato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmahatthato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇahatthato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, vāmapassato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmapassato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapassato udakadhārā pavattati; dakkhiṇapādato aggikkhandho pavattati , vāmapādato udakadhārā pavattati; vāmapādato aggikkhandho pavattati, dakkhiṇapādato udakadhārā pavattati; aṅgulaṅgulehi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulantarikāhi udakadhārā pavattati; aṅgulantarikāhi aggikkhandho pavattati, aṅgulaṅgulehi udakadhārā pavattati; ekekalomato aggikkhandho pavattati, ekekalomato udakadhārā pavattati; lomakūpato lomakūpato aggikkhandho pavattati, lomakūpato lomakūpato udakadhārā pavattati.
对于六种颜色——青、黄、赤、白、深红与极光净色——当世尊经行时,所化现者便或站立,或端坐,或偃卧;当世尊站立时,所化现者便或经行,或端坐,或偃卧;当世尊端坐时,所化现者便或经行,或站立,或偃卧;当世尊偃卧时,所化现者便或经行,或站立,或端坐。当所化现者经行时,世尊便或站立,或端坐,或偃卧;当所化现者站立时,世尊便或经行,或端坐,或偃卧;当所化现者端坐时,世尊便或经行,或站立,或偃卧;当所化现者偃卧时,世尊便或经行,或站立,或端坐。这便是如来的双神变智。巴利
Channaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ – nīlānaṃ, pītakānaṃ, lohitakānaṃ, odātānaṃ, mañjiṭṭhānaṃ , pabhassarānaṃ bhagavā caṅkamati, nimmito tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā tiṭṭhati, nimmito caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā nisīdati, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Bhagavā seyyaṃ kappeti, nimmito caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Nimmito caṅkamati, bhagavā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito tiṭṭhati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā nisīdati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito nisīdati, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā seyyaṃ vā kappeti. Nimmito seyyaṃ kappeti, bhagavā caṅkamati vā tiṭṭhati vā nisīdati vā. Idaṃ tathāgatassa yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ.
71. 大悲智分别巴利
71. Mahākaruṇāñāṇaniddeso
117 以何等种种相观察时,诸佛世尊于众生中生起大悲?见“此世间聚落正在燃烧”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落正被驱赶”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落正被牵引离去”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落走上了邪路”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间被带走,不能久住”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间无有庇护,无有救护者”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间无有属于自己的事物,须舍弃一切而离去”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间不满足、已流逝过去,是渴爱的奴仆”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落没有保护”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落没有隐蔽处”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落没有皈依处”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。见“此世间聚落变得无所依怙”——诸佛世尊如是观察时,于众生中生起大悲。巴利 注疏 1
Katamaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ? Bahukehi ākārehi passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Āditto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Uyyutto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Payāto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Kummaggappaṭipanno lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Upanīyati loko addhuvoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Atāṇo loko anabhissaroti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Assako loko , sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyanti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Ūno loko atīto taṇhādāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Atāyano lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… aleṇo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ …pe… asaraṇo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… asaraṇībhūto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe….
“此世间扰攘不安,未得寂静”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“此世间聚落身中有箭,被众箭所刺穿;除我之外,再无他人能拔除这些箭”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“此世间聚落为无明的黑暗所覆蔽,成为漆黑一团,被弃入烦恼的竹笼;除我之外,再无他人能示现光明”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“此世间聚落陷于无明,成黑暗一团,被全然包裹,犹如纠缠的线球般杂乱,犹如打结的丝瓜藤般缠结,犹如文阇草与波罗草般纷乱,不能超越恶趣、苦界、堕处、轮回”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“此世间聚落为无明的毒秽所染污,变成了烦恼的泥沼”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“此世间聚落被贪、嗔、痴的缠结所纠结;除我之外,再无他人能解此缠结”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……巴利
Uddhato loko avūpasantoti – passantānaṃ…pe… sasallo lokasannivāso, viddho puthusallehi; tassa natthañño koci sallānaṃ uddhatā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… avijjandhakārāvaraṇo lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto kilesapañjarapakkhitto; tassa natthañño koci ālokaṃ dassetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… avijjāgato lokasannivāso aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho tantākulakajāto kulāgaṇḍikajāto muñjapabbajabhūto apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ saṃsāraṃ nātivattatīti – passantānaṃ…pe… avijjāvisadosasaṃlitto lokasannivāso kilesakalalībhūtoti – passantānaṃ…pe… rāgadosamohajaṭājaṭito lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci jaṭaṃ vijaṭetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe….
“世间聚落被渴爱的密集网所缠缚”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的大网所覆盖”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的洪流所漂没”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的结缚所系缚”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的随眠紧随不舍”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的灼热所烧灼”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……“世间聚落被渴爱的炽燃所焚烧”——诸佛世尊这样观察时……巴利
Taṇhāsaṅghāṭapaṭimukko lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhājālena otthaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhāsotena vuyhati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhāsaññojanena saññutto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhānusayena anusaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhāsantāpena santappati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… taṇhāpariḷāhena pariḍayhati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe….
“这世间聚落被见结所笼罩”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见之网所覆盖”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见之流冲走”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见之结所系缚”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见的随眠所追随”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见的灼热所燃烧”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被邪见的火焰所焚烧”——诸世尊这样观察时……巴利
Diṭṭhisaṅghāṭapaṭimukko lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhijālena otthaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhisotena vuyhati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhisaññojanena saññutto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhānusayena anusaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhisantāpena santappati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… diṭṭhipariḷāhena pariḍayhati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe….
“这世间聚落被生所追随”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被老所跟随”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被病所征服”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被死所击打”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落立足于苦”——诸世尊这样观察时……巴利
Jātiyā anugato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… jarāya anusaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… byādhinā abhibhūto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ …pe… maraṇena abbhāhato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dukkhe patiṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe….
“这世间聚落被爱欲所缠缚”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被老之围墙所围困”——诸世尊这样观察时……“这世间聚落被死神的套索所套住”——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落被巨大的系缚所捆绑:被贪欲的系缚、嗔怒的系缚、愚痴的系缚、慢的系缚、邪见的系缚、烦恼的系缚、恶行的系缚所捆绑。除了我,还有谁能解开他们的系缚呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落陷入巨大的拥挤,无路可走。除了我,还有谁能为他们开辟空间呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落被沉重的障碍所阻碍。除了我,还有谁能斩断这些障碍呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落跌入巨大的悬崖。除了我,还有谁能从悬崖拉他们上来呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落走进巨大的荒野。除了我,还有谁能带领他们穿越荒野呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落踏入巨大的轮回。除了我,还有谁能将他们从轮回中解救出来呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落在巨大的险坑中翻滚挣扎。除了我,还有谁能将他们从险坑中救出呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……这世间聚落陷入巨大的泥沼中。除了我,还有谁能将他们从泥沼中拉出呢?——诸世尊这样观察时……巴利
Taṇhāya uḍḍito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… jarāpākāraparikkhitto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… maccupāsena parikkhitto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahābandhanabandho lokasannivāso – rāgabandhanena dosabandhanena mohabandhanena mānabandhanena diṭṭhibandhanena kilesabandhanena duccaritabandhanena; tassa natthañño koci bandhanaṃ mocetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahāsambādhappaṭipanno lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci okāsaṃ dassetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ… mahāpalibodhena palibuddho lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci palibodhaṃ chetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahāpapāte patito lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci papātā uddhatā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahākantārappaṭipanno lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci kantāraṃ tāretā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahāsaṃsārappaṭipanno lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci saṃsārā mocetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahāvidugge samparivattati lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci viduggā uddhatā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahāpalipe palipanno lokasannivāso ; tassa natthañño koci palipā uddhatā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe….
被不断击打的世间众生啊——世尊见此;燃烧着的世间众生,被贪火、嗔火、痴火焚烧,被生、老、死、忧、悲、苦、恼、绝望焚烧。除了我,有谁能将其熄灭?——世尊见此;被高高吊起、常遭杀害、无护无救、受棍杖加身、不断造业的世间众生啊——世尊见此;被罪罚的绳索紧紧绑住,如同已被押赴刑场的世间众生。除了我,有谁能解开其捆绑?——世尊见此;孤苦无依、落入极度可悲境地的世间众生。除了我,有谁能救护他们?——世尊见此;被痛苦逼压、长久以来受尽折磨的世间众生啊——世尊见此;贪着不舍、永远处于饥渴的世间众生啊——世尊见此。见到这些情形,佛陀世尊对众生生起了大悲心。巴利
Abbhāhato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… āditto lokasannivāso – rāgagginā dosagginā mohagginā jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi; tassa natthañño koci nibbāpetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… unnītako lokasannivāso haññati niccamatāṇo pattadaṇḍo takkaroti – passantānaṃ…pe… vajjabandhanabaddho lokasannivāso āghātanapaccupaṭṭhito; tassa natthañño koci bandhanaṃ mocetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… anātho lokasannivāso paramakāruññappatto; tassa natthañño koci tāyetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… dukkhābhitunno lokasannivāso cirarattaṃ pīḷitoti – passantānaṃ…pe… gadhito lokasannivāso niccaṃ pipāsitoti – passantānaṃ…pe….
盲目的世间众生,如同没有眼睛一样啊——世尊见此;眼目被毁坏的世间众生,没有领路人啊——世尊见此;误入歧途、完全偏离正道的世间众生。除了我,有谁能将他们带回圣者之路?——世尊见此;卷入巨大瀑流的世间众生。除了我,有谁能将他们从瀑流中救出?——世尊见此。见到这些情形,佛陀世尊对众生生起了大悲心。巴利
Andho lokasannivāso acakkhukoti – passantānaṃ…pe… hatanetto lokasannivāso apariṇāyakoti – passantānaṃ…pe… vipathapakkhando lokasannivāso añjasāparaddho; tassa natthañño koci ariyapathaṃ ānetā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe… mahoghapakkhando lokasannivāso; tassa natthañño koci oghā uddhatā, aññatra mayāti – passantānaṃ…pe….
118 被两种邪见所缠缚的世间众生——见到这一情景的……由三种恶行而入邪途的世间众生——见到这一情景的……与四种轭连结、被四轭所羁绊的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被四种系缚所紧缚的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被四种取所执取的世间众生——见到这一情景的……轮回于五趣的世间众生——见到这一情景的……对五种欲乐深生染着的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被五盖所覆蔽的世间众生——见到这一情景的……因六种争论之根而诤论的世间众生——见到这一情景的……对六种渴爱之身深染的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被六种邪见所缠缚的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被七种随眠所随逐的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被七种结缚所系缚的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被七种慢所高举的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被八种世间法所转动的世间众生——见到这一情景的……趣向八种邪道的世间众生——见到这一情景的……染着八种人过失的世间众生——见到这一情景的……以九种嗔恨事而生起嗔恨的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被九种慢所高举的世间众生——见到这一情景的……对九种以渴爱为根本的法染着的世间众生——见到这一情景的……以十种烦恼事而染污的世间众生——见到这一情景的……以十种嗔恨事而生起嗔恨的世间众生——见到这一情景的……具足十种不善业道的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被十种结缚所系缚的世间众生——见到这一情景的……趣向十种邪道的世间众生——见到这一情景的……具足十事邪见的世间众生——见到这一情景的……具足十事边执见的世间众生——见到这一情景的……被一百零八种渴爱戏论所戏论的世间众生——见到这些情景,诸佛世尊对众生生起了大悲心。又见到被六十二种邪见紧紧缠缚的世间众生——见到这些情景,诸佛世尊对众生生起了大悲心。巴利 注疏 1
Dvīhi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… tīhi duccaritehi vippaṭipanno lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… catūhi yogehi yutto lokasannivāso catuyogayojitoti – passantānaṃ…pe… catūhi ganthehi ganthito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… catūhi upādānehi upādiyati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… pañcagatisamāruḷho lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… pañcahi kāmaguṇehi rajjati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… pañcahi nīvaraṇehi otthaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… chahi vivādamūlehi vivadati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… chahi taṇhākāyehi rajjati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… chahi diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ …pe… sattahi anusayehi anusaṭo lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… sattahi saññojanehi saññutto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… sattahi mānehi unnato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi samparivattati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… aṭṭhahi micchattehi niyyāto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… aṭṭhahi purisadosehi dussati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… navahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ …pe… navavidhamānehi unnato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… navahi taṇhāmūlakehi dhammehi rajjati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasahi kilesavatthūhi kilissati lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasahi āghātavatthūhi āghātito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasahi akusalakammapathehi samannāgato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasahi saññojanehi saññutto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasahi micchattehi niyyāto lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasavatthukāya micchādiṭṭhiyā samannāgato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… dasavatthukāya antaggāhikāya diṭṭhiyā samannāgato lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ…pe… aṭṭhasatataṇhāpapañcasatehi papañcito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Dvāsaṭṭhiyā diṭṭhigatehi pariyuṭṭhito lokasannivāsoti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati.
我已渡越,世间尚未渡越;我已解脱,世间尚未解脱;我已调伏,世间尚未调伏;我已寂静,世间尚未寂静;我已安稳,世间尚未安稳;我已完全寂灭,世间尚未完全寂灭。我有这样的能力:自己既已渡越,便能令他人渡越;既已解脱,便能令他人解脱;既已调伏,便能令他人调伏;既已寂静,便能令他人寂静;既已安稳,便能令他人安稳;既已完全寂灭,便能令他人完全寂灭。诸佛世尊观见于此,对众生生起大悲心。此即如来大悲定之智。巴利
Ahañcamhi tiṇṇo, loko ca atiṇṇo ahaṃ camhi mutto, loko ca amutto; ahañcamhi danto, loko ca adanto; ahaṃ camhi santo, loko ca asanto; ahaṃ camhi assattho, loko ca anassattho; ahaṃ camhi parinibbuto, loko ca aparinibbuto; pahomi khvāhaṃ tiṇṇo tāretuṃ, mutto mocetuṃ, danto dametuṃ, santo sametuṃ, assattho assāsetuṃ, parinibbuto pare ca parinibbāpetunti – passantānaṃ buddhānaṃ bhagavantānaṃ sattesu mahākaruṇā okkamati. Idaṃ tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ.
一切知智分别巴利
72-73. Sabbaññutañāṇaniddeso
119 何谓“无余了知一切有为法与无为法”?此即一切知智。于此智中,无有障碍,故名无障碍智。巴利 注疏 1
Katamaṃ tathāgatassa sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ? Sabbaṃ saṅkhatamasaṅkhataṃ anavasesaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ .
120 于过去一切,他了知——此即一切知智;于此无有障碍——此即无障碍智。于未来一切,他了知——此即一切知智;于此无有障碍——此即无障碍智。于现在一切,他了知——此即一切知智;于此无有障碍——此即无障碍智。巴利 注疏 1
Atītaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Anāgataṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Paccuppannaṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
眼与色,如是等一切,他了知——此即一切知智;于此无有障碍——此即无障碍智。耳与声……鼻与香……舌与味……身与触……意与法,如是等一切,他了知——此即一切知智;于此无有障碍——此即无障碍智。巴利
Cakkhu ceva rūpā ca, evaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Sotañceva saddā ca…pe… ghānañceva gandhā ca… jivhā ceva rasā ca… kāyo ceva phoṭṭhabbā ca… mano ceva dhammā ca, evaṃ taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
对于一切无常义、苦义、无我义,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。对于色的一切无常义、苦义、无我义,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。对于受的……想的……诸行的……识的……眼的……乃至老死的一切无常义、苦义、无我义,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。巴利
Yāvatā aniccaṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṭṭhaṃ anattaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā rūpassa aniccaṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṭṭhaṃ anattaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā vedanāya…pe… yāvatā saññāya…pe… yāvatā saṅkhārānaṃ…pe… yāvatā viññāṇassa …pe… yāvatā cakkhussa…pe… jarāmaraṇassa aniccaṭṭhaṃ dukkhaṭṭhaṃ anattaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
对于依证智而证知的义理,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。对于依遍知而遍知的义理……依断除而断除的义理……依修习而修习的义理……依作证而作证的义理,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。巴利
Yāvatā abhiññāya abhiññaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā pariññāya pariññaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā pahānassa pahānaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā bhāvanāya bhāvanaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā sacchikiriyāya sacchikiriyaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
对于诸蕴的蕴义,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。对于诸界的界义……诸处的处义……一切有为法的有为义……无为的无为义,他悉皆了知——这是一切知智。于此智中,没有任何障碍——这是无障智。巴利
Yāvatā khandhānaṃ khandhaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā dhātūnaṃ dhātuṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā āyatanānaṃ āyatanaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā saṅkhatānaṃ saṅkhataṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā asaṅkhatassa asaṅkhataṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
所有善法,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。所有不善法……所有无记法……所有欲界法……所有色界法……所有无色界法……所有出世间法,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā kusale dhamme, sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā akusale dhamme…pe… yāvatā abyākate dhamme… yāvatā kāmāvacare dhamme… yāvatā rūpāvacare dhamme… yāvatā arūpāvacare dhamme… yāvatā apariyāpanne dhamme, sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
所有苦的苦义,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。所有集的集义……所有灭的灭义……所有道的道义,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā dukkhassa dukkhaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā samudayassa samudayaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā nirodhassa nirodhaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā maggassa maggaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
所有义无碍解之义,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。所有法无碍解之义……所有词无碍解之义……所有辩无碍解之义,他全然了知——这是一切知智。于此没有任何障碍——这是无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā atthapaṭisambhidāya atthapaṭisambhidaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā dhammapaṭisambhidāya dhammapaṭisambhidaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā niruttipaṭisambhidāya niruttipaṭisambhidaṭṭhaṃ…pe… yāvatā paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidaṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
凡是根上下智,他皆了知——此即一切知智。于此无有障碍——此即无障智。凡是众生意乐随眠智……(中略)凡是双神变智……(中略)凡是大悲定智,他皆了知——此即一切知智。于此无有障碍——此即无障智。巴利
Yāvatā indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā sattānaṃ āsayānusaye ñāṇaṃ…pe… yāvatā yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ…pe… yāvatā mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
于含天界、魔界、梵天界的世界中,所有沙门、婆罗门、天、人等一切众生所见、所闻、所觉、所识、所证、所寻、心意所行之事物,他皆了知——此即一切知智。于此无有障碍——此即无障智。巴利
Yāvatā sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, taṃ sabbaṃ jānātīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
121 于此,没有任何事物是他未曾见的,也没有任何事物是他未知、应知而未知的。
如来已遍知一切应知应导之法,因此,他被称为全眼者。巴利 注疏 1
Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ. Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti .
以何义故,名为一切眼?有十四种佛陀之智:知苦之智是佛陀智,知苦集之智是佛陀智,知苦灭之智是佛陀智,知导向苦灭之道之智是佛陀智,义无碍解之智是佛陀智,法无碍解之智是佛陀智,词无碍解之智是佛陀智,辩无碍解之智是佛陀智,知诸根胜劣差别之智是佛陀智,知众生随眠习性之智是佛陀智,双神变之智是佛陀智,大悲定修习之智是佛陀智,一切知智是佛陀智,无碍智是佛陀智。此十四种佛陀智中,八种智与声闻弟子共,六种智为声闻弟子所不共。巴利
Samantacakkhū ti kenaṭṭhena samantacakkhu? Cuddasa buddhañāṇāni. Dukkhe ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, atthapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, dhammapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, niruttipaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, paṭibhānapaṭisambhide ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, indriyaparopariyatte ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, sattānaṃ āsayānusaye ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ, anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ buddhañāṇaṃ – imāni cuddasa buddhañāṇāni. Imesaṃ cuddasannaṃ buddhañāṇānaṃ aṭṭha ñāṇāni sāvakasādhāraṇāni; cha ñāṇāni asādhāraṇāni sāvakehi.
凡苦的苦义,一切皆已了知,无有任何苦义未被了知——此即一切知智。于此无有任何障碍——此即无碍智。凡苦的苦义,一切皆已了知,一切皆已照见,一切皆已通达,一切皆已证悟,一切皆已由智慧触证,无有任何苦义未被智慧触证——此即一切知智。于此无有任何障碍——此即无碍智。凡集的集义……(中略)凡灭的灭义……凡道的道义……(中略)凡义无碍解的义无碍解义……凡法无碍解的法无碍解义……凡词无碍解的词无碍解义……凡辩无碍解的辩无碍解义,一切皆已了知,一切皆已照见,一切皆已通达,一切皆已证悟,一切皆已由智慧触证,无有任何辩无碍解义未被智慧触证——此即一切知智。于此无有任何障碍——此即无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā dukkhassa dukkhaṭṭho, sabbo ñāto; aññāto dukkhaṭṭho natthīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā dukkhassa dukkhaṭṭho, sabbo ñāto, sabbo diṭṭho, sabbo vidito, sabbo sacchikato, sabbo phassito paññāya; aphassito paññāya dukkhaṭṭho natthīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ. Yāvatā samudayassa samudayaṭṭho…pe… yāvatā nirodhassa nirodhaṭṭho… yāvatā maggassa maggaṭṭho…pe… yāvatā atthapaṭisambhidāya atthapaṭisambhidaṭṭho… yāvatā dhammapaṭisambhidāya dhammapaṭisambhidaṭṭho… yāvatā niruttipaṭisambhidāya niruttipaṭisambhidaṭṭho… yāvatā paṭibhānapaṭisambhidāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidaṭṭho, sabbo ñāto, sabbo diṭṭho, sabbo vidito , sabbo sacchikato, sabbo phassito paññāya; aphassito paññāya paṭibhānapaṭisambhidaṭṭho natthīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
诸如诸根胜劣智……(中略)诸如众生之倾向随眠智……诸如双神变智……诸如大悲定智——一切皆已了知,一切皆已亲见,一切皆已通达,一切皆已证悟,一切皆以智慧触证,无有任何大悲定智未被智慧触证——此即一切知智。于此,全无任何障碍——此即无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā indriyaparopariyattañāṇaṃ…pe… yāvatā sattānaṃ āsayānusaye ñāṇaṃ… yāvatā yamakapāṭihīre ñāṇaṃ… yāvatā mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ; sabba ñātaṃ, sabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, sabbaṃ viditaṃ, sabbaṃ sacchikataṃ, sabbaṃ phassitaṃ paññāya; aphassitaṃ paññāya mahākaruṇāsamāpattiyā ñāṇaṃ natthīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
在整个天界、魔界、梵界的世间中,在包括沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生界中,凡被见、被闻、被感知、被识知、被达到、被遍求、被心意所遍行的,所有这一切,尽皆了知,尽皆照见,尽皆通达,尽皆证悟,尽皆以智慧触证;不存在智慧未触及的事物——这是一切知智。于此,全无任何障碍——这是无碍智。巴利
Yāvatā sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ anuvicaritaṃ manasā, sabbaṃ ñātaṃ, sabbaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, sabbaṃ viditaṃ, sabbaṃ sacchikataṃ, sabbaṃ phassitaṃ paññāya; aphassitaṃ paññāya natthīti – sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ. Tattha āvaraṇaṃ natthīti – anāvaraṇañāṇaṃ.
于他而言,此世间无有所未见者,亦无有未曾了知、应了知者;
如来已遍知一切应知应导之法,因此,他被称为全眼者。巴利
Na tassa addiṭṭhamidhatthi kiñci, atho aviññātamajānitabbaṃ; Sabbaṃ abhiññāsi yadatthi neyyaṃ, tathāgato tena samantacakkhūti.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31